HARVEST MOON

FRIENDS OF MINERAL TOWN

TV STORIES

##################
Table Of Contents:
##################

1) Introduction
2) TV programs
  i) Farm House
    a) News (qwaginews)
    b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg)
    c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd)
    d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri)
    e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr)
    f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin)
    g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron)
    h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil)
    i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult)
    j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy)
  ii) Town House
    a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r)
    b) Mine Research Group (miregr)
    c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss)
    d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers)
    e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri)
    f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch)
    g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze)
    h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch)
3) File Info
4) Contact


###############
1) Introduction
###############

So anyway I was playing harvest moon there and each day I would look at the
tv at read the EXCITING stories, and I thought Wouldn't it be cool if I could
just read these all in full, So I set about Gathering them up, and heres the
outcome, some of these are strange, kinky (arron changes, i mean wtf), and full
of usefull information!

So enjoy your reading. :)
		Vanhal
		
		


##############
2) TV programs
##############

There is two different TV sets, One in the farm house and one in the town house,
each shows different programs which are as follows:

############
i)Farm House
############

You have this house from the very start, so you can start watching this from
the begining.
It has 4 channels
Up: Weather
Right: News
Down: Life on the Farm
Left: Variety programs
The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows:
 *Sunday: My Dear Princess
 *Monday: Fishing Hour
 *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs
 *Wednesday: Aaron Changes
 *Thursday: Star Lilly, Bandit Girl
 *Friday: Mechabot Ultror
 *Saturday: TV Shopping Network or St. Emerald Academy

Here are the programs in full:

##################
a)News (qwaginews)
##################

1st day of Spring
Today from evening at Rose
Square:
New Year Festival

2nd day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring
22nd: Cooking Festival

3rd day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

4th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

5th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

6th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

7th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

8th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

9th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

10th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

11th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

12th day of Spring
Events This Season
18th: Spring Horse Races
22nd: Cooking Festival

Today is Friday the 13th
Tomorrow is the Spring
Thanksgiving Festival.
Do you have Cookies to
give to someone special?

13th day of Spring
Tomorrow is the Spring
Thanksgiving Festival.
Do you have Cookies to
give to someone special?

14th day of Spring
Today is the Spring
Thanksgiving Festival.
Now is your chance to
favor a special girl with
Cookies.

15th day of Spring
The Spring Horse Races
are coming up. If you have
a Horse, try entering it.
If not, just betting on the
races is fun, too!

16th day of Spring
The Spring Horse Races
are coming up. If you have
a Horse, try entering it.
If not, just betting on the
races is fun, too!

17th day of Spring
Tomorrow is the Spring
Horse Race Festival.
If you are entering a
Horse, let the Mayor know
when he drops by.

18th day of Spring
The Horse Races start in
the morning in Rose Square.
Gather for the fun!

19th day of Spring
The Cooking Festival is on
the 22nd. If you think you
can win, give it a try.
If not, gather to watch!

20th day of Spring
The Cooking Festival is on
the 22nd. If you think you
can win, give it a try.
If not, gather to watch!

21st day of Spring
The Cooking Festival is
tomorrow. If you think you
can win, give it a try.
If not, gather to watch!

22nd of day of Spring
Today the Cooking Festival
is held in Rose Square.
The food to make is
announced in the morning,
and the judging is held in
the afternoon.

23rd day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

24th day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

25th day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

26th day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

27th day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

28th day of Spring
Spring is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Summer comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

29th day of Spring
Summer is almost upon us!
Get ready for Beach Day and
the Frisbee Tournament on
the 1st day of Summer.

30th day of Spring
Beach Day is tomorrow
morning at the Beach. Good
luck if you're competing in
the Frisbee Tournament!

1st day of Summer
Beach Day is this
morning at the Beach. Good
luck if you're competing in
the Frisbee Tournament!

2nd day of Summer
Events This Season
7th: Chicken Festival
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

3rd day of Summer
Events This Season
7th: Chicken Festival
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

4th day of Summer
Events This Season
7th: Chicken Festival
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

5th day of Summer
Events This Season
7th: Chicken Festival
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

6th day of Summer
Tomorrow is the Chicken
Festival at Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
register your Chicken.

7th day of Summer
The Chicken Festival is
this morning at Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
don't be late.

8th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

9th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

10th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

11th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

12th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

Today is Friday the 13th
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

13th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

14th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

15th day of Summer
Events This Season
20th: Cow Festival
24th: Fireworks Festival

16th day of Summer
The Cow Festival is on the
20th. If you've got a Cow,
consider entering it in the
competition. It has to be
an unpregnant adult, though.

17th day of Summer
The Cow Festival is on the
20th. If you've got a Cow,
consider entering it in the
competition. It has to be
an unpregnant adult, though.

18th day of Summer
The Cow Festival is on the
20th. If you've got a Cow,
consider entering it in the
competition. It has to be
an unpregnant adult, though.

19th day of Summer
The Cow Festival is tomorrow
morning in Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
register your Cow.

20th day of Summer
The Cow Festival is
this morning at Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
don't be late.

21st day of Summer
The best part of Summer, the
Fireworks Festival, is
on the 24th.

22nd day of Summer
The best part of Summer, the
Fireworks Festival, is
on the 24th.

23rd day of Summer
The Fireworks Festival is
tomorrow at the Beach.
It starts in the evening.

24th day of Summer
The Fireworks Festival is
this evening at the Beach.

25th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

26th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

27th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

28th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

29th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

30th day of Summer
Summer is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Fall comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

1st day of Fall
Events This Season
3rd: Music Festival
9th: Harvest Festival
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

2nd day of Fall
The Music Festival is
tomorrow evening at the
Church. Come to hear some
beautiful music!

3rd day of Fall
The Music Festival is
this evening at the
Church. Come to hear some
beautiful music!

4th day of Fall
Events This Season
9th: Harvest Festival
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

5th day of Fall
Events This Season
9th: Harvest Festival
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

6th day of Fall
Events This Season
9th: Harvest Festival
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

7th day of Fall
Events This Season
9th: Harvest Festival
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

8th day of Fall
The Harvest Festival starts
tomorrow morning at Rose
Square. Everybody bring
something for the big pot!

9th day of Fall
The Harvest Festival starts
this morning at Rose
Square. Everybody bring
something for the big pot!

10th day of Fall
The Moon Festival is on
the 13th. Invite your
favorite girl to this
romantic event!

11th day of Fall
The Moon Festival is on
the 13th. Invite your
favorite girl to this
romantic event!

12th day of Fall
The Moon Festival is
tomorrow night. Invite your
favorite girl to this
romantic event!

Today is Friday the 13th
It's clear today, so if you
go up to the peak of
Mother's Hill, you can see
a truly beautiful moon.

13th of day of Fall
It's clear today, so if you
go up to the peak of
Mother's Hill, you can see
a truly beautiful moon.

14th day of Fall
Events This Season
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

15th day of Fall
Events This Season
18th: Fall Horse Races
21st: Cow Festival

16th day of Fall
The Fall Horse Races
are coming up. If you have
a Horse, try entering it.
If not, just betting on the
races is fun, too!

17th day of Fall
Tomorrow is the Fall
Horse Race Festival.
If you are entering a
Horse, let the Mayor know
when he drops by.

18th day of Fall
The Horse Races start in
the morning in Rose Square.
Gather for the fun!

19th day of Fall
The Sheep Festival is on the
21st. If you've got a Sheep,
consider entering it in the
competition. It has to be an
unpregnant adult with
a full coat, though.

20th day of Fall
The Sheep Festival is tomorrow
morning in Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
register your Sheep.

21st day of Fall
The Sheep Festival is
this morning at Rose Square.
If you're going to compete,
don't be late.

22nd day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

23rd day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

24th day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

25th day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

26th day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

27th day of Fall
Fall is almost over.
Can you harvest your crops
before Winter comes?
Don't let your crops wither
on the vine!

28th day of Fall
Winter is almost upon us!
Nothing grows in Winter, so
harvest everything now.

29th day of Fall
Winter is almost upon us!
Nothing grows in Winter, so
harvest everything now.

30th day of Fall
Today is the Pumpkin
Festival.
Give treats to the kids
who come.  1st day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

2nd day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

3rd day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

4th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

5th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

6th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

7th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

8th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

9th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

10th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

11th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

12th day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

Today is Friday the 13th
Tomorrow is the Winter
Thanksgiving Festival, where
girls give boys they like
Chocolate.

13th day of Winter
Tomorrow is the Winter
Thanksgiving Festival, where
girls give boys they like
Chocolate.

14th day of Winter
Today is the Winter
Thanksgiving Festival.
Will you be lucky enough to
get a gift of Chocolate?

15th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

16th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

17th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

18th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

19th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

20th day of Winter
Events This Season
24th: Starry Night Festival
30th: Year End Festival

21st day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

22nd day of Winter
When Winter freezes the Lake
ice, you may be able to get
to new places.

23rd day of Winter
Tomorrow is the Starry Night
Festival. Hopefully you can
spend it with a nice girl.

24th day of Winter
Today is the Starry Night
Festival. Hopefully you can
spend it with a nice girl.

25th day of Winter
If you hang up your socks
tonight, you may receive a
Starry Night gift.

26th day of Winter
Spring is coming.
When it comes, you'll be
able to grow crops again.
Now's your chance to
make up for lost time!

27th day of Winter
Spring is coming.
When it comes, you'll be
able to grow crops again.
Now's your chance to
make up for lost time!

28th day of Winter
Spring is coming.
When it comes, you'll be
able to grow crops again.
Now's your chance to
make up for lost time!

29th day of Winter
Spring is coming.
When it comes, you'll be
able to grow crops again.
Now's your chance to
make up for lost time!

30th day of Winter,
the last day of the year
Gather at Rose Square at
night or at the peak of
Mother's Hill to watch the
first sunrise of the year

######################################
b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg)
######################################

                  BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"You mean about the
 Blue Feather?"
"What happens if a man
 gives it to another man?"
"Well, there are many
 kinds of love..."
".........."
"Who do you want to get
 one from, little sis?"
"From you, of course!"
"Aww..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I planted Tomato Seeds,
 but nothing is happening!
 Why not?"
"Did you till the soil
 before you planted?"
"Umm...No."
"Well, that's why! You have
 to till the soil with your
 Hoe before planting. You
 also have to clear the
 field before planting if
 there is something on it.
 You can cut grass with the
 Sickle or pull it out.
 You can use a Hammer to
 break Stones or move them
 by hand.
 Finally, you can chop up
 Branches with your Axe or
move them with your hands."
"Now I see!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I tilled the earth like
 you said, then planted, but
 the next day the Seeds
 were gone! Why?"
"Did you plant the right
 Seeds? If you plant Fall or
 Summer Seeds in Spring,
they won't grow, you know."
"Really...Now that you
 remind me, Tomatoes only
 grow in Summer."
"That's why, silly!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I tilled my field, then
 planted the right Seeds
 for the season, but they
 still won't grow!"
"Have you watered them with
 the Watering Can?"
"You mean I have to
 water them, too?!"
"Of course! Nothing will
 grow without water.
 Except farm grass, of
 course."
"So that's what the
 Watering Can was for..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I try using the Watering
 Can, but no water comes
 out! Why?"
"Well, first you have to
 fill it up, you know."
"How do you do that?"
"First you equip it, then
 go to water - like a pond,
 river, or lake - and use
 it. That's all."
"No one ever told me I had
 to fill it up..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I used to be able to walk
 over my Seeds, but not
 when they start growing."
"Yes, you can't walk over
 crops when they grow.
 You can if you run,
 though."
"Really?"
"Yes, you can jump over one
 square of anything if you
 run, like Stones, Fences,
 or Branches."
"That's good to know."
"Just remember that you
 can't jump over things if
 there's something on
 the other side."
"Got it, brother."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You were telling me I
 can't walk on things when
 they grow, but I can walk
 on farm grass."
"Oh yeah, I forgot. You can
 walk on grass however much
 it grows, of course."
"Grass is for walking on,
 I guess."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I think my Turnips are
 ready to harvest, so what
 do I do now?"
"If you face your crop and
 press the A Button, you
 can lift it up to harvest
 it.
 After you harvest the
 Turnip, the field will go
 back to its tilled state.
 If your crop can be
 harvested more than once,
 though, it will go back to
 a seedling."
"So you can harvest some
 crops lots of times?
 I can't wait to try."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Can I turn a field back
 to its untilled state?"
"Sure. Just use a Hammer on
 a tilled field, then it
 won't be tilled any more."
"That's great!"
"You can also return a
 field to its untilled state
 by putting Stones,
Branches, or Lumber on it."
"That seems like another
 good way. Does it work
 if the field is watered?"
"Yes, it doesn't matter if
 the field is watered
 or not."
"Got it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I tried to return my field
 to its untilled state like
 you said yesterday, but
 it didn't work."
"I don't know why...
 Oh! Maybe you had already
 seeded it...?"
"That's right."
"Well, if you seeded it,
 then you have to use your
 Hoe to remove the
 Seeds first. After that you
 can use your Hammer."
"Seems like an awful
 lot of work..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Last time you told me
 about returning a field
 to its original state.
 But, what about farm grass?
 Even when I cut it, some
 stubble remains, and then
 it grows back."
"I forgot to say. If you
 use the Hoe on a field
 after you've cut it with a
 Sickle, then it will
 become a tilled field with
 nothing on it."
"So I should use the Hoe
 right after cutting the
 grass, right?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I put a Cucumber in the
 Basket to ship, then
 changed my mind. I can't
 take it out, though!"
"That's right. Once you put
 something in the Basket to
 ship, it's in there for
 good. You can't change
 your mind."
"And I wanted that Cucumber
 for lunch, too...!"
"Now you've learned your
 lesson. By the way, to
 ship what's in the Basket,
 hold it up, then press the
 A Button while facing the
 Shipment Box."
"I never wanted to ship it
 to begin with..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It seems that I can only
 put shippable things in my
 Basket..."
"Of course!"
"Why is that?"
"Because you can't fill up
 the Basket with things you
 can't ship anyway, silly!"
"And I wanted to use it as
 a garbage can, too..."
"That's what you have a
 garbage can for!"
"I guess you're right."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Cough...cough..."
"What's wrong? And why are
 you putting your hand out
 like that?"
"Today is the Spring
 Thanksgiving Festival.
 You're supposed to give
 me a Cookie!..."
"That's right! I
 did bring you a Cookie,
 I just forgot to give it
 to you. Here you are."
"I knew you wouldn't forget!
 I can't wait to give you
 something for the Winter
 Thanksgiving Festival."
"I look forward to it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard that if you throw
 away trash in town, people
 won't like you."
"Of course! Not just trash,
 though. If you throw any-
 thing away in town,
 people will get upset.
 I don't blame 'em!"
"What should I do when I
 want to throw something
 away, then?"
"No one will care if you
 throw something away on
 your own farm. There's also
 a garbage can in Rose
 Square. Finally, you can
 throw things away in the
 mine and no one will
 mind."
"Let me get this straight:
 My own farm, the garbage
 can in the Square, or the
 mine, right? "

                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I can't chop up a Stump,
 no matter how many times I
 hit it with my Axe."
"What kind of Axe are you
 using?"
"You meant there's more
 than one kind?"
"So you're using an Iron
 Axe, I guess. You can
 upgrade your Axe, as well
 as your Hoe, Sickle,
 Hammer, Watering Can, or
 Fishing Rod."
"How do I do that?"
"First you find either
 Copper, Silver, Gold, or
 Mystrile in a mine, then
 you bring the Ore along
 with the Tool to Saibara
 the blacksmith.
 Of course, the tool also
 has to be of a certain
 experience level before
 you can upgrade it. Some
 Ores will make for better
 upgrades than others."
"What do you mean by
"experience level"...?"
"I'll explain tomorrow."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Tool experience level,
 right? You see, any time
 you use a Tool, it
 accumulates experience.
 This works even if you
 just pretend to use it,
 although it will build up
 experience quicker if you
 use if for a real job."
"I think I get it..."
"So, the level of your Axe
 was too low to use on a
 Stump. You need a Level 2
 Axe or better to chop up
 a Stump, you see. You
 can't smash a large Stone
 with an Iron Axe, either."
"So I need better Tools!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I still can't chop up that
 Stump..."
"Did you upgrade your
Axe?"
"Yes! I made it a Copper
 Axe and everything..."
"Are you charging the Axe
 before you use it?"
"I'm pressing the B Button
 lots of times..."
"That won't work. To break
 a large Stone or a Stump,
 what you need to do is hold
 down the B Button to
 charge your Tool first."
"I didn't know that..."
"If you want to cut up a
 Stump with a Copper Axe,
 you have to use it about 6
 times, even with
charging."
"That's a lot of work!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I bought a Chicken, but it
 won't lay Eggs for me!"
"Are you feeding it, sis?"
"..........."
"You're not, I see.
 Chickens need to eat, just
 like you.
Actually, they lay Eggs
 even if you don't feed
 them, as long as they don't
 become unhappy."
"How do I feed them,
then?"
"I'll explain tomorrow."
"My Chicken will be
hungry!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Feeding Chickens, right?
 They sell Chicken Feed at
 the same place as you
 bought the Chicken."
"......"
"What's wrong?"
"They're closed today."
"Don't worry. There's
 another way. Do you have
 Corn?"
"Umm...No."
"In that case, just let
 your Chickens out for a
 few hours, and they'll
 find worms and things to
 eat on their own."
"Great! I'll go do it
now!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You mentioned Corn
 yesterday. What if I
 did have some...?"
"There's a way to turn
 Corn into Chicken Feed.
 You know the Water Mill
 Next to the Chicken Coop?"
"What about it?"
"It will grind up Corn into
 30 bushels of Chicken
 Feed for you!"
"Where do I throw the
Corn?"
"You can throw it from
 anywhere, as long as it
 lands in the Water Wheel."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I let my Chickens out to
 eat, but they still don't
 lay any Eggs!"
"You didn't let them out
 whet it was raining, did
 you?"
"Yeah...Why?"
"They become very unhappy
 when they get rained on!"
"Really?"
"Of course! It has to be
 sunny when you let them
 out, little sis!"
"I get it now."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How do I feed my Chickens
 the regular way?"
"Do you have Chicken Feed
 in the Feed Bin?"
"Yeah, I went out and
 bought 825 bushels from
 the Poultry Farm!"
"825 bushels! That's a
lot!"
"Well, I had 8,250G with
 me, so...."
"Just was long as you don't
 waste it."
"I won't."
"Until tomorrow, then."
"OK."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
 It was about how to feed
 your Chickens, right?"
"All you do is throw
 Chicken Feed into the Feed
 Box in the Chicken Coop."
"I can put it in any Feed
 Box I want to?"
"Yeah, as long as you put
 Feed in one Feed Box for
 each Chicken in the Coop."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How do I get the Chicken
 Feed to put in the Feed
 Box?"
"Just press the A Button
 in front of the Feed Bin
 Door in the Chicken Coop.
 The same thing is true for
 the Feed Bin Door in
 the Barn."
"Now I think I finally know
 everything about feeding
 my Chickens!"
"Don't forget to do it,
 now!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I ran out of Chicken Feed.
 What do I do now?"
"...What do you mean,
 exactly?"
"I put Chicken Feed in all
 of the Feed Boxes in the
 Chicken Coop. Then, it was
 gone the next day, even
 though I only have 1
 Chicken..."
"Chicken Feed always only
 lasts for 1 day. So, be
 sure not to put more in
 than the number of Chickens
 in your Coop. If you do,
 it'll go to waste."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How can I get more
Fodder?"
"You buy it at Yodel Farm
 for 20G a bushel."
"Is that it?"
"If you plant farm grass
 Seeds, then harvest it
 with a Sickle when it's
 full grown, it'll wind up
 in the Feed Bin as Fodder.
 It will even grow back
 after a while!
 After that, all you have
 to do is pick it up at
 the Feed Bin Door,
 just like Chicken Feed."
"I get it now."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I bought a Ball, but I'm
 not sure what to do
 with it."
"If you throw it, your
 Dog will go fetch it. This
 trains your dog, you see."
"Trains him for what?"
"For instance, he'll be
 able to chase away wild
 dogs if they try to sneak
 in at night."
"How will I know if the
 wild dogs come?"
"You won't. That's why it's
 important to train your
 Dog. You can also do one
 more thing."
"What?"
"I'll tell you tomorrow."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"How to protect your
 animals from wild dogs at
 night, right?
 But first, I forgot one
 thing. You can only train
 your dog when he becomes
 fully grown."
"You can't train puppies?
 They don't like fetch?"
"No. Dogs grow quickly,
 though, so don't worry."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Oh yeah, protecting your
 animals from wild dogs."
"First of all, don't let
 them outside. Wild dogs
can't cat inside the Barn."
"What else?"
"You can also build a Fence
 with Lumber. Wild dogs
 can't get through the
 Fence unless part of it
 is broken."
"Maybe I'll try it!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Is there any way to keep
 wild dogs away from my
 animals other than building
 a Fence or keeping them
 inside?"
"There is one more way..."
"Like what?"
"You can use your Sickle,
 Hoe, Axe, or Hammer to
 attack the dogs."
"That sounds so violent
...!"
"In that case, do what I
 said yesterday."
"I will, bro."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"The Turnips and Cucumbers
 I was growing turned a
 funny color suddenly."
"That's because the season
 has begun to change. If the
 season changes, then some
 things will wilt if it
 becomes the wrong season
 for them."
"But they were so close to
 being harvested!"
"Too bad, but they're
 wasted now. To avoid this,
 make sure to harvest your
 crops in the correct
 season."
"And they looked so
 good, too..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Can wilted crops be used
 for anything?"
"Nothing at all. Just cut
 them up with your
 Sickle as soon as
 you can."
"That's it...?"
"Yes. Cut them up with your
 Sickle and plant Summer
 vegetables as soon as
 you can. "
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How do I use my Fishing
 Rod?"
"Just equip it and press
 the B Button, right?"
"I try that, but it doesn't
 work!"
"Are you trying in a place
 where you can fish?"
"Like where?"
"Like a river, or the sea,
 or the lake behind the
 mountain. Where were you
 trying it?"
"In my house, or out in
 the field..."
"No, you definitely can't
 fish there, ha ha!"
"OK. I'll go try again."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I still can't manage to
 catch any fish."
"Are you sure to push the
 Button again when the
 lure bobs?"
"No...I was just sort of
 waiting."
"When a fish bites the
 hook, the lure will bob up
 and down. Push the button
 quickly to reel in the
 fish."
"I didn't know about that
 part..."
"Sometimes it turns out
 even then that the fish
 got away, or it was only
 garbage to begin with.
 Fishing requires lots of
 patience."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Typhoons are really scary,
 aren't they?"
"You bet. You can't go
 outside at all! That means
 you can't take care of your
 animals or crops. The wind
 can also destroy your crops
 or Fences."
"I can't do anything about
 it?"
"Nope. Not even the Harvest
 Sprites will go outside
 during a typhoon. All you
 can do is keep the animals
 safe in their barn."
"I'll just pray one never
 comes, then!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It looks like my Fence
 broke. How do I fix it?"
"Sorry, but you can't fix
 a broken Fence. You have
 to throw it away."
"What a waste! How do I
 do that? I tried to pick
 it up, but I can't."
"You can't pick up broken
 Fences. You have to smash
 them with your Hammer.
 Once you do, you can build
 a new Fence."
"I have to smash the Fence
 with my Hammer, huh?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard that the Hot
 Spring can recuperate
 Stamina and Fatigue. Is the
 effect greater the longer
 you stay in?"
"Up to a point. One hour is
 usually plenty. Staying in
 much longer won't make
 a difference."
"I see."
"Do you know what else you
 can do in the Hot Spring?"
"No, what?"
"I'll tell you tomorrow."
"I knew you'd say that!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"I was telling you about
 other things you can do
 in the Hot Spring, right?
 You can throw an Egg in
 to make a Spa-Boiled Egg."
"That sounds delicious!"
"Just throw the Egg in
 from the hole in the Fence
 near the Hot-Spring."
"That's all?"
"That's it. By the way,Spa-
 Boiled Eggs are the same
 no matter what kind of Egg
 you throw in."
"It would be shame to use a
 Golden Egg, then!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I want my Eggs to hatch
 into baby Chicks. How do
 I do that?"
"There's a place you can do
 it in the Chicken Coop,
 you know."
"You mean the thing on the
 left side of the Chicken
 Coop?"
"That's it! It's the
 Incubator. If you put Eggs
 in it, they'll hatch in
 about 3 days.
 You can't use the Incubator
 if the Coop is already
 full, though."
"The Chicken Coop can hold
 4 Chickens before
 expanding and 8 after,
 right? Got it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How do I become friends
 with the townspeople?"
"That will happen naturally
 if you talk to them every
 day."
"I try, but they don't seem
 to like me much..."
"Don't worry.  They'll warm
 up to you eventually.
 If you want them to like
 you even sooner, though,
 you should give them
 presents.
 Everybody has different
 likes and dislikes,
 though, so you should
 be careful."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I increased the size of my
 house, but it doesn't seem
to make much difference..."
"You can buy more things
 on TV Shopping, for one
 thing."
"Like what?"
"Like a Refrigerator,
 Shelf, Kitchen, and other
 Kitchen goods."
"I know I can cook with a
 Kitchen, but I don't have
 much experience cooking!"
"It's easy, sis. To start
 out, just follow recipes."
"Will you teach me?"
"Tomorrow."
"I'll be waiting, bro."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Sure, I'll teach you how
 to cook. What Utensils
 do you have? Wait, if you
 don't even have a Kitchen,
 then you won't have any
 Utensils either."
"Why do I need Utensils?"
"You can cook many more
 things if you have
 Utensils."
"But they don't sell them
 at the Supermarket..."
"They sell them on the
 TV Shopping Network."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Oh yeah...Cooking,
right?"
"But first, I don't even
 have a phone in my house.
 How do I order from the
 TV shopping Network?"
"Isn't there a phone some-
 where close to you?"
"There is one at the Inn,
 now that you mention it."
"Just use that one, then."
"OK. Thanks for your
help."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I bought a Kitchen and I
 tried cooking, but every-
 thing I make turns out
 a "Failure". Why?"
"Do you actually follow a
 recipe, or just throw some
 things together?"
"Umm...The second,
I guess."
"You have to follow a
 recipe, silly! Otherwise
 you're likely to get a
"Failure"."
"But I don't know any
 recipes! Where do I
 learn them?"
"I'll teach you that
 tomorrow."
"OK. I'll be waiting."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About learning recipes,
 right? It's easy. You can
 learn from the people in
 town, or from the TV,
 or other places, too.
 A cooking progrm is on
 on Tuesdays on the
 left channel."
"Thanks, brother! I can't
 wait to make something
 good for a change!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I finally succeeded!"
"What did you make?"
"Fried Rice."
"Did you see the recipe on
 TV?"
"Yes."
"With Fried Rice, you can
 improvise and add lots of
 other ingredients, you
 know. Try it yourself."
"Once you gain some
 experience, you can begin
 to improvise and even
 invent your own dishes."
"I can't wait to try!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You told me before about
 watering my vegetables,
 but do I have to even when
 it rains?"
"No. That's why you welcome
 the rain when you grow
 lots of crops."
"But, the animals will get
 unhappy out in the rain,
 right?"
"Right. You can't have
 everything your way!"
"By the way, snow is
 basically like rain in
 these ways."
"I can't grow crops in
 Winter, though."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I finally bought a Cow!"
"Great!"
"But...I don't know how to
 take care of it!"
"First I'll tell you how
 to feed it.
 Just take Fodder made from
 cut farm grass to the
 Feed Box in the Barn and
 put it in."
"What if I don't have any
 farm grass?"
"Then you'll have to buy it
 from Yodel Farm. It costs
 20G a bushel, which is
 pretty expensive. So, it's
 better to make it
 yourself."
"Got it. What next?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Taking care of Cows,
 right?
 Today I'll tell you about
 grazing your Cows outside.
 First of all, you can't
 pick Cows up, so you have
 to push them from behind
 to get them to leave the
 Barn."
"But, sometimes I can't
 get behind them!"
"That's when you use a
 Bell to get them to move
 toward you. Once they move
 a few steps, you can move
 behind them and push.
 If the Cow's affection for
 you isn't very high, it
 might now come when it
 hears the Bell, though."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Today I'll tell you more
 about grazing your Cows.
 If you have a field of
 farm grass ready to be
 harvested, your Cows will
 graze on that. This saves
 you the effort of cutting
 it and bringing to to their
 Feed Boxes. It takes a
 few hours for them to
 eat, though. "
"OK."
"Also, grass grows back
 sooner after Cows graze
 on it than when you cut it
 with your Sickle."
"That's good to know!"
                   BEGINNER


"My brother is taking the
day off today, so no
. Sorry."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it? But first,
 let me apologize for
 yesterday. I feel fine
 now."
"In that case, can you
 tell me some more?"
"Sure. More about taking
 care of cows, then. Today
 I'll tell you about
 brushing them. First you
 equip the Brush --"
"I don't have one!"
"The blacksmith will sell
 you one. Just face the Cow
 and use the Brush. The
 Cow will love it if you
 brush her once each day.
 That's enough, though."
"Got it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Taking care of Cows,
 right? Today I'll tell you
 about milking them.
 First you use the
 Milker --"
"I don't have one!"
"The blacksmith will sell
 you one. Just equip it,
 then face the Cow and use
 it to Milk her.
 Cows only give Milk once
 each day, remember."
"OK. Got it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Taking care of Cows,
 right? There's something
 about milking them I forgot
 to tell you."
"What?"
"You can only milk
 adult, non-pregnant Cows."
"Makes sense. I can't wait
 to drink some nice fresh
 Milk!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Taking care of Cows,
right?
I tried milking my Cow, but
 I couldn't get any Milk."
"It was an adult?"
"Of course."
"And she was healthy?"
"She was, but she was
 unhappy."
"I should have mentioned
 that only happy Cows
 give Milk, not sick or
 unhappy Cows."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Taking care of Cows,
 right? Today I'll tell you
 about the size of Milk that
 Cows give.
 There are 3 sizes:
 S, M, and L."
"How are they different?"
"They look different, and
 their size is different
 as well."
"What does that mean?"
"I'll explain tomorrow."
"I knew it!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Different sizes of Milk,
 right?
 Size determines the price
 of Milk when you sell it.
 The bigger the size, the
 more gold you get."
"How do I get bigger
sizes?"
"I'll tell you all about
 that tomorrow."
"Not again!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
"telling me yesterday..."
 About how to get bigger
 sizes of Milk, right?
 If you take good care of
 your Cows everyday, their
 Milk will get better
 naturally.
 That means talking to them,
 brushing them, and feeding
 them everyday."
"Sounds like a lot of
work!"
"By the way, when the Milk
 reaches G size --"
"What's that?"
"That's Golden Milk, which
 only comes from Cows who
 come in first place in
 the Cow Festival.
There are other sizes too."
"I've only gotten S, M, and
 L through regular daily
 care."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I think my Cow got sick!"
"But I thought I told you
 all about how to take care
 of your Cows!"
"Well, I spent so much time
 listening to you, this one
 got sick!"
"In that case, I'll tell
 you how to cure sick
 Cows.
 First, buy Animal Medicine
 from Yodel Farm, then use
 it on the sick Cow."
"Sounds easy to me."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I want more Cows. How do
 I do that?"
"You can buy another Cow
 from Yodel Farm, or use
 Cow Miracle Potion."
"That's sold at Yodel Farm
 too, right?"
"Right. If you use it on an
 adult Cow, it'll become
 pregnant. In about 20 days
 a baby Calf will be born."
"Only adult Cows can get
 pregnant? Makes sense
 to me."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"How to make new Cows,
 right?"
"Right. I used Cow Miracle
 Potion, but it didn't
 work."
"It's an adult Cow,
right?"
"Right."
"Is it healthy, then?"
"No, it's the Cow that was
 sick."
"I should have said before,
 but Cows must be healthy
 to get pregnant."
"OK."
                   BEGINNER

"You know..."
"What's wrong? You don't
 seem very well."
"I think I got sick..."
"Are you sure you aren't
 exhausted? Are you doing
 things like using Tools
 in the rain or late at
 night, or staying up too
 late, or using Tools even
 though you have no
 Stamina left...?"
"Maybe...All of those."
"Some things you can do to
 keep from getting sick are
 bathing in the Hot Spring,
 or sleeping well, or
 lighting a fire in winter
 with Lumber or Branches,
 or even putting flowers in
 your Vase."
"OK. I got all that."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I finally bought a
Sheep!"
"Congratulations!"
"But I'm not sure about how
 to take care of it."
"It's not so different from
 taking care of a Cow.
 Only shipping is what you
 can ship from it."
"How so?"
"You can use Clippers to
 shear Wool from a Sheep.
 Unlike Cows, though, you
 can't shear Wool from
 Sheep everyday."
"If you say so."
"I'll tell you more about
 it tomorrow."
"I hate waiting..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Caring for Sheep, right?"
"After you shear a Sheep
 once, its coat won't grow
 back for a full 7 days.
 You can't get more Wool
 from it until then."
"I see."
"By the way, you can
 buy Clippers from the
 blacksmith."
"OK. I'll remember."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Is there anything
 different about Sheep and
 Cows, other than Wool?"
"Well...The Fodder is the
 same, grazing them is the
 same, brushing is the
 same, giving them Animal
 Medicine is the same --"
"What about making them
 pregnant?"
"For that you need Sheep
 Magic Potion. Cow Magic
 Potion won't work, of
 course!"
"Makes sense to me!"
"That's the only difference
 I can think of."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I'm asking the Harvest
 Sprites to do some work
 for me --"
"That's great!"
"But, they don't do as
 much as I want them to!"
"They just aren't used to
 it yet. They have to learn
their jobs, too, you know."
"Once they get used to it,
 they'll work better,
 you mean?"
"Of course! Also, don't
 forget to give them small
 gifts as a thank-you when
 they're done."
"I'll remember!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard that you can train
 the Harvest Sprites.
 Is it true?"
"Yes."
"How do you do it?"
"You do it through Mini-
 Games. When you talk to a
 Harvest Sprite, you get to
 choose between asking them
 to work or playing Mini-
 Games. Choose the
 Mini-Game."
"So I can just play Mini-
 Games with them all day
 to train them really
 quickly!"
"No, you can only play once
 a day. Sorry."
"That's too bad."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
 About training the Harvest
 Sprites, right? You see,
 different Mini-Games train
 different skills."
"Like what?"
"The "Harvest" Mini-Game"
makes them better at
harvesting, and the "Animal
Husbandry" and "Watering"
Mini-Games help them
improve at those things,
too."
"Makes sense to me."
"But, if you make them
 fail at the game, they'll
 actually get worse, so
 be careful."
"I will!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I guess the Mailbox isn't
 just for decoration, huh?"
"No, you'll get notices of
 new items at the store,
 or letters and cards.
 So, it's a good idea to
 check it every so often."
"You're right about that."
"Once you read letters,
 they're stored in your
 Bookshelf in case you want
 to read them again."
"Thanks. I'll keep that
 in mind."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"The town is so big, I
 still get lost sometimes!"
"If you get lost, look at
 the World Map on the Menu
 Window after pressing
 START.
 That will show you the
 layout of the town, as
 well as where you are.
 Soon enough you'll have
 it all memorized."
"That's sure handy!"
"It will also show you
 where your Dog is, which is
 useful if you can't find
 him."
"Great!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Can I buy back a Cow that
 I've sold?"
"Sorry, but you can't.
 I guess this means you
 sold your Cow, right...?
"Yes, because I couldn't
 afford Seeds for Fall
 planting!"
"You still can't buy her
 back, whatever the
 reason. Sorry.
"And I had finally gotten
 her to give me G size
 Milk, too! What a waste!"
"Now you'll have to start
 all over with a new Cow.
 Good luck!"
"Oh, man..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What does the World Map
 show, aside from me and
 my Dog?"
"It also shows the location
 of your Ball and Basket."
"Why those two?"
"Well, your animals always
 stay on the farm, and the
 Harvest Sprites only work
 on the farm. What else
 would you want on there?"
"How about the location of
 all the townspeople?"
"Sorry, that's just
 not possible."
"Too bad!..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard you can have
 presents giftwrapped at
 the Supermarket. What will
 they wrap, exactly?"
"Just about anything you
 could give to somebody."
"Even Stones or Weeds?"
"If you wanted to!
 But, noboody wants to
 receive Stones or Weeds.
 And, if you wrap them up,
 they'll be even less
 happy with you.
 They'll expect something
 nice, you see."
"OK."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"My Dog is growing up nice
 and strong!"
"That's great! So, he'll
 chase away wild dogs when
 they come?"
"You bet! He also comes
 when I use my Bell to call
 the Sheep and Cows that
 I have grazing."
"You've been training him,
 I see."
"I have. Right now we're
 training everyday for the
 Frisbee Tournament in
 Summer."
"He must love all the
 attention."
"He does. It's fun for me,
 too."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"My Dog has grown up
 big and strong, but my
 Horse hasn't gotten very
 much bigger."
"What? You have a Horse
 now?"
"I forgot to tell you, I
 guess. Sorry."
"That's OK. Anyway, Horses
 take longer to grow than
 Dogs. It takes them about
 a year to get become full-
 grown."
"What can I do with it
 then?"
"I'll tell you tomorrow."
"If you say so."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About what fully grown
 Horses could do, right?"
 First, you can use Saddle-
 bags to ship things.
 Face the Horse and throw
 what you want to ship,
 and it will be done!"
"That's great! That means
 I don't have to put every-
 thing in my Rucksack,
 go out to the Shipment box,
 then take it all out again.
 How convenient!"
"That's right."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About what fully grown
 Horses could do, right?"
"You can also ride the
 Horse, of course."
"That sounds fun!"
"It makes moving around
 much faster. You can also
 enter in Horse Races."
"That means I can bet on
 myself to win, and then
 win tons of prizes, too,
 right!"
"That's right, sis."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Is there anything else a
 fully grown Horse is good
 for?"
"Not apart from shipping
 Items or entering the
 Horse Races, no."
"That's too bad..."
"I should tell you how to
 take care of it, though.
 Your Horse will like it if
 you talk to it and ride it
 everyday.
 You should brush it every
 day, too.
 Also, put it in the Barn
 on rainy days, just like
 your other animals."
"All that seems easy
 enough."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What's a "Cottage?"
"It's an extra house for
 yourself that you can ask
 Gotz the Woodcutter to
 build for you. I hear
 there's another way to
 get one, but I'm not sure
 what it is."
"How is a Cottage different
 from my regular house?"
"Well, you can sleep there,
 but there is no Kitchen,
 so no Refrigerator or
 Shelves. It's basically
 just for fun."
"It's so expensive,
though!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about this really big
 fish that I caught in
 the sea last Summer.
 It looked almost like a
 squid, but huge..."
"That sounds like one of
 the legendary "King
 Fish." I bet you had to
 have a really high level
 Fishing Rod to catch it.
 I hear they only come out
 in Spring or Winter.
 There are some other
 conditions for catching
 them, but I'm not sure
 what they are."
"How many King Fish are
 there?"
"6 in all, but that's all I
 know about them. What
 did you do with the fish
 once you caught it?"
"I'll tell you that
 tomorrow."
"That's my line!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what I was
 telling you yesterday..."
"What you did with the
 King Fish, right?"
"Right. It was way too
 heavy for me to carry home,
 so I just took an ink
 rubbing of it and then
 released it back into
 the ocean."
"I can't wait to see that
 rubbing! I'm proud of you,
 sis."
"Gee, thanks!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard that no crops will
 grow during Winter.
 Is that true?"
"It is. Not even farm grass
 will grow under all that
 snow."
"So all I can do on the
 farm during winter is take
 care of my animals?"
"Yes. You can also do
 other things you don't
 normally have time for."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You said that since I
 can't grow crops in Winter,
 I ought to use the time for
 something I usually don't
 have time for.
 Do you have any
 suggestions?"
"How about digging in one
 of the mines?"
"Now that you mention it,
 I haven't done that
 at all!"
"Or, you could spend all
day fishing, for instance."
"That sounds like fun,
too!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About what to do in
 Winter, right?"
"Is there anything else to
 do, besides fishing and
 mining?"
"Let's see...You can't farm
 anyway, so you could
 upgrade your Tools. Or,
 you could spend the time
 talking with the towns-
 people."
"I guess there are lots of
 things to do in Winter!"
"What do you want to
 do most, sis?"
"Let's see..."
"Think about it, and tell
 me tomorrow."
"OK."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I know what I want to do
 most in Winter, now."
"What is it?"
"I think I want to dig lots
 in the mines."
"That's a good idea.
 Should I tell you more
 about them?"
"Yes please!"
"OK. That'll be
 tomorrow's subject."
"I can't wait!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About mining, right?
 First, there are two mines
 you can go to. One is past
 the Hot Spring behind the
 mountain."
"Next to the waterfall,
 right?"
"That's it. The other one
 is on the island on the
 far side of the lake."
"Wait a second!
 How do I get to it,
 then?"
"You have to wait until
 Winter for the lake to
 freeze, then walk over
 it then."
"I hope I don't slip..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About mining, right?
 Today I'll tell you about
 stairs going down that you
 find when digging in the
 mine.
 Go down the stairs to get
 to deeper levels of the
 mine.
 The deeper you go, the
 more valuable things you'll
 find, so take these stairs
 whenever you find them."
"How do I get back to
 the surface, though?"
"Don't worry. You'll see
 stairs going up, too."
"Thanks. I feel much
 better now!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About mining, right?
"Today I'll tell you how to
 do actual digging.
 Use your Hoe to dig up the
 ground of the mine.
 You'll be able to tell
 where you've dug because
 it will look the same as
 a tilled field.
 You only need to dig the
 same piece of earth once.
 Digging more than that
 won't have an effect.
"So, if nothing comes out,
 go on to the next patch
 and try. I get it!"
"Also, use your Hammer to
 smash Stones in the mine.
 Sometimes Ore will come
 out."
"OK."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Can I wear the jewelry
 Saibara makes myself?"
"Why? Do you think that
 doing so would increase
 your HP or something?"
"I thought it might...
 Or, maybe just make me
 look prettier...
"Sorry, but you can't wear
 the jewelry yourself.
 You can ship it, though.
 I wouldn't want to sell it!
 Not after using all that
 Orichalc and gold to have
 it made in the first
 place!"
"You can sell it for a lot
 of money, though!"
"Hmm...Naww, I couldn't.
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I found something else in
 the mine, but I'm not sure
 whether it's rare and
 valuable or not."
"What is it?"
"An ore called
Adamantite."
"That's great, sis! You can
 give it to Saibara and
 ask him to make you a
 Maker with it."
"What's a Maker?"
"There are three kinds of
 Makers: Cheese, Yarn, and
 Mayonnaise."
"You'll tell me more about
 them tomorrow, right?"
"How'd you know, sis?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"The Makers, right?"
"Right. Will you tell me
 what they do?"
"The Mayonnaise Maker makes
 Mayonnaise, the Cheese
 Maker Cheese, and the Yarn
 Maker Yarn! That's all
 there is to it, sis!"
"Now I feel a little
 foolish for asking...How do
 you use them, though?"
"I'll tell you that
 tomorrow."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"About using the 3 kinds of
 Makers, right?
 Well, to use the Mayonnaise
 Maker, just toss in Eggs.
 To use the Cheese Maker,
 just throw in Milk.
 Finally, to use the Yarn
 Maker, just throw in some
 Wool. That's it.
 By the way, the size of the
 Mayo, Cheese, or Yarn that
 comes out is equivalent to
 the size of what you put
 in the Maker to begin
with."
"I get it now."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Where do the Makers go?"
"The Mayonnaise Maker goes
 in the Chicken Coop, and
 the Cheese and Yarn Makers
 in the Barn."
"That makes it easy to put
 the Eggs, Milk, or Wool in
 them, doesn't it?"
"Right. That way you don't
 have to carry them far.
 Except maybe if you're
 grazing your animals."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"How much does it cost
 to have one of those
 Makers made?"
"It requires 20,000G and
 a piece of Adamantite."
"That's very expensive!"
"It is indeed. But, once
 you buy one, it never
 breaks, and you can use it
 forever to increase the
 sale price of your farm
 goods. You'll also be able
 to cook more things."
"I see. That's still a lot,
 though...!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Snowstorms are really
 scary, aren't they?"
"You bet. You can't go
 outside at all! That means
 you cant take care of your
 animals or crops. The wind
 can also destroy your crops
 or Fences."
"I can't do anything about
 it?"
"Nope. Not even the Harvest
 Sprites will go outside
 during a snowstorm. All you
 can do is keep the animals
 safe in their barn."
I'll just pray one never
 comes, then, just like a
 typhoon!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Can I only find Orichalc
 and Adamantite Ores in
 the mine by the Spring?"
"That's right.
 In that mine, all you'll
 find is Mystrile,
 Adamantite, and Orichalc."
"What about in the mine
 on the lake?"
"There you can find other
 Ores that you can ship."
"So, if I want to make
 money, I should go to the
 lake, and if I want to
 upgrade or make things,
 I should go to the spring,
 right?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I bought a Sheep and a Cow
 at Yodel Farm. The Sheep
 is full grown, but
 not the Cow. Why?"
"Cows grow more slowly than
 Sheep. That's why the Cows
 that Yodel Farm sells
 aren't full grown yet."
"But Cows won't give Milk
 unless they're full grown,
 right?
 I guess I'll just have to
 wait until it gets older!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You can't watch TV when
 there's a typhoon or a
 snowstorm, right?"
"Right. Why?"
"Will TV programs I miss
 because of the weather be
 shown the next day, or
 maybe the next week?"
"No, they just skip those
 shows and go on with the
 next one."
"So, there's no way I can
 see shows I missed?"
"Not until they
 re-broadcast the whole
 series, no."
"That's disappointing!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I've been wondering...
 what is it I eat every
 morning?"
"Don't you know yourself?
 Basically, Bread or Rice
 Or, anything else that
 you've ever made before."
"So, I should just make
 something that recuperates
 a lot of Stamina and
 Fatigue every morning
 then, right?"
"That sounds about right."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I was up late at night
 and wanted to watch TV,
 but nothing was on.
 Why not?"
"All programs stop at
 midnight. That's why."
"Aww...And I used to like
 to stay up late watching
 TV, too."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What determines how
 affection level changes
 when you give gifts?"
"Well, whether they like
 the gift or not, for one
 thing. Also, if you give
 them gifts too often,
 they'll have less effect.
 And, people will be more
 appreciative if the gift is
 on their birthday (assuming
 they like it, of course)."
"How do I figure out
 people's birthdays?"
"You could give them
 gifts everyday and watch
 their reaction...?"
"There's got to be a
 better way!"
"Maybe there's someone
 you can ask, then...?"
"I can't believe even you
 don't know, bro!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday...
 Do you know what people
 in town like and don't
 like?"
"Sorry, but I don't.
 But, it's also impossible
 to give everyone every-
 thing and watch their
 reactions..."
"You bet it is!"
"Still, it's a good idea to
 try giving people some
 things, and you may get
 the hang of it."
"I see."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Do you know what day it is
 today?"
"Sure. It's the Winter
 Thanksgiving Festival."
"Yes. That mean...
 Here you go, Chocolate!"
"Gee sis, thanks! I'll try
 it right now...Mmm....
 It's delicious! "
"I'm glad you like it!"
"I do. Now I'll have to
 top it for the next Spring
 Thanksgiving Festival!"
"Great!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"The Harvest Goddess came
 and told me when my
 Pedometer reached 10,000
 steps."
"Oh yeah, I thought I heard
 something like that.
 She might also come when
 you ship a certain number
 of things, or catch a
 certain number of fish."
"Well, she herself told me
 that I didn't receive
 anything special for it.
It's no big deal, I guess."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You don't save when you
 sleep this time, right?"
"Right. Instead, select
 Diary in the Menu Window
 or investigate the
 Diary in your house.
"So I can save anywhere
 and anytime, right?"
"Well, you can't open up
 the Menu Window when
 you're on your Horse,
 remember."
"OK, so that's the only
 time I can't save, right?
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What's the difference
 between my Refrigerator
 and Shelves?"
"You use them for different
 things. Basically, things
 you eat go in the
 Refrigerator and every-
 thing else goes in the
 Shelf."
"I see."
"Also, you can't put Dogs,
 Chickens, or Baskets in
 either one."
"That makes sense."
"Also, you can put 99 of
 each Item in each space,
 which is more than the
 Rucksack."
"That's a lot!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"You told me yesterday that
 I could fit 99 Items in
 each space in my Shelves
 or Refrigerator. I tried,
 but it doesn't work."
"That doesn't make any
 sense...What was it?"
"Eggs..."
"If they were different
 kinds of Eggs, then you
 can't put them in the
 same space."
"I should have thought
 of that myself!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Can you use something
 other than food Items to
 cook with?"
"Sure. Just put it in your
 Rucksack and then select
 it. But I've never heard
 of anything like that
 in a recipe!"
"But if you can use some-
 thing other than food in a
 recipe, then maybe there's
 something good you can
 make..."
"It's a possibility, I
 guess..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"My Chicken died..."
"Of sickness?"
"Yes..."
"I forgot to put it in the
 Barn when it started
 raining...I feel awful!"
"You know, these things
 cause your reputation in
 town to go down."
"Really?"
"When it's your fault.
 Not when animals die of
 old age, of course."
"I'll be more careful
 in the future!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I ate a "Power Berry",
 but I'm not sure exactly
 what it is."
"It increases your maximum
 Stamina."
"So I can eat as many as
 I can?"
"There are only 10 in all,
 and each one increases your
 Stamina by 10. That makes
 100 in all."
"How much do I start
 out with?"
"100."
"So I can increase my"
 Stamina by 100%.
 That's great!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"Is there any way to find
 out how many Power
 Berries I've eaten?"
"If you look at the Farm
 Property page in your
 Earnings, then there's a
 picture of you and your
 name, right?"
"Right."
"Under that are some red
 circles."
"Uh-huh."
"Each one of those means
 one Power Berry that
 you've eaten."
"That's easy enough,
 I suppose.
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"If the red circles in my
 Earnings mean Power
 Berries, what do the blue
 circles next to them mean?"
"Those are the number of
 Mysterious Berries you've
 eaten. You get them from
 the Kappa. Which, I see
 you've already done..."
"What do the Mystic Berries
 do then?"
"They make you slower to
 Fatigue, so you'll collapse
 from overwork less."
"I didn't know that! I just
 thought it tasted good!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What are the heart-shaped
 symbols on different pages
 of my Earnings book?"
"Those show you levels of
 affection people have for
 you. There can be as many
 as 10."
"So, if someone has 10
 hearts for me, then they
 like me incredibly much?"
"That's about it."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I saw something strange on
 sale at Gotz's place."
"What was it?"
"It was called "Golden"
 Lumber." Do you know
 what that is?"
"I've heard that putting
 that in your field can get
 the townspeople really
 mad at you for showing
 off."
"But why is it so
 expensive?"
"Think about it this way:
 only someone who wanted
 to boast about how rich
 they were would buy a piece
 of Golden Lumber, much less
 put it in their yard for
 everybody to see!"
"I'm tempted..."
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I bought the Golden Lumber
 and put it in my yard --"
"Why would you do that!"
"Don't get so mad at me!
 It wouldn't fit in the
 Woodbin, you see."
"That's because it's not
 like regular Lumber. You
 can put it in your Shelves
 instead, show-off..."
"I don't like everybody
 calling me names like you,
 so I think I'm going to
 move it as soon as I can!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"I heard that I can
 communicate with the Game-
 Cube version of the game."
"That's true."
"How do I do it?"
"First, do you know how to
 find the Harvest Goddess?
"No."
"I'll tell you that first,
 then.
 You know where the mine by
 the spring on Mother's Hill
 is, right?"
"Behind the Hot Spring,
 right?"
"Right. Well, the Harvest
 Goddess appears in the
 spring to the right of
 that."
"Got it. Be sure to tell me
 how to communicate
 tomorrow, OK?"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
 About how to communicate
 with the GameCube, right?
 First, you have to throw an
 offering into the Goddess's
 spring to make her appear.
 Then,select"Communicate".
 That's about all there is
 to it, sis.
 I've never done it, but
 that's what I hear,
 anyway."
"I can't wait to give it
 a try and see if She
 really does appear!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"What's the Blue Feather?"
"What?! You mean they're
 already selling it at the
 Supermarket?"
"Yeah, I've seen boys give
 it to girls a few times,
 now."
"Oh, I see. The Blue
 Feather is what people use
 when they want to propose
 marriage."
"So, when those girls
 accepted the Feather, they
 were saying "Yes" ?
 How romantic!"
                   BEGINNER

"Hey big bro!"
"What is it?"
"It's about what you were
 telling me yesterday..."
"Is there something about
 the Blue Feather you don't
 understand yet?"
"I told you they were
 selling it at the Super-
 market, but they didn't
 have any when I went to
 look!"
"They wouldn't sell one to
 a girl, sis!"
"So the only way I can get
 one is to have someone
 propose to me?"
"That's right."
"That's no fair!"

######################################
c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd)
######################################

                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the wandering salesman,
 Won. Lately he's staying
 at Zack's house in Mineral
 Beach, where he's selling
 his wares.
 You can buy Seeds, Dog
 Training Tools, or Jewels
 of Truth from him.
 Some of the Seeds he has
 they don't carry at the
 Supermarket.
 He also has Balls and
 Frisbees for Dogs. You
 can find books on those at
 the Library, I think.
 I'm not sure what Jewels
 of Truth are for, but I
 think you can get some-
 thing when you collect
 9..."
"I wonder what it is?..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me about controls!"
"OK, first I'll teach you
 to move around on the Map
 Screen.
 Control Pad:
 *Run or Walk"
"Why 'or', Sis?"
"You can decide which the
 Control Pad does with the
 Movement Settings in the
 Diary in the Menu Window.
 Option 1 is Walk, and
 Option 2 is Run."
"Then how do you perform
 the opposite action?"
"With the R Button to:
 Run in Option 1, or
 Walk in Option 2."
"I see! You can use the
 Control Pad to Walk and
 the R Button to Run,
 or the other way around!"
"That's it!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 moving around on the Map
 Screen."

 A Button:
 *Talk to people
 *Investigate
 *Pick up something
 *Throw something

 By the way, if you talk to
 someone when you're
 holding something, you'll
 give it to the person."
"You mean give a gift?"
"Yes, but you can't give
 away animals, or really
 important things, like
 Baskets."
"I see..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 the A Button."
 You can investigate things
 like Signs, or Walls, or
 Bookshelves to see what
 they have in or on them.
 Of course, sometimes you
 won't find anything.
 Also, you shouldn't
 investigate when you're
 holding something."
"Why not?"
"Because if it turns out
 that there's nothing there,
 you'll end up throwing
 what you're holding!"
"Ah, of course!"
"Also, you can't pick up
 some things that are too
 heavy, like huge Stones."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 moving around on the Map
 Screen.

 Actually, what I told you
 yesterday about using the
 A Button wasn't entirely
 true. The A Button
 does things not when you
 press it, but when you
 release it, you see."
"What do you mean?"
"For instance, if you face
 a Sign and investigate it
 to read it, you won't
 actually see what it says
 until you release the A
 Button."
"So you didn't tell the
 truth yesterday?"
"I was just trying to
 make it easier to
 understand!"
"Hmm..."
"And, if you hold the A
 Button down and press
 another button, it will
 have a different effect.
 We're out of time for
 today, though."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about other
 controls while holding down
 the A Button, right?

 Hold down the A Button,
 then press the B Button to
 switch to the Tools and
 Items Screen, or press the
 L Button to switch Items
 you're holding."
"What do you mean?"
"After holding down the A
 Button and pressing the L
 Button, use the Control
 Pad or the L Button to
 switch what you're holding
 with something in your
 Rucksack.
 Of course, you can't put
 things like animals in
 your Rucksack!"
"So you can switch Items
 you're holding on the Map
 Screen. That's useful.
 Do you have to hold down
 the A Button the whole
 time?"As long as you hold down
 either the A Button or the
 L Button, you'll be able
 to keep switching Items."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about other
 controls while holding down
 the A Button, right? "

 If you press the R Button
 while holding down the A
 Button, it will cancel the
 A Button, and you will
 return to walking or
 running."
"You mean Option 1 or 2,
 which you choose in the
 Movement Settings in the
 Diary in the Menu Window,
 right?"
"Yeah, where you can set
 which controls to use for
 walking and which for
 running.
 I'll teach you about some-
 thing else tomorrow."
"OK. Bye now."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 moving around on the Map
 Screen.

 B Button:
 *Use equipped Item
 *Put away what you're
    holding
 Use equipped Items is easy
 enough. You can't use
 anything if you're not
 holding it!"
"Other than things like
 Seeds, Animal Medicine,
 and Cow and Sheep Miracle
 Potion, you can use a Tool
 as many times as you like,
 right?"
"That's true, but you do
 use up your Stamina."
"What does that mean?"
"I'll explain that
 tomorrow!"
"OK..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was explaining that
 using Tools uses up
 Stamina, wasn't I? I think
 you should learn about the
 basic controls first."
"That's no fair..."
"Now back to putting things
 away with the B Button on
 the Map Screen.
 It doesn't matter what you
 have equipped, just what
 you're holding.
 Of course, you can't put
 some things in your
 Rucksack because they're
 too large. Also, your
 Rucksack can become full."
"I see..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 moving around on the Map
 Screen.

 Just as with the A Button,
 it's not pushing the B
 Button that activates it,
 but releasing it.
 You can do different things
 by pushing other buttons
 while holding down the B
 Button. For example, push
 the A Button while holding
 down the B Button to move
 to the Tools and Items
 Screen..."
"Didn't you mention that
 for the A Button, too?"
"Yes, good memory. You can
 view the inside of your
 Rucksack by pushing both
 the A and B Buttons in
 whichever order you like."
"I see!"
"That's it for today."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about other
 controls while holding down
 the B Button, right?

 Press the L Button while
 holding down the B Button
 to switch Tools equipped."
"Is that like switching
 Items with the A Button?"
"Exactly! Use the Control
 Pad or the L Button to
 decide which Tool in your
 Rucksack you want to switch
 the current one with.
 As long as you hold down
 either the B Button or the
 L Button, you'll be able
 to keep switching Tools."
"That's the same as with
 Items, too!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about other
 controls while holding down
 the B Button, right? "

 You can switch Tools by
 holding down the B Button
 and pressing the L Button,
 but not if you're holding
 something."
"Why not?"
"Because if it's food,
 you have to eat it!"
"I see!"
"If you press the R Button
 while holding down the B
 Button, it will cancel the
 B Button, and you will
 return to walking or
 running."
"That's the same as for
 the A Button, right?"
"Right. Option 1 or 2,
 which you choose in the
 Movement Settings in the
 Diary in the Menu Window.
 That's it for the B Button,
 so I'll teach you about
 something else tomorrow."
"OK. Bye bye."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"OK, here's more about
 moving around on the Map
 Screen.

 L Button:
 EWhistle

 First, you only Whistle
 when you release the L
 Button, not when you press
 it. Also, if you just use
 the L  Button, you'll call
 both your Dog and Horse
 to you. If you press the
 Control Pad Up or Left at
 the same time, though, you
 will only call your Dog.
 If you press the Control
 Pad Down or Right at the
 same time, you will
 only call your Horse."
"I see..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the L Button."
"It seemed difficult
 just to whistle..."
"Remember, you can just use
 the L Button, but that will
 call both your Dog and
 Horse."
"I guess you're right."
"If you hold down the L
 Button and press the B
 Button, you can change
 Tools equipped. If you
 press the A Button instead,
 you can change Items..."
"You taught me that before,
 right?"
"Right. Finally, hold down
 the L Button and press
 START to view the Town
 Map, or SELECT to view the
 Farm Map."
"What are those?"
"I'll leave that for
 tomorrow!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
about Map Screen controls."

 START
 EOpen the Menu Window

 Press START to open the
 Menu Window at the bottom
 of the screen. The icons
 displayed are (from the
 left):
 EDiary
 ETools and Items
 ETown Map
 EFarm Map
 EEarnings
 EMemo
 ETutorial
 I'll start from the first
 one, Diary. We're out of
 time now, though..."
"OK."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more about
 controls!"
"Today's lesson will be
 on the Menu Window.
 First, I'll explain about
 the Diary.
 ...But first, I ought to
 explain  the Menu
 Window Controls.
 All you do is move the
 cursor Left and Right with
 the Control Pad, switch
 to the selected screen with
 the A Button, or close the
 Menu Window with the B
 Button or START."
"You don't use the other
buttons?"
"Nope! I'll explain about
 your diary tomorrow."
"If you say so."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was telling you about
 the Diary in the Menu
 Window, right?

 The main purpose of the
 Diary is to save and load
 games."
"What else?"
"You can also change these:
 EMovement Settings
 EClock Display
 EName Display
 I explained Movement
 Setttings before. It's
 where you determine which
 buttons to use to walk
 and run.
 Clock Display determines
 whether or not the time and
 date is shown in the lower
 right hand corner when you
 are moving.
 Face and Name Display
 determines whether the name
 and face of the person you
 are talking to is shown in
 the Message Window.
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. Today I'll tell you
 about controls in the
 Diary from the
 Menu Window.

 First, move the Control Pad
 Up and Down to move the
 cursor up and down to
 select a setting to change.
 Next, move the Control Pad
 Left and Right to change
 the settings.
 Press the B Button to close
 the Diary Window.
 Also, press the A Button to
 save or load when those are
 selected.
That's about it for today."
"OK."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Tools and Items
 Screen.

 The Tools and Item Screen
 shows what you have in
 your Rucksack. You can also
 change what you're holding
 or equipped with here.
 You can do this on the Map
 Screen, too, don't forget.
 This Screen is most useful
 for checking your
 possessions."
"I see."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Tools and Items
 Screen controls.

 Basically...
 EControl Pad: Move cursor
 EA Button: Enter
 EB Button: Cancel
 EL/R Buttons: Move cursor
   between Tools and Items.
"That's easy enough!"
"That's because you're my
 brother!"
"Thanks, sis."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Town Map.

 On the Town Map Screen,
 you can see a map of every-
 thing! Point your cursor at
 something to see an
 explanation below."
"That sounds pretty
simple."
"Here's this, then:
 The Control Pad moves the
 cursor, and the B Button
 closes the Map Screen and
 returns you to the Menu
 Window.
 Press the L Button to move
 the cursor more slowly,
 and the R Button to
 move it more quickly.
 Got all that?"
"I think so..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Town Map.

 The Town Map also shows
 where you and your Dog are.
 Also, it will show the
 position of your Ball and
 Basket if you have them.
 You can use this to help
 you look for things you've
 lost.
 Of course, the map will
 only show you the
 approximate location, not
 exactly where it is. So,
 you'll still have to do
 some looking on your own.
 Also, if it's someone
 else's house, the map can't
 show you what floor your
 lost item is on."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Farm Map.

 The Farm Map Screen shows
 an overview of your farm.
 It's useful to look at when
 you forgot what you planted
 where, for instance."
"That sounds pretty
simple."
"Here's this, then:
 The Control Pad moves the
 cursor, and the B Button
 closes the Map Screen and
 returns you to the Menu
 Window.
 Press the L Button to move
 the cursor more slowly,
 and the R Button to
 move it more quickly.
 Got all that?"
"I think so..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 the Farm Map.

 On the Farm Map, you can
 see the location of all
 your animals in all the
 buildings on your farm:
 EYou, your Dog, your Ball,
   and Basket (if they're on
   the farm, that is)
 EChickens, Baby Chicks,
   Sheep, and Cows (if you
   have them)
 EHarvest Sprites
   (if they're working
   for you)

 That's about it."
"Got it."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be on
 your Earnings.

 The Earnings Screen is
 divided up into many pages.
 The first one shows your
 name, how much gold you
 have, the number of
 your animals, bushels of
 Feed, and Lumber, and
 the affection of your pet.

 The next pages are animal
 list pages, one for
 Chickens, Cows, and Sheep,
 If you have them. "
"So if have don't have
 Sheep, then there will be
 no Sheep page?"
"Exactly."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 more on the Earnings
 Screen.

 Next page is the Harvest
 Sprites page. This page
 shows the affection of each
 Sprite for you, how much
 their enthusiasm is for the
 job, and whether each is
 doing a job for you or not.
 Job enthusiasm is shown
 with a gauge, in the order
 of Watering, Harvest, and
 Animal Husbandry.

 The next page is your
 Income and Expenses.
 Income and Expenses for
 this month is at the very
 top. Below that is your
 daily Income and Expenses
 for the current season.
 At the very bottom is your
 Income and Expenses for the
 last 3 seasons.
 The last page shows the
 levels of all your Tools."
"More tomorrow, right?"
"Of course!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 more on the Earnings
 Screen.

 Like I said yesterday, the
 final page on the Earnings
 screen shows the levels of
 all your Tools in numbers
 and a gauge.
 When the gauge becomes
 full, a small picture of an
 Ore will be shown below
 that Tool. That ore tells
 you what level the Tool
 can be upgraded to.
 Remember that you don't
 need to upgrade right away.
 You could wait to upgrade
 a Tool until it became
 ready for a Mystrile
 upgrade,
 if you wanted to!"
"Yeah, but that would take
 forever!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 more on the Earnings
 Screen.

 On the Tool Level List,
 there is a number to the
 right of each gauge.
 This percentage shows
 the experience level of the
 Tool. When it reaches 100%,
 the tool may be upgraded.
 To upgrade a Tool, bring
 it to the blacksmith.
 I'll tell you more about
 the controls of this Screen
 tomorrow."
"OK. Bye now."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 about controls in the
 Earnings Screen.

 Flip pages with the Left
 and Right Control Pad, and
 scroll with the Up and Down
 Control Pad.
 Press the L Button with the
 Up and Down Control Pad to
 scroll more slowly, or
 the R Button to scroll more
 quickly."
"I think I've seen
 instructions like these
 before..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 about the Memo Screen.

 The Memo helps you remember
 what you've done:
 *Number of shipments
 *Number of Fish caught
 *Other
There's one page for each."
"That's all?"
"It's more than it looks
 like at first glance.
 For instance, there are
 over 100 types of Items to
 be shipped, and many kinds
 of Fish to be caught.
 The memo keeps track of
 each individually, but I'll
 explain more tomorrow."
"OK."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 more about the Memo Screen.

 I was going to tell you
 even more about the Memo
 Screen, but it doesn't have
 a direct bearing on game-
 play, so I decided against
 it. It's more fun that
 way."

"Awww, sis!... By the way,
 how high do the counters
 for shipping and fishing
 go...?"
"That's a secret! It sure
isn't 999. That much I can
say."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Menu Window.
 Today's lesson will be
 about the Memo Screen
 controls.

"Flip pages with the Left
 and Right Control Pad, and
 scroll with the Up and Down
 Control Pad.
 Press the L Button with the
 Up and Down Control Pad to
 scroll more slowly, or
 the R Button to scroll more
 quickly."
"Are the controls for these
 Screens all the same?"
"You catch on quick!"
"I knew it!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Message Window.
 The top left of the Message
 Window shows the face of
 the person you're talking
 to, and the top right
 shows their name."
"It's not fair our names
 and faces aren't shown!"
"...Maybe, but you can also
 choose not to display it."
"You mean in the Diary,
 right?"
"Good memory. Actually,
 you can change this when
 the messages are shown,
 too."
"You'll tell me how
 tomorrow, right...?"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about erasing the names and
 faces in the Message
 Window."
"You were going to teach me
 how to do it without going
 to the Diary, right?"
"Well, that's what I said,
 but it turns out I was
 wrong.
 The Diary is the only place
 to do it. Sorry!..."
"Thanks a lot, sis!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 things in your home
 including some things you
 might not have yet.
 The first is the Bed.
 This doesn't need very much
 explanation, I know.
 Just investigate it,
 and you wake up the next
 morning."
"But, why can't I just work
 on the farm until morning
 comes? I can save at any
 time, right?"
"You'll collapse if you
 work like that!"
"Really?"
"I'll explain more later."
"Bye now."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I was saying that if
 you don't get enough sleep,
 you'll end up collapsing.
 If you use any Tool, you
 lose a bit of Stamina.
 If you run out of Stamina,
 you collapse.
 That's not such a big deal.
 But, if you keep on using
 a Tool when you have no
 Stamina, you'll build up
 Fatigue.
 If you build up Fatigue
 until you collapse, you'll
 be carried to the Clinic.
 It takes a full day to
 recover then!"
"What does that have to do
 with not sleeping?"
"I'll explain it
tomorrow."
"OK..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I was saying that if
 you don't get enough sleep,
 you'll end up collapsing.
 If you don't get sleep,
 Fatigue builds up.
 So, even if you don't do
 any work, you'll end up
 being carried to the Clinic
 if you stay up all night."
"Don't you recuperate
 Stamina and Fatigue?"
"You do, if you:
 EEat food
 EEnter a Hot Spring
 ESleep
 There are other ways to
 recuperate as well, but
 I'll tell you about them
 later."
"OK. You build up Fatigue
 when you use Tools when
 your Stamina is drained,
 or when you don't sleep,
 right?"
"Right."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you about
 how you build up Fatigue.
 Aside from what I told you
 yesterday, you also build
 up Fatigue when you use a
 Tool either in the rain
 or late at night.
 Also, I forgot to tell you
 that some foods can
 drain your Stamina and
 cause Fatigue."
"What food could do
that?!"
"Two things are Poison
 Mushrooms, or failed
 dishes. There are some
 others, too."
"I'd better be careful!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about things in your home
 (including some things you
 might not have yet).
 Now I'll explain the
 Diary. This is the same
 as the Diary in the Menu
 Window. You can use it
 to save or load games, or
 make various settings."
"Wouldn't it just be easier
 to use START and go to
 the Diary from the Menu
 Window...?"
"Sometimes people just like
 a change of pace,
 that's all!"
"If you say so..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Calendar.
 It's useful for finding out
about the season's events."
"How do you use it?"
"Investigate it to display
 the Calendar Screen.
 Use the Control Pad to move
 the cursor to the day you
 want to check, then press
 the A Button.
 The Message Window will
 show what's planned then.
 Use the B Button to step
 back from the Calendar.
 Oh yeah, days with events
 on them have a helpful
 symbol on them."
"Thanks. Very useful!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the TV.
 You can use the TV to watch
 many interesting programs.
 The Control Pad is your
 remote control:
 *Up: Weather forecast
 *Down: This program
 *Right: News
 *Left: Variety programs
 You can change channels at
 any time, do don't feel
 like you have to watch the
 whole thing.
 The B Button turns the TV
 off, and the other buttons
 fast forward the messages.
That's all there is to it!"
"Easy enough, I guess."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 different TV programs.
 First is the Weather
 forecast. It's usually
 fairly accurate, so make
 a habit of checking it
 every morning when you
 wake up.
 Next is the News, which
 tells you what events are
 going on this season.
 The day before or the day
 of an event, the news
 sometimes covers that
 event only. So, it's a
 good idea to remember
 events as much as you
can." "I see."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about TV Stations.
  is this
 program, so it needs no
 description.
 A different Variety program
 is on each day of the week:
 *Sunday: My Dear Princess
 *Monday: Fishing Hour
 *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs
 *Wednesday: Aaron Changes
 *Thursday: Star Lilly,
   Bandit Girl
 *Friday: Mechabot Ultror
 *Saturday: TV Shopping
   Network or St. Emerald
   Academy
Well, that's it for today!"
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about TV Stations.
 "Fishing Hour" has
 information about fishing,
 and "Dueling Chefs" has
 information about cooking.
 You might find them
 useful.
 The TV Shopping Network
 is where you order a whole
 lot of stuff, so it's very
 useful.
 The other programs are just
 there fore your enjoyment.
 They don't really have a
 specific purpose. "
"I see..."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about TV Stations.
 They stop broadcasting
 late at night; midnight
 to be exact.
 Also, the signal won't come
 through on stormy days."
"So I can't watch TV
 then?"
"No, you just have to get
 rest and wait for the next
 day to start."
"That's too bad!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Bookshelf.
 The Bookshelf is where you
 keep Books or Letters you
 have already read.
 If you investigate the
 Bookshelf, you can select
 between View Books or
 View Letters. You can then
 choose which one to read.
 You won't have any Letters
 at the very beginning, but
 check your Mailbox for
 them.
 You do start out with some
 Books, and you'll get
 more over time."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Tool Box.
 This is where you can keep
 all your Tools. 8 fit on
 each page, and there are
 8 pages, so you can have
 64 kinds Tools in all. You
 can hold up to 99 of each
 kind of Tool.
 This is useful for things
 like Seeds, which you need
 to stock for next year."
"If I have enough gold to
 stock up, that is!"
"The first year could be
 tough, but..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Refrigerator.
 It's where you keep
 Ingredients for cooking.
 Just like the Tool Box,
 you can fit 99 of each
 kind of Item. This is
 much more than what
 your Rucksack holds.
 Also, this time you won't
 get a Refrigerator just by
 expanding your home.
 You'll need to buy it on
 the TV Shopping Network.
 Expanding your home is a
 little cheaper than last
 time, but you have to pay
 for the Refrigerator,
 so the whole process ends
 up costing little more."
"OK. I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Shelf.
 This is where you keep
 Items that aren't for
 cooking.
 Just like the Tool Box,
 you can fit 99 of each
 kind of Item. This is
 much more than what
 your Rucksack holds.
 Also, this time you won't
 get a Shelf either just by
 expanding your home.
 You'll need to buy it on
 the TV Shopping Network.
 Expanding your home is a
 little cheaper than last
 time, but you have to pay
 for the Shelf,
 so the whole process ends
 up costing little more."
"OK. I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 controls for your Shelf"
 and Refrigerator.
 Basically:
 EControl Pad: Move cursor
 EA Button: Enter
 EB Button: Cancel
 EL/R Buttons: Move cursor
   between Items, Shelf, and
   Refrigerator Screens.
 The controls are a lot
 like the Tools and Items
 Screen. Also, select an
 Item and then press START
 to throw it away."
"Why would you do that?"
"If you wanted to throw
away all 99 of one kind of
Item, for instance."
"Hmm...It must be tough
 deciding what to keep
 and what to throw away."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Kitchen.
 You can't cook unless you
 have a Kitchen. Of course,
 you'll also need Utensils
 to make most things.
 Buy both Kitchen and
 Utensils on the TV Shopping
 Network.
 You can't buy Utensils
 until you have a Kitchen,
 and you can't buy a Kitchen
 unless you have a
 Refrigerator and Shelves.
 I'll cover Utensils more
 tomorrow."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Utensils.
 There are 8 Utensils:
 EKnife
 EFrying Pan
 EPot
 EMixer
 EWhisk
 ERolling Pin
 EOven
 ESeasoning Set
 You'll need different
 Utensils to cook each
 recipe. You can learn
 recipes by experimenting
 yourself, by talking to
 people in town, or by
 watching TV."
"Somehow I don't think I'd
 be too successful
 experimenting..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 cooking.
 First, enter your Kitchen
 without holding anything."
"Why not?"
"Because you'll end up
 holding what you make.
 When you enter the Kitchen,
 you'll have these choices:
 ECook
 EView Recipes
 EExit
 First I'll explain Cook.
 When you select it, you'll
 see the Utensil Window.
 We're out of time today, so
 I'll finish tomorrow."
"I hate waiting!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about the Utensil Window
 when you select Cook in
 the Kitchen. The controls
 are basically like other
 screens. But, things change
 a bit when you select
 Seasoning Set and the
 Seasoning Window appears."
"That's where I can choose
 to use Sugar, Salt,
 Vinegar, Soy Sauce, or
 Miso, right?"
"Right. Don't use them
 indiscriminately, though,
 or your dish won't turn out
 well at all!
 Once you select Seasonings,
 you'll move to the
 Ingredient Window. I'll
 explain that tomorrow."
"Aww...Not more waiting!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about what happens when
 you investigate the
 Kitchen, select Cook, then
 select Seasonings
 to use.
 The Ingredient Window
 opens, which is where you
 choose which Ingredients to
 use from the Refrigerator
 or your Rucksack."
"Can I choose anything?
 Even things in my Rucksack
 that aren't edible?"
"You can, but no guarantees
 on how it'll turn out!
 The controls are like the
 other screens.
 Once you've chosen at least
 one Ingredient, press START
 to move to the Utensil
 Window."
"More tomorrow, right?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about cooking. After
 investigating the Kitchen
 and selecting Cook, then
 choosing Utensils and
 Ingredients, you have the
 following choice:
 EUse these Ingredients
 ERestart from Ingredients
 ERestart from Utensils
 The bottom two are easy
 to understand. The first
 one starts the actual
 cooking, and what comes
 next depends on what
 the outcome is.
 I'll explain it tomorrow."
"Not again..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about what happens when
 you cook something.
 If the recipe doesn't work,
 you'll get a message
 telling about your failure.
 If it was your first time
 making something, you'll
 get a message offering to
 write down the recipe.
 If you make a dish exactly
 the same way you made it
 before, you'll get a
 message telling you it's
 been made.
 Finally, if you make the
 same dish but change it,
 you'll get a message
 offering to rewrite the
 recipe."
"Is that it for now?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about cooking.
 When you investigate the
 Kitchen and then select
 View Recipes, you'll see a
 list of recipes you've made
 before.
 Of course, you won't see
 this if you've never made
 anything successfully.
 Once you see the list, use
 the cursor and the A
 Button to select the dish
 you want to make.
 The next message depends
 on whether or not you
 have all the right
 Ingredients."
"Let me guess: More on that
 tomorrow, right...?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you more
 about what happens after
 you choose to make a
 recipe you've already
 made before.
 If you have all the right
 Ingredients, you'll see the
 following choice:
 EFollow the recipe
 EImprovise recipe
 EMake another recipe
 The first option makes
 the dish.
 The second option will
 bring you back to the
 Utensil Window, remembering
 the Utensils for the recipe
 and the Ingredients you've
 chosen.
 The third option will
 bring you back to the
 recipe selection screen.
 That's it for today."
"How much more is
there...?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"OK. I'll teach you about
 what happens when you don't
 have all the Ingredients
 for the recipe you've
 chosen to make. The
 selection will be:
 EImprovise recipe
 EMake another recipe
 The first option will
 bring you back to the
 Utensil Window, remembering
 the Utensils for the recipe
 and the Ingredients you've
 chosen.
 The second option will
 bring you back to the
 recipe selection screen.
 That's it for today."
"We're done with cooking
 now, right...?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Clock.
 You have to buy it from
 the TV Shopping Network."
"Does it just tell the
 time...that's all?"
"What's wrong with that?"
"But you can see the time
 anyway, in the bottom right
 corner of the screen!"
"Some people just like to
 keep Clocks in their house,
 OK?! Consider it fashion."
"Whatever you say, sis..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Mirror.
 It will tell you messages
 when you look in it, but
 it serves no real purpose.
 It's basically just for
 looks. Buy it from the
 TV Shopping Network when
 you have extra money."
"I don't think that'll
 be anytime soon..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Vase."
 You can use it to hold
 flowers."
"Does that do any good?"
"It does! Flowers will help
 you recuperate Stamina and
 Fatigue in the morning when
 you wake up.
 Just how much depends on
 the kind of flower.
 Also, flowers will wilt
 quickly if you don't use
 them in the right season.
 The wandering salesman
 Won will come by once in
 a while to sell you
 the Vase."
"Got it, sis."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you how
to use your Vase."
 All you have to do is
 investigate the Vase while
 holding a bunch of flowers
 to put them in it.
 If there are already some
 in the Vase, you'll throw
 them away automatically,
 so be careful. You'll be
 asked for confirmation,
 though, so don't worry
 about it too much."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Fireplace."
 You'll get one when you add
 a second floor to your
 home.
 Throw Branches or Lumber
 on it to start a fire and
 cheer up your home."
"Why does just throwing
 wood in the Fireplace start
 the fire, sis?"
"Never mind the small
 stuff! The important thing
 is that your home will heat
 up, which will recuperate
 Stamina in Winter but
 cause it in all other
 seasons."
"Got it."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Carpet.
 You can buy it from the
 TV Shopping Network to
 put in your home.
 It really does serve no
 purpose other than
 decoration, though."
"So you really don't need
 to buy it at all?..."
"Maybe when you have
 extra money."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Large Bed.
 It's really just a larger
 Bed than your first one."
"So it doesn't have any
 use, either?"
 "You can't get married
 without a Large Bed. That's
 where your wife sleeps."
"Why does she get the Large
 Bed?"
"That's where she'll sleep
 with your child when it's
 born."
"That seems awfully far
 away..."
"Just remember this when
 you want to get married."
"If you say so."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Bath.
 You can't order a Bath
 until you add a second
 floor to your house.
 Once you do, you'll be able
 to bathe at home."
"You mean like the Hot
 Spring at Mother's Hill?"
"Yes. If you enter your
 Bath for 30 minutes at
 home, you'll recuperate
 Stamina and Fatigue.
 (If you enter the bath
 between 5:30-6AM, you'll be
 forced to get out at 6AM.
 The health effects aren't
 as large as at the Hot
 Spring, but it's nice to
 have in your own home."
"Yes, it sounds relaxing."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Sock hook."
"What's that?"
"On the wall to the left of
 the Bookshelf, there is a
 place to hang a Sock.
 This is the Sock hook.
 If you hang a Sock here
 on the 25th of Winter,
 someone may give you a
 gift.
 But, Socks aren't sold any-
 where, so you have to get
 someone to make you one.
 You'll need Yarn for that,
 though..."
"I didn't know about
that!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Record Player.
 They sell them someplace,
 but I've never seen one
 around here. Put a Record
 on it to play music."
"That sounds pretty
 obvious to me!"
"Give me a break, will
ya?"
"Sorry, sis..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your farm buildings.
 First is the Shipment box.
 Put shippable Items here,
 and in the evening
 the shipper will come to
 pick it up and leave you
 money."
"How do you know what's
 shippable?"
"You can't even put things
 that aren't shippable in
 the Shipment box, so
 you'll figure it out."
"You're not very helpful,
 sometimes!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Mailbox.
 Investigate it to see if
 you have any new letters.
 It's a good idea to
 check it once in a while,
 since you never know when
 a letter will arrive!
 Letters are put away in the
 Bookshelf once you've read
 them, so go there to
 read them again.
 If you get two ore more
 identical letters, only
 one will remain in your
 Bookshelf."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Doghouse."
"What good is the
 Doghouse?" It has your
 Dog's name on it, but your
 Dog doesn't sleep there.
 Especially in the rain,
 when you should let him in
 your house.
 I really don't know what
 good it is at all..."
"It might not be useful,
 but I like it!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Tree.
 There's a Bee Nest in the
 Tree, and you can
 investigate it once a day
 to find Honey."
"Only once a day?"
"They can only make so
 much!"
 Also, in Fall Apples will
 fall, so you should pick
 them up everyday.
 You can eat them straight
 or use them for cooking."
"If I don't have a
 Refrigerator, I probably
 shouldn't pick too many."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 the Water Mill.
 If you face the Mill and
 throw Corn in, you'll
 make 30 bushels of Chicken
 Feed. If you compare the
 price of Chicken Feed and
 the price of Corn, you'll
 see it's cheaper to make
 the Feed yourself. But,
 it's a close call.
 It's always good to
 remember if you run out of
 Feed and the Poultry Farm
 is closed."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Woodbin.
 If you chop up Stumps or
 Branches with your Axe,
 they will automatically go
 in the Woodbin. So does
 Lumber when you buy it
 from Gotz.
 If you want to take out
 Lumber, just investigate
 the Woodbin when you
 aren't holding anything.
 To put Lumber you're
 holding in, just
 investigate as well."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Stable.
 It's where you keep your
 Horse."
"But I don't have one in
 the beginning, right?"
"That's right. But this is
 the only place a Horse
 can go. Remember, you
 have to keep your Horse
 (and all other animals)
 inside on rainy or snowy
 days."
"I'll remember."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Barn.
 The Barn is where you keep
 you Cows and Sheep.
 It's where they come when
 you buy them from Yodel
 Farm.
 You can also put
 Chickens in here, but
 you can't give them Chicken
 Feed in a Barn. So, you
 should always keep them in
 the Chicken Coop.
 Inside the Barn, there is:
 EFeed Bin Door
 EFeed Boxes
 EShipment box
 I'll explain these
 tomorrow."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Barn.
 First is the Feed Bin Door.
 This is where you get
 Fodder kept in the Feed
 Bin. You have to carry
 the bushels of Fodder back,
 so you have to have empty
 hands, remember.
 You can also put back
 bushels you won't use here.
 You can get Fodder either
 by cutting grass on your
 farm or at Yodel Farm."
"Got it!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Barn.
 Want to learn about Feed
 Boxes? Place Fodder here to
 feed the Cows and Sheep in
 the Barn."
"The grazing Cows and Sheep
won't eat from Feed Boxes?"
"Exactly. They'll find
grass to eat on their own.
 So, you have to think of
 just how many animals are
 in the Barn. If you put in
 too many bushels of Fodder,
 it will disappear the next
 day and go to waste."
"Got it."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Barn.
 This lesson will be about
 the Barn Shipment Box.
 This is the exactly like
 the one outside your house.
 The shipping guy will come
 everyday to pick up what
 you have to sell.
 He'll leave the right
 amount of gold, which is
 the same whichever Shipment
 box you use.
"That makes it easier to
 ship things like Milk,
 right?"
"That's the idea."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 expanding your Barn.
 Before Barn expansion, you
 can only keep 8 Cows and
 Sheep total, but afterwards
 you'll have room for 16!"
"In whatever combination I
 want?"
"Yes, you could keep 8 of
 each, or 16 Sheep, for
 instance.
 There are also some things
 you can't buy until you
 expand. I'll explain about
 that tomorrow."
"OK..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 things you can't put in
 your Barn until you expand.
 First is the Cheese Maker.
 You can get the black-
 smith to make this for you.
 When you do, just throw
 Milk in and it becomes
 Cheese!"
"What kind of cheese?"
"Never mind that! What
 matters is that the more
 Milk you put in, the more
 Cheese comes out.
 Next is the Yarn Maker.
 The blacksmith makes this,
 too. Throw in Wool to
 make Yarn. The larger
 size Wool you put in,
 the larger size Yarn comes
 out.
 That's it for the Barn."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 your Chicken Coop.
 Just as you'd guess, it's
 where you keep your
 Chickens.
 When you buy Chickens from
 Yodel Farm, they're put in
 the Chicken Coop.
 Cows and Sheep are just
 too big to fit in the
 doorway.
 The Chicken Coop contains:
 EChicken Feed Bin Door
 EFeed Boxes
 EIncubator
 EShipment box
 I'll explain more
 tomorrow."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Chicken Coop.
 First is the Chicken Feed
 Bin Door.
 This is where you get
 Chicken Feed kept in the
 Feed Bin. You have to carry
 the Chicken Feed back,
 so you have to have empty
 hands, remember.
 You can also put back
 Feed you don't use here.
 You can buy Chicken Feed
 from Yodel Farm, or make
 it yourself at the Water
 Mill."
"Got it."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Chicken Coop.
 Want to learn about Feed
 Boxes? Place Chicken Feed
 here to feed the Chickens
 in the Chicken Coop."
"The Chickens grazing
won't eat from Feed Boxes?"
"Exactly. They'll find
 stuff to eat on their own.
 So, you have to think of
 just how many Chickens are
 in the Coop. If you give
 them too much Chicken Feed,
 it will disappear the next
 day and go to waste."
 By the way, Chicks don't
 need to be fed at all."
"Got it."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Chicken Coop.
 How about the Incubator?
 Place Eggs here and they
 will hatch into Chicks in
 3 days.
 Just hold an Egg and
 investigate the Incubator
 to put it in.
 Only one Egg at a time
 fits. Also, all baby Chicks
 are born the same, no
 matter what kind of Eggs
 you use."
"Interesting..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you more
 about your Chicken Coop.
 This lesson will be about
 the Shipment box.
 This is the exactly like
 the one outside your house.
 The shipping guy will come
 everyday to pick up what
 you have to sell.
 He'll leave the right
 amount of gold, which is
 the same whichever Shipment
 box you use.
"So it's just like the one
 in the Barn too, right?"
"That's the idea."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 expanding the Chicken Coop.
 Before expanding your
 Chicken Coop, you only
 have room for 4 Chickens.
 After expanding, though,
 you'll have room for 8!
"8 Chickens could sure lay
 a lot of Eggs!"
"Indeed. There is also
 something you can't buy
 until you expand. I'll
 explain about it
tomorrow." "OK..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 what you can't put in
 your Chicken Coop
 until you expand.
 It's the Mayonnaise Maker!
 You can ask the black-
 smith to make it for you.
 Just throw in some Eggs to
 make delicious Mayonnaise!
 The larger the Eggs you put
 in, the more Mayo will
 come out."
"All this sounds an awful
 lot like what you said
 about the Barn..."
"I can't help it if
 they're the same, can I?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"Today I'll teach you about
 water drawing spots.
 These are places you can
 fill your Watering Can.
 The closest one is the pond
 below the Shipment box.
 It doesn't have to be
 there, though.
 You can draw water from
 anywhere, like the river
 or lake.
 You might find the pond
 most convenient for
 watering crops though."
"Sounds good to me."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"From now on I'll teach you
 about places outside
 your farm.
 First is the Hot Spring on
 Mother's Hill.
 Bathing in the Hot Spring
 recuperates Stamina and
 Fatigue."
"By how much?"
"The longer you stay in,
 the better. You can't get
 better than your maximum
 Stamina, or reduce your
 Fatigue below 0, though."
"Can I go on rainy days?"
"Sure. Weather doesn't
 matter at all."
"Great!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the mine on
 Mother's Hill?
 In the mine, you can:
EDig the ground with a Hoe
ESmash Stones with a Hammer
 By digging the ground,
 you'll be able to find
 stairs going downward or
 various grasses.
 By smashing Rocks, you'll
 be able to find Ores.
 The deeper you go in the
 mine, the more valuable
 things you'll find."
"How far down can you go?"
"I don't know...At least 10
 levels below ground."
"I bet I could go
farther!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the
 Woodcutter's? House in the
 forest? Gotz lives there.
 You can buy Lumber from
 him, or ask him to to
 expand your farm.
 If you buy Lumber, he'll
 deliver it straight to your
 Woodbin, so you don't
 have to worry about it.
 If you ask him to expand
 something on your farm,
 he'll start the next day.
 It takes him 3 days to
 finish a project.
 You can't change your mind
 once you ask him, and he
 only works on one thing
 at a time.
 Oh, I forgot:
 You have to talk to Gotz
 behind the counter at his
 store. This is the same for
 all the other stores,
too." "I'll remember."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Poultry
 Farm in south Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EBuy or sell Chickens
 EBuy Chicken Feed
 EBuy Animal Medicine
 The first thing you have to
 do when you buy a Chicken
 is name it, so think of a
 good name beforehand.
 When selling a Chicken,
 you get to select which of
 your Chickens you want to
 sell. You can't sell baby
 Chicks.
 I'll explain about buying
 Chicken Feed tomorrow."
"OK. I'll wait."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Poultry Farm, right?"
 Just like with buying
 Lumber from Gotz, when you
 buy Chicken Feed from the
 Poultry Farm, it is shipped
 directly to your Chicken
 Feed Bin. You don't need to
 worry about carrying it.
 Animal Medicine is
 considered a Tool to be
 equipped, so you can put it
 in your Rucksack.
 If it's full it will be
 shipped directly to your
 Tool Box."
"What if the Tool Box is
 full, sis?"
"You'll be told that
 there's no room for it, so
 you can't buy it.
 This is true for all Tools,
 actually."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about Yodel
 Farm in south Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EBuy or Sell Cows and Sheep
 EBuy Animal Fodder
 EBuy Animal Medicine
 EBuy Cow or Sheep
   Miracle Potion
 EBuy a Bell
 When you buy a Cow or a
 Sheep, the first thing you
 do is name it, so think of
 a good name first.
 I'll explain the rest
 tomorrow."
"There is awful lot to buy
 here, isn't there?"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 Yodel Farm, right?"
 When you want to sell a
 Cow or a Sheep, a list of
 your animals will appear.
 Just choose from that.
 By the way, you can only
 sell fully grown animals.
 Also, when you buy Animal
 Fodder, it's delivered
 straight to your Feed Bin,
 so you don't have to worry
 about carrying it.
 Animal Medicine and Bells
 are considered Tools,
 so when you buy them
 they're placed in your
 Rucksack that way."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Saibara the
 blacksmith in south Mineral
 Town?
 Here you can:
 EUpgrade tools
 EBuy Brushes, Milkers, or
   Clippers
 EHave Cheese, Yarn, or
   Mayonnaise Makers made
 EHave jewelery (necklaces,
   broaches, or earrings)
   made
 Brushes, Milkers and
 Clippers are all Tools, so
 they're placed that way in
 your Rucksack.
 I'll explain the rest
 tomorrow."
"See you then."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 Saibara the blacksmith,
 right? Today I'll explain
 about how to upgrade your
 Tools. First, put the Tool
 to upgrade and the Ore
 equivalent to the level you
 want to upgrade it to into
 your Rucksack. They don't
 need to be equipped."
"Which Tools can be
 upgraded?"
"Let's see...Hoe, Hammer,
 Axe, Sickle, Watering Can,
 Can, and Fishing Rod.
 Ores you can use to upgrade
 are, in order: Copper,
 Silver, Gold, and Mystrile.
 Once you've selected what
 you want, Saibara will tell
 you how much gold and time
 it will take. You can
 decide if it's worth it
 or not."
"Makes sense to me!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 Saibara the blacksmith,
 right? Today I'll tell you
 more about upgrading Tools.
 Saibara's grumpy, so once
 he accepts your job, he'll
 throw you out of his shop.
 You won't be able to come
 back until he's done."
"What if I forget to go
 pick it up?"
"He won't throw it away or
 anything, but why would you
delay using your new Tool?"
"Sometimes I forget..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 Saibara the blacksmith,
 right? Today I'll tell you
 about having Cheese, Yarn
 or Mayonnaise Makers made.
 First, place the necessary
 Ore in your Rucksack.
 You don't need to be
 holding it."
"Which Ore is that?"
"Adamantite. He'll tell you
 how long it takes (5 days),
 then you can confirm your
 order (or not).
 More tomorrow."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about having
 Saibara make you Cheese,
 Yarn, or Mayonnaise Makers,
 right?
 Once Saibara accepts your
 your job, he'll throw you
 out and get to work. You
 won't be able to go back in
 until he's done.
 But, you don't even need
 to pick it up at all.
 He'll have it delivered to
 your Barn automatically.
 Speaking of which, you
 can't buy a Maker until
 you've expanded your
Barn." "I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 Saibara the blacksmith,
 right? Today I'll tell you
 about having Necklaces,
 Earrings, Bracelets, or
 Broaches made.
 First, place the necessary
 Ore in your Rucksack.
 You don't need to be
 holding it."
"Which Ore is that?"
"Orichalc. He'll tell you
 how long it takes (1 day),
 then you can confirm your
 order (or not).
 More tomorrow."
"OK."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about
 ordering jewelry from
 Saibara, right?
 Saibara's grumpy, so once
 he accepts your job, he'll
 throw you out of his shop.
 You won't be able to come
 back until he's done."
"What if I forget to go
 pick it up?"
"He won't throw it away or
 anything, but there's no
 reason to let something
 so pretty go to waste..."
"You're right."
                    ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
about today?"
"How about the Aja Winery
in north Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EBuy Wine
 EBuy Grape Juice
 Both are food, so they'll
 go into your Rucksack as
 food Items.
 If you have a Refrigerator,
 you can buy as many as 99
 at once!"
"How many can I buy without
 a Refrigerator?"
"Only as many as you have
 room in your Rucksack for.
 You can only fit 1 per
 space, so not many."
"I see."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about Mary's Library
 in north Mineral Town?
 This is a great place to
 read books. And, since it's
 a Mineral Town Library,
 it has books with lots of
 useful knowledge about life
 in Mineral Town."
"Do they always have the
 same books?"
"Sometimes they get new
 books in, so I recommend
 checking every once in a
 while."
"That sounds smart."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Supermarket
 in north Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EBuy Seeds
 EBuy food
 EBuy certain Tools
   (like Rucksacks)
 EHave presents giftwrapped
 First, I'll talk about
 Seeds. Different Seeds are
 sold in different seasons.
 Also, they're considered
 Tools, so that's how they
 are carried in your
 Rucksack.
"Fair enough."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Supermarket, right?"
 Today I'll tell you how to
 buy food. All the food is
 arranged by kind, so just
 investigate the kind you
 want to determine the
 amount to buy.
 You have to have space in
 your Rucksack and gold,
 of course.
 Here you can buy:
 ERice Balls
 EBread
 EOil
 EFlour
 ECurry Powder
 EMuffin Mix
 EChocolate
 That's all."
"Seems like a lot to me!"
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Supermarket, right?"
 First, I'll explain about
 buying Rucksacks.
 First of all, you don't
 need any room to carry
 them. As soon as you
 buy one, your space to
 carry Tools and Items will
 double.
 Also, you can only buy 1 at
 a time, and new ones may
 not come in for a while.

 Next, I'll explain about
 Baskets. You need to have
 empty hands to buy a
 Basket, because as soon as
 you buy it, you have to
 hold it. It won't fit into
 a Rucksack, you see."
"Alright."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Supermarket, right?"
 Today I'll talk about
 buying the Blue Feather.
 First of all, it won't go
 on sale until there's a
 girl ready to marry you."
"How do they know?"
"Everybody in Mineral Town
 knows everything about
 everybody else! Especially
 when it comes to romance."
"Sounds pretty scary to
me!" "Ha ha. By the way,
it's considered a Tool."
"OK..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Supermarket, right?"
 Today I'll explain about
 getting gifts wrapped.
 First, place the Item you
 want to have wrapped in
 your Rucksack. You don't
 need to be holding it.
 Next, investigate the
 giftwrap counter, then
 select the Item to wrap."
"Can I have anything
 wrapped up?"
"Anything that would fit in
 a Refrigerator or Shelf."
"So no Baskets or animals.
 Got it."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Mineral
 Clinic in north Mineral
 Town?
 Here you can:
 EBuy medicine
 EBe examined
 To buy medicine, go talk
 to Elli behind the counter.
 In the beginning, she'll
 only sell you:
 EBodigizer
 ETurbojolt
 But, if you gather lots of
 grasses growing on the
 mountain, then
 EBodigizer XL
 ETurbojolt XL
 will go on sale."
"Why is that?"
"I'll explain tomorrow."
"If you say so."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was telling you that
 shipping grasses gathered
 on the mountain leads to
 new medicine being sold,
 right?
 That's because these
 grasses are used to make
 the medicines! Of course,
 only some kinds of grasses
 are use to make medicine."
"Could I make them, then?"
"You mean like cooking
 them up? You could try!
 Tomorrow I'll explain about
 getting examined by the
 Doctor."
"Bye for now."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Mineral Clinic, right?
 To be examined by the
 Doctor, go talk to him
 behind his counter.
 He'll tell you exactly how
 much Stamina and Fatigue
 you have. He won't actually
 treat you, though."
"Then what good is it?"
"It's very useful to know
 exactly what kind of health
 you're in. Besides,
 it doesn't cost much."
"I guess you're right..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Doug's Inn
 in north Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EEat
 EMake phone calls
 Doug serves different foods
 at different times of the
 day, but you can't
 take anything home."
"Some of the things Doug
 makes, I can make myself.
 Why should I pay extra
 to eat it at the Inn?"
"Doug's a pro, so his food
 will help you recuperate
 more than your own."
"Hmm..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Doug's Inn, right?"
 Today I'll tell you about
 making phone calls.
 Just investigate the phone
 to make a call.
 The only time you'll
 need to is when ordering s
 from the TV Shopping
 Network."
"How do I know what to
 buy?" "If you see
 something on TV that you
 want, and you can
 pay for it, just go make
 the call!
 They'll deliver it after a
 set number of days."
"Sounds easy to me."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Church
 in north Mineral Town?
 Here you can:
 EConfess
 EHave curses lifted
 You need to go into the
 confessional inside the
 Church to do either one.
 It's door on the left.
 To confess, you'll choose
 what you want to confess
 about from a list.
 Then, Carter will tell you
 whether or not the Harvest
 Goddess will forgive you.
 If she will, you'll notice
 that townspeople like
 you more, or that your
 Stamina improves.
 Nothing bad happens if
 you're not forgiven,
 by the way."
"Seems too good
 to be true..."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"Teach me more from
 yesterday!"
"I was talking about the
 Church, but I forgot to
 mention that you can only
 confess once a day.
 Today I'll explain about
 having curses lifted."
"What's a curse, sis?"
"Sometimes you'll find
 cursed Tools in the mines.
 If you equip one of these,
 you can't put it down
 until you have the curse
 lifted."
"I hope I never pick up a
 cursed Tool!"
"But, they can be very
 powerful, you know."
"I'll have to see for
 myself, I guess."
                   ADVANCED

"Hey, big sis!"
"What?"
"What will you teach me
 about today?"
"How about the Kai's
 Seaside Lodge on Mineral
 Beach? Here you can eat
 great meals. But, just like
 Doug's Inn, you can't bring
 the leftovers home."
"Kai always serves the same
 food, right?"
"Right. The Lodge isn't
 open all that long, and
 only in the Summer,
anyway."
"It's probably worth going
 to check out, I guess."

##############################
d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri)
##############################

Episode 1


I am the Princess of this
country. Today, it seemed to
me that things were more
lively outside. When I went
to see why, it appeared that
our hero had returned to us.
His latest adventure had
apparently involved going to
slay a demon lord in a
country to the North of us.
Ah, our hero must be truly
mighty, to have slain a
demon lord... I would wish
for someone as mighty as
this hero to be my husband.
I have it, I need only wed
this hero to make my wish
come true. A hero who slew a
demon lord could hardly be
called unsuitable by anyone.
I am certain that I will be
congratulated by one and
all. Now that I think of it,
though (and even if I
don't), I know nothing about
this hero. I haven't even
seen his face. Still, there
is likely to be a
celebration of some sort,
seeing as how we have a hero
who has returned from
slaying a demon lord. I will
take that opportunity to
talk to him, or some such.


To Be Continued


Episode 2


So I went to the celebration
for the hero's triumphant
return and all. My first
impression was not so much
that of a hero, really, but
rather, someone who fights
beside the hero. He was a
big guy, with all these
muscles, you see. Anyway, I
chatted him up, only to find
that he apparently hasn't
done much talking to the
ladies, for he turned bright
red when I asked him a
simple question, barely
managing to say a single
word in reply. It was
actually kind of sweet. I
don't think I'd have much
trouble marrying him at all,
though I'd like to see for
myself just how strong he is
and all. There must be
something I can do...

"How about this, then?"


To Be Continued


Episode 3


I was startled to hear a
voice from nearby. Eh? Who's
there? I wondered as I
looked in the direction the
voice had come from. There,
standing outside the window,
was a pretty studly guy. The
only thing was, my window
was three stories off the
ground. I decided I was more
interested in talking to him
than in trying to figure out
how he got there, though, so
so I opened the window and
let him in my room.

"My apologies for speaking
to you like this," he said.
"But you sounded like you
were having such fun that I
couldn't help myself."

But that would mean that I
had been thinking aloud...Oh
well, whatever. If you heard
me talk, then you must know
pretty much the situation
I'm in.

"You mean about how you wish
to wed a strong man, and you
wish also to see just how
strong this hero is?"

Yeah, that's it. Have you
got any ideas?


To Be Continuedret>

Episode 4


He did indeed seem to have a
good idea in mind, regarding
my getting to see the power
of our hero. However...

"Before we get to that,
might I offer myself as a
prospective husband too? I'm
strong. It's just that..."

Just... what?

"I'm not human. In fact,
I'm the greatest of the
demons, what you might
colloquially call the demon
 lord."
Eh? The demon lord? But I
thought our hero slew the
demon lord. Didn't he?

"Your hero slew an imposter,
in all likelihood. After
all, the demon lord stands
before you now."

But you don't look all that
different from us humans. I
mean you don't have wings or
a tail, or anything like
that. A demon lord ought to
be bigger, and have a bunch
of arms, and give off a
weird aura or something,
shouldn't he?


To Be Continued


Episode 5


The man outside my window
told me that he was, in
fact, the demon lord...

"This is what I really look
like. While I suppose I
could change my appearance
to look the way you suggest,
to take on such a fearsome
form would seem to me to be
a sign that one lacks
confidence in one's ability.
Besides, I also felt that
there was no need to go out
of my to frighten you.

So what you're saying is,
you're so tough that you
don't have to do that sort
of thing. Well, then, how
can you prove your might to
me, o demon lord?

"I will triumph in battle
against the hero."

Yes, I suppose that if you
were to do that, you would
have to be mighty. From what
I understand, though, our
hero doesn't like to do
battle without cause. So I
doubt he'd give you a fight
simply because you asked for
one.

" In that case, I ask you to
let me take you away with
me, Your Highness."


To Be Continued


Episode 6


I wonder what connection
there could be between a
good idea for getting our
hero to show his might, and
my being abducted by the
demon lord...

Excuse me? What, exactly,
do you mean by that?

"If you were to be abducted
the king of this land would
almost certainly command the
hero to bring you back. Of
course, if the abduction of
the Princess by the demon
lord does not bring the hero
at a run, royal command or
no, then the effort will
have been for naught,
wouldn't you agree?

Now I see... You mean to get
our hero to come to your
castle, and fight you to
bring me back home. That
would certainly give me the
chance to see what the two
of you are like in battle...
OK, it might work. But what
should I be doing in the
meantime? I mean, if I try
to hide here, someone is
likely to find me soon
enough anyway, so I guess I
have no choice but to come
to your home...


To Be Continued


Episode 7


Having our hero and the
demon lord do battle might
really be a sight to see...

"Well, I suggest you resign
yourself, because the fact
is that you will have to
come with me. Once we are
at my castle, however, you
need not do anything in
particular, aside from
waiting for the hero to
arrive."

Well, that sounds kind of
dull... Still, I guess
there's nothing for it, if
I'm going to see you and our
hero demonstrate their
power, right? OK, you've got
a deal.

"Then let us be off to my
castle. But before we go,
would I be an acceptable
suitor for Your Highness's
hand in wedlock?

Oh, come on, of course not.
We've only just met, after
all, and I hardly know
anything about you (though
come to that, it's true that
I only just met our hero
today, too, I admit). Still,
seeing as how it looks as
though we're going to be
living together for a while,
let's see how it goes before
we make up our minds, OK?


To Be Continued


Episode 8


And so it was that I went to
live with the demon lord for
a while...

"I can accept that. After
all, when all is said and
done, I will do battle with
the hero and show you my
might. So let us not delay
further in going to my
castle."

OK! But, uh... How are we
going to get there?

"If you will permit me..."
So saying, the demon lord
grabbed the Princess and
went out the window.

Eeek! The demon lord just
reached out and grabbed me!
And since he's grabbing me
and leaving by the window
means we're going to fly, I
guess. Does that mean we
have far to go? I hope it
won't be too heavy for him
to carry me, if we're going
flying and all. But then, if
he couldn't manage that, he
wouldn't be all that strong,
demon lord or not, right? Oh
wow, we're floating! And it
feels... so good...


To Be Continued


Episode 9


The demon lord took me in
his arms and leapt out the
window...

Do you always do things that
feel this good? It seems
kind of unfair.

"Well, that's probably
because you don't have your
own wings, and thus, can't
fly under your own power.
Hardly what I would call
unfair, however.

Ha ha! I'm kidding. It's
that it feels good, though.
The breeze is cool, and the
view of the towns from up
here is lovely. But how far
is it to your castle from
here? Do we just keep going
straight on until we get
there?

"Yes, it's about 10
minutes' straightline
distance from here. Or, if
you like, I can go faster
still."

You can go faster? Then do
it, please.


To Be Continued


Episode 10


I am now on my way to the
castle of the demon lord...

"We have arrived, Your
Highness. There is my
castle."

You mean, that's it? From
here, at least, it looks
like a fairly ordinary
castle. I would have thought
that a demon lord's castle
would be all gloomy and
dark, surrounded by fog and
weird vines and moss growing
all over it, and human blood
dripping all over
everything, you know?

"I really would be
reluctant to live in such a
place...I admit, though,
that it isn't as clean or
nice as it could be, since
I live here by myself."

As he said this, we came in
to his castle by a second
floor window. I had to<bh:81>c
wonder whether he always
came and went through
windows, though I figured it
wasn't really all that big a
deal. What really got me
thinking was hearing that he
lived in that big castle all
by himself. It had to be a
lonely existence, right?


To Be Continued


Episode 11


The demon lord had a big
enough castle, but he lived
there alone...

"That's one more reason why
I brought you here. But
please, rest yourself. Your
quarters are not yet ready.
I will prepare a suitable
room for Your Highness while
you rest and catch your
breath."

All right. Oh, you know
something? I haven't had
dinner yet, and I'm starting
to get hungry... What should
I do? Come to think of it,
is there anything to eat
here? And if there is, is it
anything that I could eat?
You know, I hadn't even
thought of that. I could
really be in a lot of
trouble here, you know?
"Oh, you mean you haven't
had dinner either? Then why
don't we dine together? I'll
cook, and I can't offer
anything too spectacular...


To Be Continued


Episode 12


Now it seems that the demon
lord is going to make dinner
for me...

"By the way, I eat the same
things as humans do, so you
need have no worries on that
account."

I must admit to being a bit
curious about what sort of
dinner a demon lord would
make, but since I'm here and
all, why don't you let me
cook instead? What do you
say, o demon lord?

"Oh, but you are my guest,
Your Highness, and
besides..."

Huh? Oh, I get it, you don't
think that a princess like
me would even know how to
cook. Well, it might come as
a surprise, but I'm really
not a bad cook. Hanging
around a castle, I don't
have much to do with my time
besides studying, so I use
my free time for making
candies and such.

"Is that so?"

Nobody eats my cooking,
though, so I don't rightly
know whether I'm doing it
right or not.


To Be Continued


Episode 13


I'd like to do my own
cooking, seeing as how I've
left home and all...

It seems OK when I eat my
own cooking, though. So let
me do it, please. Just once,
I'd like to have someone
else eat my cooking (even if
that someone should be the
demon lord). OK?

"Very well, please be my
guest. I would be honored to
be the first to be able to
partake of your cooking,
Your Highness."

Yes! I'll get started right
away. I just need to make
enough for the two of us,
right?

"Uh, yes. Now please let me
do something to help.

OK, why don't you get the
utensils. First of all,
though, where is your
kitchen? Also, I need to
know what there is in your
icebox.

"The kitchen is this way."


To Be Continued


Episode 14


The demon lord showed me to
his kitchen. Now I'm going
to cook something wonderful.

Tick, tick, tick, done!

Oh yes, that's very good.
Oh, demon lord, it's done!

"Oh, that smells delicious.
It looks good, too.

Doesn't it, though? I think
I outdid myself today.
I guess cooking for someone
else (even a demon lord)
brought out the best in me.
Whatever the case, now I'm
ravenous. Let's hurry up and
get the food over to the
table.

"Allow me to set the
table." Snap!

Wow! You just snapped your
fingers and instantly
teleported my cooking to the
table. That's great! It's
like a magician's trick!

"Well, I can do magic."


To Be Continued


Episode 15


The demon lord instantly
teleported my cooking to the
dinner table...

"Well, why don't we get
started?"

Yes, please, eat. Because
I'm sure going to.

"I'll start with the soup,
then." (Slurp, slurp)

He's eating it. Oh, yes!
He's the only person (even
if he is a demon lord and
all) besides me to ever eat
my cooking...
Well? What do you think? I
hope you like my soup
recipe, I hope I hope.

"Yes, it's delicious."

Oh good! It's got bits of
fish and onions and
mushrooms all mixed in,
using my own recipe. Now if
you like that, try some of
this too.

"All right then, I'll try
these vegetables... Yes,
these are good too."

Yes! And what do you think
of this here?


To Be Continued


Episode 16


The demon lord ate all my
cooking, and really seemed
to like it...

"That was delicious. Thank
you. It seems a shame to
think that none of the
people in your own castle
have ever eaten your
cooking, Your Highness.

Oh, I'm so glad you liked
it. I wasn't really sure if
it was any good or not,
since no one's ever eaten it
before. Now that you've
eaten my cooking, though,
I'm feeling much more
confident. Just wait and see
what I come up with next.

"Thank you. Now allow me to
escort you to where you'll
be staying for the next
several days or so. It's
this way."

The room he showed me to was
completely covered in layers
of dust.

"My apologies. None of the
rooms in the castle have
been cleaned, aside from
those that I use myself.


To Be Continued


Episode 17


The room the demon lord
showed me to was completely
covered in layers of dust.

"I had intended to clean up
this room while you were
eating. Instead, however, I
was captivated by your
cooking, and completely
forgot my intentions in that
regard. If you will wait
just a few minutes, I will
clean it up for you now."

Hey, if I'm going to stay in
this room, I'd just as soon
clean it myself. And don't
tell me that I can't do it
because I'm a princess or
some such. I already made
dinner for us, after all.
And seeing as how I'm not in
my father's castle right
now, I'd be much happier
being treated like an
ordinary girl, rather than a
princess, you know?

"I see. Very well, then,
you can probably arrange
your own rooms to best suit
yourself if you clean them
yourself. I will leave you
to it, but if you need any
heavy lifting done, don't
hesitate to ask."

OK! I'll get started on the
cleaning right away!


To Be Continued


Episode 18


I can at least manage to
clean my own room, you know.

Whew. All done. Oh, demon
lord, I've finished cleaning
up in here.

"What has become of this
room? It's so polished that
I can scarcely believe it to
be the same room at all."

I gave it everything I had.
The garbage bag outside the
door is full of blackened
dusters as a result now. Is
there any place where I can
dispose of them?

"I will dispose of them
myself. You have surely
gotten yourself dirty from
all that cleaning. Feel free
to have a bath."

Yes! You sure are
considerate, o demon lord. I
feel so icky with all this
dust and sweat on me. I'll
have that bath right away.


To Be Continued


Episode 19


When I finished cleaning my
room, the demon lord drew a
bath for me.

Now where is the bath? Oh,
wait, what about changing my
clothes? I didn't bring
anything with me.

"I will go to your rooms in
the king's castle and pick
some suitable things out of
your wardrobe while you are
having your bath."

Thank you. I'll just go and
have my bath, then, and
change my clothes when you
get back.

Splash! Oh, this feels so
good. It's a little smaller
than my bath at home, but
it's big enough for a single
person to fit comfortably,
and it's got a big window,
with a beautiful view, too.

Sigh... I came to the demon<bh:81>c
lord's castle so suddenly...
I bet Mom and Dad and the
castle staff are probably
worried about what's
happened to me. Oh, wait,
I haven't been gone very
long. They probably haven't
even noticed.


To Be Continued


Episode 20


Come to think of it, I
wonder if anyone's noticed
that I've gone...

Well, I certainly don't
regret coming here. There's
nobody here at all, which
makes it quiet enough, and
the demon lord seems nice
enough (for a demon lord),
not to mention plenty
strong, apparently. But I'll
let him show me his might
when our hero appears. For
now, I'll just take it easy.

"I have brought you a
change of clothes, Your
Highness. I will leave it
 here."
Thank you. Well, now that
the demon lord is back, I
probably should get out of
the tub.

...

Now to brush my teeth and
gargle... Well, that's all
done, so I think I'm going
to call it a day. Good
night, o demon lord.


To Be Continued


Episode 21


It was such a busy day that
I slept like a log...

Twitch. Blink.

Yawn. I really needed that.
That's funny. This doesn't
seem like my bed... Oh, I
remember, I'm staying in the
demon lord's castle. And the
sun sure is high in the sky.
I must have really slept in
this morning, if that is any
indication...
For a place I've never been
before, I sure did sleep
soundly. I guess I could
make myself at home in this
castle. Speaking of which,
where is my host? I wonder
if he's already awake? I
think I'll go peek in his
room. First, I'll just get
dressed... Well, how do you
like that? He brought my
entire wardrobe... OK,
now I'm decent. Now, off to
the demon lord's chambers.
Knock knock...
Knock knock. Knock knock...
O demon lord? That's funny,
there's no answer. Maybe
he's still asleep?


To Be Continued


Episode 22


I went to find the demon
lord in his chambers, but
there was no answer when I
knocked. Maybe he's still
asleep...

Well, that's OK. I'll take
this opportunity to make
breakfast.

Tick, tick, tick, done!

All set! Now to go and wake
up the demon lord.

Knock knock...
Knock knock. Knock knock...
O demon lord? That's funny,
there's no answer. Maybe
he's still asleep?
In that case, I'll just slip
inside.
Click.
Good morning. Why, the demon
lord is sitting in a
chair... Hey, is that how
you sleep?

"Snore... Snore..."

Well, I'll be. He's asleep,
all right. But why does he
sleep like that? Could it be
because his wings get in the
way of him lying on his
back? No matter. I'll just
go and wake him up now.


To Be Continued


Episode 23


Once breakfast was done, I
decided to wake up the demon
lord...

Rustle rustle rustle.
Good morning, o demon lord,
it's time to wake up. You'd
best wake up soon, or else
breakfast is going to get
cold.

"Huh? Oh, it's you, Your
Highness. Good morning. What
brings you here at such an
early hour?

Ah, you're awake at last.
And it isn't early. The sun
is already high in the sky.
Anyway, I made breakfast, so
I thought you might like to
join me. You can't really
refuse, though, because I
already made plenty for the
both of us.

"I'd be delighted. Just let
me get dressed, and we'll
be on our way. Snap!"

Wow! You just snapped your
fingers, and your clothes
instantly changed. That's
amazing. It's like seeing a
magician do his tricks.

"Well, like I said, this is
real magic...


To Be Continued


Episode 24


The demon lord really was
asleep. But now we're having
breakfast.

"This looks like another
delicious meal."

Oh, thank you ever so much,
o demon lord.

"And without further ado,
let us eat."

Oh yes, eat up. And so will
I.

"I think I'll start with the
toast... Hmh?"

Uh-oh, all of a sudden the
demon lord froze up and took
a peek out the window.
There's something strange
about it... I hope it's not
because of my cooking. Maybe
he just doesn't like bread
of this type?

"It would appear that we
will not have the luxury of
eating breakfast at our
leisure. He is here, so we
must eat quickly.


To Be Continued


Episode 25


We were just sitting down to
breakfast, when the demon
lord started acting
strangely...

But eating quickly isn't the
same as not eating at all.
So his actions aren't on
account of a dislike for
bread. And what did he mean
by saying 'he is here'? He
couldn't be talking about
our hero? It's still too
soon for him to be here.
Isn't it?

"The hero has arrived at my
castle. You see, when I went
to get your clothes last
night, I also left behind a
map in your chambers showing
the way here, which would
explain how he got here, and
so quickly. Even on foot, it
is only half a day's journey
here from the castle of your
father the king. So, if you
were discovered missing last
night, and the king were to
waste no time in commanding
the hero to rescue you, I
imagined that he would be
here at about this time.

Well, yes, that would
explain it. If our hero has
arrived, then I guess we had
better hurry up and finish
eating our breakfast.


To Be Continued


Episode 26


Our hero has at last arrived
at the demon lord's castle.

But what should I do? If our
hero is already at the gates
of your castle, then I
hardly have time to sit
around and wash the dishes,
now, do I? I mean, you and
our hero are going to do
battle now, and I need to
see it. And to do that, I
naturally need to be in a
place from which I can view
the action. But if our hero
spots me right away, then
there won't be any need for
you and him to do battle
after all. I guess I've just
got to stay hidden someplace
where our hero won't be able
to spot me.

"When you have finished your
breakfast, Your Highness,
come with me, and I will
make the necessary
preparations."

OK. Wait a second. What kind
of preparations are we
talking about here? If he
wants me to go with him,
then I guess it must be so I
can watch him do battle with
our hero. Still...


To Be Continued


Episode 27


What sort of preparations
do we need to make for the
battle between our hero and
the demon lord, anyway?

We went to a fairly large
room that opened onto a
stairwell. Here, it seemed,
was where the demon lord
intended to fight our hero.
The demon lord told me that
all I had to do was sit in a
chair at the top of the
stairs. So I did as I was
told, and quickly realized
that I could see the room
below just fine. This would
probably be all right for
watching the coming battle
between the demon lord and
our hero. There was also
little danger that our hero
would simply take me away
from here, even if he did
spot me, since the demon
lord was standing at my
side. It was perfect. I even
had time to wonder why the
demon lord was holding a
glass of the mixed fruit
juice I'd made with
breakfast that morning,
especially given that he'd
drunk all that I'd made,
leaving nothing behind (and
I could see that the fruit
juice in his cup was fresh,
too). As these thoughts were
running through my head,
however...


To Be Continued


Episode 28


Our hero was by now
standing at the castle
gates...

With a loud thump, the door
suddenly swung open, and our
hero strode into the room.

"At last I've found you,
demon lord! Let Her Highness
the Princess go! Oh, wait,
there you are, Your
Highness! You need have no
more fear, now that I have
found you."

It was good of you to come
all this way, o hero. I
imagine you must be tired.
Drink this, with my
compliments."

So saying, the demon lord
held out the glass of juice
that I had made that
morning. Now I get it, I
thought: our hero had been
marching nonstop since the
day before to get here, and
the demon lord had brought
the juice with him so as to
offer him some refreshment
upon his arrival. That would
be an awfully sweet thing
for a demon lord to do. Or
could it be that he felt
defeating our hero while the
latter was still exhausted
would not be a true proof of
his might? And come to think
of it, our hero didn't sound
as shy as he did before,
when he spoke just now,
either. Did the prospect of
battle bring out a different
side of him, perhaps?


To Be Continued


Episode 29


I wonder if our hero will
actually drink the juice
that I made...

"I don't know what you're up
to, but a hero would never
drink anything offered by a
demon lord."

That is so mean of you,
especially after I went to
all the trouble to fix this
juice. Don't bother giving
it to our hero, o demon
lord. I'll drink it myself.

"What's that you say? You
prepared this juice, Your
Highness? You went to all
that trouble for me? Even
so, the demon lord may well
have put something in it
himself..."

Well, I didn't exactly make
it with you in mind, o
hero... And besides, the
demon lord isn't the kind of
person (even if he is a
demon) that would stoop to
such tricks (or so I
suspect, anyway). I mean it:
you really don't have to
give it to him. I'll gladly
drink it.


To Be Continued


Episode 30


I made it for the demon
lord, after all, so there's
no reason for our hero to
drink it.

"Her Highness has spoken.
What will you do, o hero?"

"I... accept. (Glug glug)
My thanks to you. Your
Highness, that was most
delicious. Already I feel a
new man. And with that, I
shall promptly dispose of
the demon lord and return
you to the castle of your
father the king. This will
all be over and done with
very shortly now."

OK, I can handle that. Now
that you're no longer
fatigued, this contest will
be a fair one. I will sit
right here and observe the
battle between the two of
you men (though I keep
forgetting that the demon
lord isn't a man at all).

"Then let us commence this
battle, shall we?"

"Very well."


To Be Continued


Episode 31


The battle between the demon
lord and our hero has begun
at last...

Hmm, however you slice it,
the demon lord seems to have
the edge. I mean, our hero
is no slouch, but the demon
lord seems to be even better
still. Our hero's shoulders
are already heaving, and
yet, the demon lord hardly
even seems winded. I think I
can already tell how this
will turn out.

"Grr... The demon lord of
the northern lands was
nothing compared to this."

"I had no idea you would
prove so capable. You are
truly deserving of the title
of 'hero.' The battle is now
over, however."

Let it end here, o demon
lord, The outcome is
decided. Let us let the hero
leave here unharmed. No,
wait, this will never do. If
I do not also return with
him, the king and queen, my
mother and father, would
never sit still for it...


To Be Continued


Episode 32


There has to be some way of
persuading my parents to
accept my decision to remain
here...

Wait, I think I've got it.
How about we do this?

First, I write my will...
And then I take off my
shoes... And now, if you
will let me have that blade
of yours for a moment, o
hero, so that I can cut off
my hair... There. Now, would
you be so kind as to give
these things to my father
the king? So saying, I tried
to make our hero take my
shoes, my hair, and the will
that I had just scribbled
down. All I got in return,
however, was a blank,
uncomprehending stare. Which
only makes sense, seeing as
how I hadn't bothered to
explain the situation to
him. So I stopped and told
him the way things were,
ending by saying that I was
resolved to living with the
demon lord, in his castle.

"So that is what this is
all about. If that be your
wish, Your Highness..."


To Be Continued


Episode 33


Hero, I am resolved to live
with the demon lord in his
castle.

Thank you for your
understanding, o hero.

"It's nothing. It seems I
am no match for the demon
lord at present, so it is
only right for me to
withdraw from the field."

"So you realize that the
time to part has come. In
that case, allow me to give
you a token of my esteem, by
healing your wounds, like
so. Snap!"

Wow! With just a snap of his
fingers, the demon lord is
making the wounds our hero
suffered in their battle go
away. It's like a magician's
trick. Amazing.

"I keep telling you, it's
real magic."

Oh, my wounds are sealing
themselves. Thank you. And
with that, I will take my
leave.

"Oh, by the way..."


To Be Continued


Episode 34


"When you return, there are
likely to be those who will
wonder what ever became of
the demon lord, so feel free
to say that you slew me."

"Are you sure? You were so
much mightier than I, which
makes it most unlikely."

I did not desire the title
of mightiest fighter. All I
want is the love of the
Princess."

"Very well. And I hope the
two of you will be happy
together."

Thank you, and take care, o
hero. Good-bye.

Now there is no one to come
between us, is there, o
demon lord? There is still
much that I do not know
about you, which I hope you
will take the time to
explain. And I also have
much to tell you about
myself as well. Now that the
two of us people (even
though, yes, I know that you
are not a person) are going
to be living together, I
want you to tell me all
there is to know about you.


The End

#########################
e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr)
#########################

This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Spring fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Spring, when the fish
are bountiful.

Sea fish you can catch are
Sardine, Herring, and
Sandfish.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what level
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Spring fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Spring, when the fish
are bountiful.

Sea fish you can catch are
Needlefish and Spanish
Mackerel. Very tasty.
Lake fish you can catch
are Fatminnow.

I'll leave it to you to
figure out what level
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Spring fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Spring, when the fish
are bountiful.

Sea fish you can catch are
Greenling and Rockfish.
Upstream fish you can
catch are Mountain Trout.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!

This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!



Today Anger Jake is on
vacation, so we'll have a
special episode instead.

Recently, a Japanese
huchen measuring more than
100cm was fished in the
downstream region.
This fish is indeed a River
King.

The person who fished it
said it was good for Sushi,
Sashimi, or Grilled Fish.
We hope our viewers also
learn lots of fish dishes,
then go out and catch a
River King of their own!
Any season except Winter
is good, we are told.


Until next time!




This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Summer fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Summer, when the water
is warm and the fish are
a little lazy.

Sea fish you can catch are
Scad, downstream fish are
Eel, and upstream fish
Cherry Salmon.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!




This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Summer fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Summer, when the water
is warm and the fish are
a little lazy.

Sea fish you can catch are
Bonito, Dorado, and Red
Snapper.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!




This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Summer fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Summer, when the water
is warm and the fish are
a little lazy.

Sea fish you can catch are
Flounder, downstream fish
are Snakehead, and upstream
fish are Rainbow Trout.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!




This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today Anger Jake is on
vacation, so we'll have a
special episode instead.

The regal Carp is fit to
be called a Lake King, but
no few angers now living
have ever fished it.
It is said that Carp only
appear for anglers with
great experience. Having
shipped over 200 fish,
for instance...
It is said Carp may
appear in any season
except Winter.



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Fall fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Fall, when the water
is cool and the fish are
active.

Fatminnow can be caught in
lakes or upstream.
Whitefish and Golden crucian
carp can be caught
downstream.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Fall fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Fall, when the water
is cool and the fish are
active.

Sea Fish you can catch are
Saury pike, and downstream
fish are Salmon and Loach.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Fall fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Fall, when the water
is cool and the fish are
active.

You can catch Black bass
and Bluegill downstream,
at the spring, upstream,
and in the lake.
You can also catch Crucian
carp at the spring or in
the lake.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today Anger Jake is on
vacation, so we'll have a
special episode instead.

Once, there was a man who
thought he caught a monster
when fishing at sea in the
nighttime. When day came,
though, he saw it was a
Monkfish. If you ever see
one of these fierce fish,
you'll know why they are
known as Kings of the Sea.
They can be caught in
Spring or Winter, and
only at night!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Winter fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Winter. Winter fishing is
tough, but not impossible.

Sea fish you can catch are
Rock trout, Fluke, and
Kelp bass.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Winter fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Winter. Winter fishing is
tough, but not impossible.

Sea fish you can catch are
Tuna and Blowfish.
Downstream fish are
Lake smelt.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!



This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today we'll ask our renowned
fishing expert Angler Jake
about Winter fishing.

Howdy, folks. This is Angler
Jake here to tell you all
about what you can catch
in Winter. Winter fishing is
tough, but not impossible.

Sea fish you can catch are
Cod and Yellow tail.
Downstream fish are Silver
carp.
I'll leave it to you to
figure out what kind of
Fishing Rod you need.

Thanks for watching, and
I'll see you next time!




This is "Fishing Hour",
your one-stop-shop
of fishing knowledge!

Today Anger Jake is on
vacation, so we'll have a
special episode instead.

Do you know of the King
Fish that can be caught
only in Winter?
It's said to be a mutant
Catfish, which you can
catch in a place you're
already familiar with.
Where is that, you ask?
You'll have to find out
for yourself.

When you fish all of the
King Fish on this and other
programs, you'll get the
chance to fish the Legendary
King Fish.
No one knows where this
fish can be found, but who
knows - you may be the
one destined to find it

##############################
f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin)
##############################

This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Stew!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Flour
      Milk (S)
   Utensils:
      Pot
   Seasoning: Salt

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Flour
      Milk (S)
      Potato
      Corn
      Carrot
      Fish (S)
      Fish (M)
      Fish (L)
   Utensils:
      Pot
   Seasoning: Salt

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Stew.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Very interesting, with lots
of different flavors.

And the winner is....
Chef B's Stew tastes better,
with all its different
Ingredients. It might be
difficult to gather all
these Ingredients, though.
So Chef A's recipe is also
good to know.

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Fried Rice!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Rice Ball
      Oil
      Normal Egg

   Utensils:
      Frying Pan

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Rice Ball
      Oil
      Normal Egg
      Eggplant
      Cheese (S)
      Poisonous Mushroom
      Fried Rice

   Utensils:
      Frying Pan
      Seasoning: Salt

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Fried Rice.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Very interesting, with lots
of different flavors.
However, not all of them
add to the flavor in a good
way, especially Poisonous
Mushrooms!


And the winner is....
Chef A, since his recipe
doesn't include lots of
unnecessary Ingredients.

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Fruit Juice!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Strawberry

   Utensils:
      Mixer

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Apple
      Grape Juice
      Honey
      Pineapple
      Milk (L)

   Utensils:
      Mixer
      Seasoning: Sugar

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Glug glug...

This is a very traditional,
basic Fruit Juice.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Glug glug...

Very good! But, it has Milk
in it, so it's really a
Fruit Latte.


And the winner is....
Chef A! Chef B's creation
tasted fabulous, but it was
really a Fruit Latte, so it
was disqualified!

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Mayonnaise!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Normal Egg
      Oil

   Utensils:
       Whisk
       Seasoning: Vinegar

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
       Good Egg
       Oil

   Utensils:
       Whisk
       Seasoning: Vinegar

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Mayonnaise.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

It doesn't taste much
different. Whose idea was
it to taste test Mayo,
anyway?

And the winner is....

Chef B's Mayonnaise!
The higher quality Egg does
make it taste a little
better!


That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Baked Sweet Potato!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Sweet Potato

   Utensils:
      Oven

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Sweet Potato
      Butter
      Stone

   Utensils:
      Oven
      Seasoning: Sugar
      Seasoning: Salt

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Baked Potato.
No need for a Stone here!
Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Mmm! This is really good!
The Stone does add some-
thing after all!

And the winner is....
Chef B! His Baked Sweet
Potato is superior!

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Grape Juice!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
       Wild Grapes
       Honey

   Utensils:
      Mixer

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Wild Grapes

   Utensils:
       Mixer
       Seasoning: Sugar
       Seasoning: Salt

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

It's unusual for Chef A to
break away from tradition
and add Honey!

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Hmm...The extra seasonings
undeniably add something
to it!

And the winner is....
A tie! Chef A's recipe will
recuperate Fatigue more, but
Chef B's recipe will recover
Stamina more!

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Jam Bun!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Bread
      Apple Jam

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Bread
      Strawberry Jam

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional
Jam Bun.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Strangely for Chef B, this
is also a very traditional
Jam Bun.

And the winner is....
It's a tie! They both are
very similar dishes.

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Noodles!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Noodles
      Curry Powder

   Utensils:
      Pot

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Flour
      Onion
      Good Egg
      Bamboo Root
      Fish (S)

   Utensils:
      Rolling Pin
      Pot
      Knife

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is very traditional
Curry Noodles.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Hmm...There are a lot of
different flavors in
this one.

And the winner is....
Chef A, for basic, good
Curry Noodles. However, it
is possible to beat this
with regular Noodles given
the right Ingredients.

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Toast!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Bread

   Utensils:
      Oven

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Bread
      Fish (S)
      Tomato
      Rice Cake
      Oil

   Utensils:
      Oven

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is very traditional,
basic Toast.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

I hate to say it, but this
is a Failure. Too many
things that don't mix!


And the winner is....
Chef A! For not being afraid
to be simple. Let Chef B's
Failure be a lesson to those
who think more is
always better!

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Truffle Rice!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Truffle
      Rice Ball

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Mushroom
      Rice Ball

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Truffle Rice.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

This is Mushroom Rice,
not Truffle Rice!


And the winner is....
Chef A, because Chef B
made the wrong dish!

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Moon Dumplings!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Muffin Mix

   Utensils:
      Seasoning: Sugar

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Muffin Mix

   Utensils:
      Seasoning: Sugar

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Moon Dumpling.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

This is also traditional,
basic Moon Dumpling.

And the winner is....
A tie! They're both the same
recipe. There really isn't
much room for improvisation
with Moon Dumplings,
is there?

That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!



This is Dueling Chefs,
broadcast every Tuesday.
I'm your host, Alyson, in
this weekly culinary battle
of the giants!

This week's challenge is
Bodigizer XL!

Here we go...!

Chef A's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Bodigizer
      Blue Grass

   Utensils:
      Mixer

Chef B's recipe is...
   Ingredients:
      Nothing?

   Utensils:
      Nothing

Let's now have a taste
test to determine the
winner!

First, Chef A's creation.
Munch munch...

This is a very traditional,
basic Bodigizer XL.

Next, Chef B's creation.
Munch munch...

Wait a second! This is
bought from the Clinic!
It still has the label
on it!

And the winner is....
Chef A, for making his
Bodigizer XL honestly!
Shame on Chef B for
trying to cheat.


That's it for this week.
Tune in next week!

#############################
g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron)
#############################

Going to School 1

PING, PONGGG
As usual, Aaron
rang his neighbor's
doorbell and shouted
to Erin.

Aaron
"Erin! Good morning."
...A couple of seconds
later, the second floor
window slid open and
Erin stuck her sleepy
head out.

Erin
"Morning Aaron.
Hang on. I'll be there in
a sec!"
This is my neighbor,
Erin. She's my
girlfriend.
Her name's the same as
mine ? Erin. It's a
little confusing, but
that's the way it is.

...Two minutes later

Erin
"Sorry to keep you
waiting Aaron.
Well, let's get going."
Erin came out in
her school uniform
Looks like she
combed her hair at
least.



Going to School 2

Erin came out in
her school uniform
Looks like she
combed her hair at
least.

Aaron
"Erin! We're gonna
be late if we don't
hurry!"
It's partly my fault
for always cutting it
close when I call on
her, but it wouldn't
be so bad if she got
up a little earlier.

Erin
"Alright. Oh yeah. Hey...
Why don't we go
shopping after school?"
As usual, Erin
is full of energy
considering she just
got up!"

Aaron
"Sure, but what are
you gonna buy?"
Erin is walking in front
of me facing backwards.
Seems kinda dangerous
facing backwards while
walking.

Erin
"Ummc Todayc
Oops!"
She almost tripped
because of not looking
where she's going.




Going to School 3

She almost tripped
because she wasn't looking
where she was going.

Aaron
"Be careful!"
I grabbed Erin's hand
right away and tried to
pull her up but didn't
have the strength!
Instead, I got pulled
down by her and we both
went tumbling.

Erin & Aaron
"Ouch!" "Oww!"
Thump! Our heads
bumped together.

Aaron
"Oww. Are you okay?
What's going on?"
Huh? Something weird
is going on.

Erin
"Yeah, I'm fine. But my
head totally...Huh?
What the...? How can I
be staring at myself"
No doubt about it...
I'm staring at myself.
What's going on!?




Going to School 4
No doubt about it...
I'm staring at myself.
What's going on!?

Aaron
"Uhh, I can see myself.
  "Myself" meaning
"Aaron"!

Erin
"Umm, I can see myself.
  "Myself" meaning
"Erin"!

Erin & Aaron
"What?! You mean
we've changed bodies?!"
When I took another
look at myself, I saw
Erin, whose always
somewhere nearby.
Erin is looking at
her own body too.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Wha...What're we
gonna do Erin?"
Anyone'd be freaked out
and kind of upset if
something like this
suddenly happened to
them...




Going to School 5

Anyone'd be freaked out
and kind of upset if
something like this
suddenly happened to
them...

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"I dunno!"
Umm...
If we changed bodies
when we bumped heads,
maybe we should try
bumping heads again.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Well..."
Just as I was about
to suggest bumping
heads

We heard the school
bell ring,
 BING, BONG, BING, BONG

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Oh! That's the warning
bell! We'd better get
to school first and
then think about what
to do later."
Huh?

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Huh?"
Wouldn't it be kinda
bad to go to school like
this?

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"If we don't hurry to
school, we'll be late!"
Erin seems to be
more concerned about
getting to school than
the fact that we
switched bodies.




Going to school 6

Erin seems to be
more concerned about
getting to school than
the fact that we
switched bodies.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Well...well, we might
be late, but..."
But it seems more
important to get our
bodies back to normal.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Well then, let's get
to school. But we'd
better keep quiet
about this, right?
Erin said pointing
at herself (appearing
to be Aaron).

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"...Yeah, I don't want
anyone to know. But
won't we be found out?
Do you think we'll be
okay?"
How could others not
figure it out!?...

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"I think we'll be
alright."
Are we really gonna
be alright? Erin
seems to be speaking
without thinking.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"....................."
Are we gonna be OK?
I don't even think we
should go to school at
a time like this...




Going to school 7

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Phew! I can't believe
we made it to school
before the main bell!"
How can she have so much
energy after running all
the way from there
(where we bumped heads)
to the shoe cupboard?
Erin's always so
full of energy.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
(Out of breath) We
gotta remember not to
mix up our shoes.
...Just as Erin was
grabbing her own
indoor shoes. Usually
that wouldn't be a
problem, but since we
switched bodies we
have to be careful.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
Oh yeah. Sorry. I
forgot that I'm not
supposed to grab "
mine!"
Luckily no one was
near the shoe cupboard,
so grabbing the wrong
shoes was not a big
deal.




Going to school 8

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Morning!"
Erin threw open the
classroom door and
energetically greeted
everyone as usual.
(To everyone else
it looked like the
greeting was coming
from Aaron.)

Jean
"Morning, Erin,
Aaron. Together as
usual, eh!"
Erin's best friend,
Jean, wandered
toward us.
Because she's good
friends with Erin,
she talks to me a lot
too (not just the two
of us - Erin too.).

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Morning, Jean!"
Erin greeted Jean
in her usual way, like
she'd forgotten that we
switched bodies.
(She really might have
forgotten.)




Going to School 9

Erin greeted Jean
in her usual way, like
she'd forgotten that we
switched bodies.
(She really might have
forgotten.)

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
(Nods his head)
I was so nervous about
being found out that I
couldn't even speak...
(So I just nodded to
Jean without saying
anything.)

Jean
"Huh? Erin, you seem
kinda quiet. What's up?"
Oh no!

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"I feel as good as ever!"
No kidding! How can
she act normal even
though we switched
bodies?

Jean
"Not you, Aaron! I'm
talking about Erin!"
That's right! I appear
to be Erin.




Going to school 10

That's right! I appear
to be Erin.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Me too. I'm fine!"
That's what I said,
anyway. We're in such
such a fix though, I'd
rather skip school.

Jean
"Really? Whatever."
Jean's good friends
with Erin, but
luckily she isn't one
for details.

BING, BONG, BING BONG
Ah, that's the main
bell! First class is
starting.

Jean
"Ah, the bell! See you
later."
Maybe she wants to see
us later, but I'd
like to avoid being
with Jean as much
as possible today. I
have no idea where
we'll be when she
finds out I'm not
Erin.




1st Class: Social
Studies 1

Jean
"Stand up! Straighten
up! Bow! Sit down!"
The teacher came in as
soon as the main bell
went, and the class
started right away.
Jean happened to be
on class duty, so she
was giving orders.

Teacher
"Okay, time for
attendance!"
...The teacher said,
and started taking
attendance as usual.
Starting with "A", he
read everyone's name in
order, with students
replying as their names
were called.

Teacher
"Erin"
Oh, he's calling Erin.
Uh oh!

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Here."
Oh no! I knew it...
Erin made a mistake.
(She didn't actually
make a mistake, but
she's appears to be me
right now.) She
shouldn't have replied.




1st Class: Social
Studies 2

Erin made a mistake.
(She didn't actually
make a mistake, but
she's appears to be me
right now.) She
shouldn't have replied.

Teacher
"No, not you Aaron!
I said Erin!
However similar your
names may be, the
girls names come first,
so be careful!"
The teacher didn't seem
surprised that Erin
made a mistake...She
often replies when my
name is called. (Just
so you know, I've never
made such a mistake.)

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Oops! I made a mistake.
Sorry."
Maybe I should've
replied right away.
Sorry, Erin.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Here"
I replied right away
just in case.




2nd Class: Music

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Aaron. Music is
next, right? Let's go
together."
We always move from
class to class together,
so I guess there's
nothing strange about
it.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Yep. We've got a
recorder test."
Huh? Recorder?
Wait a minute. Would
that be like an
indirect kiss? But
we've totally switched
bodies...Seems kinda
strange.
Uhh...I'm not sure.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Hey, Aaron. If we
don't hurry, we'll be
late."
While I was having
twisted thoughts,
Erin was already
bolting toward the
classroom...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Uh, oh...okay. I'm on my
way."
I frantically grabbed
my textbook and
recorder and ran after
Erin.




3rd Class: PE 1

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Uh, isn't PE next?
Ooh, lucky you! You
get to see the girl's
changing for free."
Erin whispered to me.
(Truth is, it won't be a
joke if it gets out that
we switched bodies.)

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"........."
That's right...Classes
1 & 2 do PE together.
The girls get
changed in Class 1
(next door) and the
boys get changed in
Class 2 (here).
(We were already on
our way from the
music room to
Class 2.)

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"What am I gonna do
Erin?"
However much I may
appear to be you,
changing with the girls
is bad. This is no time
to be so amused!




3rd Class: PE 2

"What am I gonna do
Erin?"
However much I may
appear to be you,
changing with the girls
is bad. This is no time
to be so amused.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"This is a great chance
to observe the girls,
isn't it?"
Observe girls...?

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"That's easy for you to
"say..."
I mean, it's not like
I'm completely against
seeing them get
changed, which is what
I was about to say when
Jean appeared again.

Jean
"Erin, what's going
on!? However much you
love Aaron, you
can't get changed
together!"
I know, but...

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"I know! Alright, get
out you two. Out!"
Erin pushed Jean
and I in the back and
chased us out of the
classroom.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
We left the classroom
with Erin pushing at
our backs, but I felt
totally awkward.




3rd Class: PE 3

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
(Heart pounding)
I ended up going into
Class 1's classroomc
This is bad. There are
girls are getting
changed all around me.
And Jean's getting
changed right next to
me...!

Jean
"What's wrong Erin?
Your face is red!"
Don't turn this way,
Jean.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"N...Nothing's wrong."
(Of course I'm
blushing! I've never
seen a girl other than
Erin changing!)

Jean
"Erin, are you really
OK?"
she said as she came
closer.
(Ah, don't come any
closer while you're so
skimpily dressed.)

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"I'm fine. Don't worry
about it."
I turned away in a
panic, but I could see
other girls changing.
What am I gonna do!




3rd Class: PE 4

Meanwhile...in the
boys' changing room.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Wow! You guys have
great bodies...
Totally different than
that slob Aaron."

Gene
"What's up? Does my
body look that nice,
Aaron?"

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Uh-huh, looks good.
I wish Aaron had
muscles like that.

Gene
"So you like muscular
girls eh?
Even though you've got
a girl like Erin..."

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"No, no. I mean it
would be great if I
had muscles like that."

Gene
"Well, you do hate
exercise, that's for
sure.




3rd Class: PE 5

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
(Huffing and puffing)
How far have we run
so far? I can't even
see the turning point
yet, so we haven't
even run 2 kilometers.
It's basketball for the
boys and running for
the girls for today's
PE lesson. I don't
like sports, so I'm no
good at either. But
running's the worst of
all...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
(Sound of falling)
Ah, my legs got tangled
and I've fallen.

Jean
"Woah! Erin, are
you okay?"
Jean, who had
already hit the
turning point, noticed
I had fallen and came
running over in a
panic...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"I...I can't go on."
It may only be half of
the boys' course, but
it's still 5 kilometers!
I can't do it...




3rd Class: PE 6

Meanwhile...in the
boy's class.

TWEEET

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Yeah! That's a three
point shot!"

Gene
"Aaron, you seem
more like Erin
today.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Huh!? Wh...Why?"

Gene
"Why? Because
you're usually no good
at sports."

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"What! W...well
Erin's been training
me lately."

Gene
"Really? Maybe the
day's coming when
you'll have muscles."

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"M...maybe"




3rd Class: PE 7

Jean
"Well, your face was
red when we were
changing. Have you got
a fever? Don't over
do it! The usual Erin
could easily run this
distance..."
Huh! I went red in the
face for a completely
different reason...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"......"
Just as I was thinking
how out of shape I am,
Erin came sprinting
toward me from around
the corner.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Aaron, are you
"okay?"
Erin helped support
me instead of Jean.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Huh? Erin. What
are you doing here?"
The boys have
basketball, so I
figured she'd be in
the gym. What made
her come here?




3rd Class: PE 8

The boys have
basketball, so I
figured she'd be in
the gym. What made
her come here?

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Look over there."
Erin pointed to the
gym.
Oh yeah. I was running
in the streets around
the school.
I guess Erin was
watching us run from
the gym.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"I see. I'm okay now
Thanks."
I tried to stand up
but was shaky, so I
ended up leaning on
Erin. I really am
terrible at sports.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"You're hopeless!
...Up we get."
she said and helped
me (in Erin's body!)
to the nurses office.

Jean
"Wow, Aaron. What
a man! You guys
really are in love!"
It'd be really cool
cool if it was actually
me helping Erin.




4th Class: Math 1

BING, BONG, BING, BONG
Sounds like the 4th
class is starting.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Oh, the class is about
to start. I have to
get back to the
classroom."
I should try and get
up. Incidentally, when
Erin brought me to
the nurse's office, the
nurse wasn't here, but
the door wasn't locked,
so I came in to rest
anyway. (I have no idea
why the door wasn't
locked.) Erin
stayed with me the
whole time.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"You must still be
tired. Since you're
already here, why don't
you rest till lunch
time?"
Yeah, I'm still tired
No doubt about it. I'd
like to keep resting,
but...




4th Class: Math 2

Yeah, I'm still tired
No doubt about it. I'd
like to keep resting,
but...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"But..."
I think math is next.
The teacher always
picks me to answer.
If Erin goes to the
class looking like me,
she'll be picked
instead. But if she
gets picked, she
probably won't be able
to answer. (To be honest,
Erin hates studying.)


Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"See you. Take it
easy."
Erin didn't seem at
all bothered about the
fact (maybe she wasn't
aware). She opened the
door and waved goodbye
as she left the
nurse's office.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"OK. Thanks."
She left. I wonder if
she'll be okay?
Knowing Erin, she'll
manage somehow.




4th Class: Math 3

Meanwhile, in Erin's
math class...

(Sound of door opening)

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Sorry I'm late."

Teacher
"Ah! Just in time.
Please answer the
question written on
the board.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"...Sorry, I have no
idea."

Teacher
"Not only are you late
for class, you can't
even solve the
problem. You've been
hanging around Erin
too much."

Jean
"That's not very nice!
Aaron just finished
looking after Erin
because she fell down
during PE. She's still
asleep in the nurse's
office so his mind is
on her rather than
the lesson.

Teacher
"Sorry."




4th Class: Math 4

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Man, I'm bored."
I'm not really that tired
anymore, and I feel
kind of awkward just
lying here in the
nurse's office. Wonder
what time it is? The
clock on the wall says
12:15. Five minutes
till the 4th class
finishes. What to do?
Guess I'll go back to
class in a minute.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"cYeah, I think I'll
go back."
If I go back now
though, the 4th class
will pretty much be
finished, so it'll be
lunch time. I'll have
lunch with Erin. But
if I eat a big lunch
just after getting
back from the nurse's
office, it might look
a little suspicious,
so maybe I'd better
keep a low profile for
a while.




4th Class: Math 5

If I go back now
though, the 4th
class will pretty much
be finished, so it'll
be lunch time.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Nurse, I'm fine. I'd
like to be excused."
I called to the nurse
and opened the door and
left. (By the way, the
nurse came back a
little while after
Erin left. When we
came to the nurse's
office, the nurse had
gone to the toilet and
forgot to lock the
door.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"I wonder if Erin's
okay? I wonder if the
math teacher asked her
any questions?"
Actually, he always
asks me questions, so
it'd be odd if he
didn't choose her.
I hope she didn't say
anything bizarre.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"I might as well go
back to the classroom
right away."
I walked briskly to the
classroom (there's no
running in the hall).
It's not far from the
nurse's office to the
classroom, so I'll get
there pretty fast.




4th Class: Math 6

(Sound of door opening)
I gently opened the
door at the back of the
classroom and went in.

Teacher
"Erin, you're back.
Is everything okay?"
he asked me as soon as
I entered the room
while tidying up his
notes and chalk. Looks
like he's just wrapping
up the lesson. He seems
to have finished
teaching for the day.

BING, BONG, BING, BONG
Ah, there's the bell!
Not that it really
matters. Doesn't look
like they were doing
anything much
anyway.

Teacher
"Class's over."
The teacher rushed out
of the classroom before
I could reply. Wonder
if he was expecting me
to say something?




Lunch Time 1

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Aaron, Jean.
Let's eat lunch
together."
As soon as the teacher
left the room, Erin
invited us for lunch as
usual.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Yeah, sure. Let's go
Jean."
Of course I intended
on eating lunch with
them, so I pulled my
lunchbox out of my bag
(Erin's bag of
course), and called to
Jean who was sitting
behind me. I followed
Erin, who started
walking ahead without
waiting for us.

Jean
"Hey, wait! Erin.
Aaron."
Jean hastily grabbed
her lunchbox and
caught up to us.
Hmm, wonder where
we're going? I should
ask Erin.




Lunch Time 2

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"We're here. Let's eat!
We arrived at the
courtyard. Erin sat
down on the grass
nearby and opened her
lunch box. The weather
is nice and warm, so
the grass is also warm.

Jean
"Yeah, let's eat."
Jean and I sat down
and took our lunches
out.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Ooh..."
The inside of the lunch
box was completely red.
Erin loves spicy
food. I can't handle it
though, so I don't know
if I can eat it.

Jean
"What's up? Aren't you
going to eat Erin?"
Jean knows Erin
loves spicy food...
If I don't eat it,
she'll think
something's up!




Lunch Time 3

Jean knows Erin
loves spicy food...
If I don't eat it,
she'll think
something's up!

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Yeah, I'm gonna eat.
(biting sound) Ugh."
Damn! That's hot! This
is a little hot for me.
There's no way I can
eat all this! Jean
thinks I'm (Erin
that is) not feeling
well, so maybe she
won't be surprised if
I don't eat much.

Jean
"Erin, don't force
yourself to eat if
you're not feeling
well."
Ah. I was right.
Jean thinks I'm not
eating anything because
I'm not well. Good!

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"You're right. I think
I'll leave it."
I hope Jean's not
too worried.
Sorry, Jean.
Guess I'll just take
the rest of my lunch
(Erin's lunch) home.




Lunch Time 4

Guess I'll just take
the rest of my lunch
(actually Erin's)
home.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"That was tasty. Huh?
If you're not going to
eat yours Aaron,
I'll have it."
(Takes a big bite)
Erin quickly finished
eating her lunch
(which was actually
mine) and then grabbed
the red glob of food
(which I'd hardly
touched) in my
lunchbox (actually
Erin's) and munched
on it.

Jean
"Heh? I thought you
hated spicy food.
Anyway, it's kinda
cute seeing you guys
sharing your lunchbox."
Is it? I'd prefer it
if she didn't make
such a big deal.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Thanks for the food."
Before I knew it, she'd
polished off my lunch
(actually her lunch).
Boy, can she eat.




5th Class: Japanese
Literature 1

Teacher
"Today, I'd like you to
read a book in the
library and write your
impressions. Alright,
let's go to the
library everybody."
Reading? I wonder if
Erin'll be OK? She's
the kind of person who
falls asleep at the
sight of a thick book.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"(Yawn). Erin, shall
we go to the library?
Jean?"
Erin seems kind of
sleepy, and we haven't
even gone to the
library yet! She just
finished eating so I
guess that's natural.
She looks totally
content after eating
both our lunches.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Yeah. Let's get
going."
If we don't go right
away, Erin looks
like she'll fall
asleep before we leave
for the library.
It won't make any
difference whether she
sleeps here or there
though I guess...




5th Class: Japanese
Literature 2

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Zzz, zzz"
Sure enough, she's
asleep...
Is it normal to fall
asleep the second you
you sit down in a
library?
Uh-oh! If the teacher
sees her, he'll think
it's me sleeping! He
doesn't seem to have
noticed yet, but if I
don't wake her up,
she'll be found out
for sure.

Jean
"What's up? Looks like
Aaron's asleep.
That's pretty unusual.
If it was Erin, no one
would be surprised ?
she's always dozing
off. Carrying her to
the nurse's office
and looking after her
during PE must have
really taken it out of
him. I guess he's not
used to that kind of
thing."
Hmm. I hardly ever
(actually never) sleep
during class, so
Jean thinks it's
okay. Maybe I'll let
Erin sleep for a
while.




5th Class: Japanese
Literature 3

Maybe I'll let
Erin sleep for a
while.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Yeah, guess not.
Why don't we leave him
alone for a while?"
She certainly did
something she's not
used to doing. And I'm
a big part of the
reason behind it, so I
guess I should let her
sleep for a while.

Jean
"OK. We have to make
sure the teacher
doesn't find him."
Alright. For
starters...

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Leave it to me."
I moved to the seat
in front of Erin (in
my body) to make it
harder to see her.
Wonder if that'll do
it?
I'll wake her up in a
while anyway, so it
should be okay.




After School 1

Bing, Bong, Bing, Bong
Oh. The 5th class's
over! Luckily, the
teacher didn't find
her sleeping. She
ended up sleeping
through the whole
class. I was thinking
of waking her part way
through, but she
looked so content, I
didn't have the heart
to wake her up. In the
end, those who
couldn't finish the
book report during
class have to do it
for homework by
tomorrow. There's no
way the average
person can read an
entire book and write a
report in an hour. So
most people have to
write their impressions
(and read the book)
for homework...
Including me.
Anyway, that's beside
the point. I have to
wake her up.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Erin, class is
over. Wake up."
That's the end of
classes for the day.
Let's go home right
away and find a way to
get our bodies back
to normal.




After School 2

That's the end of
classes for the day.
Let's go home right
away and find a way to
get our bodies back
to normal.

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"(Yawning)
Morning, Aaron.
Are classes finished
for the day? Let's go
go shopping now."
Erin pulled my arm
to go as soon as she
woke up. She sure is
rearing to go even
though she just woke
woke up! That's
nothing new. I agree.
let's go home...Huh?
What'd you say Erin?

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Hold on a second.
Shopping? What're you
talking about?"
Did I hear her wrong?
She said she wanted to
go shopping right?

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"Huh? Have you
forgotten already? You
promised to go this
morning."
Yeah, I do remember
But it hardly seems
like the right time to
go shopping.




After School 3

Jean
"Are you two going
shopping? Well, I'll
leave you two lovebirds
alone. Wouldn't wanna
be in the way! Byye."
She said and suddenly
left.
...Oh well, our
problem has nothing to
do with Jean, so
it's fine if she goes
home.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Your right. I
did promise. But we
need to do something
about our bodies
first."
But Erin kept
tugging at my arm
while facing toward me.
Seems kinda dangerous
facing backwards while
walking...

Erin (in Aaron's
body)
"That can wait till
later. Today...Oops!"
She almost tripped
because of looking at
me instead of looking
in front of herself.




After School 4

She almost tripped
because of looking at
me instead of looking
in front of herself.

Aaron (in Erin's
body)
"Be careful!"
I said as she kept
holding onto my arm
(Erin was about to
fall, so she had no
intention of letting
go of my arm in the
first place), sending
us tumbling down
together.

Erin & Aaron
"Oww! Ouch!''
Thump! Our heads
bumped together.

Aaron
"Owww. You OK?
What happened?"
Huh? Something weird
is going on.

Erin
"Yeah, I'm fine. But
my head totally...Huh?
What the...? Is that
you in front of me
Aaron?"
Yep. Erin's here
in front of me.
What the heck's going
on?




After School 5

Yep. Erin's here
in front of me.
What the heck's going
on?

Aaron
"Oh, Erin. You're
here in front of me."
She's always somewhere
nearby. But today was
different...I had been
staring down at her
body all day.

Erin
"Aaron, you're
here in front of me."
Erin had been
been staring down at
my body, just like me.

Aaron & Erin
"No way! You mean
we've returned to
normal?"
When I looked at
myself, I was the same
I had always been
until this morning. It
I had my own body back.
Erin was also
looking at herself.

Erin
"Since we're
back to normal let's
go shopping now,
Aaron!"
Why not? Our bodies
are back to normal, so
there's no reason to
say no.

Aaron
"Yeah. Let's go
Erin."


           Finished

########################################
h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil)
########################################

Episode 1

Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally
Please do.



Episode 2

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right, then... (rustle)
Let me see... "Tonight at 7,
I will take the roll that
is in your desk, left over
from your school lunch.
Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Oh
my! This is a warning!

Sally
It looks that way. What am I
going to do?

Miss Annie
Hmm, well... Seeing as how
we've been warned, why don't
we see if we can't stop her?

Sally
You know, my grandma said
that she fought bandits a
long time ago... Maybe this
is where I get my start as a
detective, then.

Miss Annie
Eh? You don't mean that your
grandmother is the famous
detective Andrea Vernet?

Sally
Yep, that's her. Have you
heard of her, Ma'am?



Episode 3

Previously:
The letter Sally got was a
warning from Star Lily,
Bandit Girl.


Miss Annie
Well, of course. Her battles
with Sandra, Bandit Girl,
were adapted for TV. I've
got the complete DVD set.

Sally
Well, if you like her that
much, I'll see if I can get
you her autograph.

Miss Annie
Oh, would you? I'd just love
to have your grandmother's
autograph!

Sally
OK, sure. Now, do you really
think I can take on Star
Lily, Bandit Girl?

Miss Annie
Sure you can, and I'll help
you. First, let's go over to
your desk. She'll have a
hard time stealing from it
with both of us standing
watch.

Sally
I see what you mean. All
right, from now on, I am
Sally, Girl Detective...

Miss Annie
Right!



Episode 4

Previously:
Sally is now known as
"Sally, Girl Detective."


Sally, Girl Detective
It's already past 7, you
know...

Miss Annie
Hmm, I wonder what's going
on. Nothing's happened yet.
Let's have a look inside
your desk, Sally.

Sally, Girl Detective
OK. (rustle rustle) Oh no!
It's gone! The roll is
gone!

Miss Annie
What?

Sally, Girl Detective
I found this, left in its
place.

Miss Annie
A letter? Let's have a look.
"Received, one leftover
piece of school lunch roll.
Signed, Star Lily, Bandit
Girl." But how? When? We
were watching your desk the
whole time. How did she
manage to steal the roll
from inside your desk,
without us spotting her?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, I guess this means
that Star Lily, Bandit Girl,
got us good this time
around.



Episode 5

Previously:
Star Lily, Bandit Girl made
off with my roll.


Next Day...

Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 6

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right then... (rustle
rustle) Let me see... "I
should apologize to you, for
I took the leftover school
lunch roll from your desk
at 7 o'clock on the day that
I delivered the first
letter. I will be sure to
write the exact date and
time on future letters.
Signed,Star Lily, Bandit
Girl."
................

Come to think of it, we
forgot to check inside your
desk before we started
watching it. We'll have to
be more careful next time.

Sally, Girl Detective
That assumes there's going
to be a next time, though.



Episode 7

Previously:
The letter that Sally
received was an apology from
Star Lily, Bandit Girl.


Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 8

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right then... (rustle
rustle) Let me see... "On
the X Day of Y Month, I will
take the leftover school
lunch roll in your desk at
7PM. Signed, Star Lily,
Bandit Girl." Oh no! Not
another one...!

Sally, Girl Detective
Yes, it is, Ma'am... And
today is X Day of Y Month,
which means...

Miss Annie
It was probably actually
stolen yesterday.

Shall we go have a look in
your desk? First period is
about to start, so we'll be
going to class anyway.

Sally, Girl Detective
Yeah, you're right.



Episode 9

Previously:
The letter that Sally got
was another warning from
Star Lily, Bandit Girl.


<bh:81>c

Sally, Girl Detective
OK, I'll go have a look
inside my desk... (rustle
rustle) Oh no! My roll is
gone again. And here's what
was in its place.

Miss Annie
A letter? Let's see...
"Received: leftover school
lunch roll. Signed, Star
Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as
we figured...

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, this time I don't feel
as though Star Lily, Bandit
Girl completely got the best
of us.



Episode 10

Previously:
My roll was stolen by Star
Lily, Bandit Girl.


Next day...

Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 11

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right, then... (rustle
rustle) Let me see... "I
must apologize once more. I
wrote the day after I sent
that letter by mistake. It
seems to have taken quite a
bit of time for the letter
to be delivered. Next time,
I will leave plenty of time
in the scheduling of my
plans. Signed, Star Lily,
Bandit Girl."
.............
Well, fine. Maybe she'll get
it right next time.

Sally, Girl Detective
That assumes there's going
to be a next time, though.



Episode 12

Previously:
The letter that Sally
received was an apology from
Star Lily, Bandit Girl.


Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 13

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right then... (rustle
rustle) Let me see... "On
the W Day of Z Month, I will
take the leftover school
lunch roll in your desk at
7 o'clock. Signed, Star
Lily, Bandit Girl." Well, W
Day of Z Month is tomorrow,
right?

Sally, Girl Detective
Yes, it is, Ma'am!

So the next day...

Miss Annie
It's now 6PM. One hour to
go. Let's just go check on
your desk, Sally.

Sally, Girl Detective
OK, I'll go have a look.
(rustle rustle) Huh? Oh no,
it's gone, my roll is gone!



Episode 14

Previously:
My roll was stolen by Star
Lily, Bandit Girl.


Miss Annie
What? But it isn't 7PM yet.

Sally, Girl Detective
I found this in its place.


Miss Annie
A letter? I imagine it's yet
another of her receipts...
"Received: leftover school
lunch roll. Signed, Star
Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as
I thought...

Sally, Girl Detective
What does this mean? It's
not even 7 o'clock yet.

Miss Annie
You know, I don't get it
either.

Sally, Girl Detective
Sigh. You know, I think Star
Lily, Bandit Girl, tricked
us this time!



Episode 15

Previously:
There was a letter in
Sally's desk.


Next day...

Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the halls.
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 16

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right, then... (rustle
rustle) let me see... "I
must apologize yet again. I
took the school lunch roll
from your desk at 7AM. Next
time, I will be sure to mark
whether I will come in the
AM or PM. Signed, Star Lily,
Bandit Girl." Well, that
explains that... Maybe next
time for sure, she'll really
get it right.

Sally, Girl Detective
That assumes there's going
to be a next time, though.



Episode 17

Previously:
The letter that Sally
received was an apology from
Star Lily, Bandit Girl.


Rumble Rumble Rumble

Sally, Girl Detective
Ma'am, we have a problem.

Miss Annie
Sally, you know you're not
supposed to run in the
halls.

Sally, Girl Detective
I... I'm sorry.

Miss Annie
Now, what's happened, Sally?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, we got this in the
mail this morning.

Miss Annie
An envelope? May I read the
letter inside?

Sally, Girl Detective
Please do.



Episode 18

Previously:
A letter was delivered to
Sally's house.


Miss Annie
All right, then... (rustle
rustle) Let me see... "On V
Day of U Month, at 7PM, I
will take the leftover
school lunch roll in your
desk. Signed, Star Lily,
Bandit Girl." Well, V Day of
U Month is tomorrow.

Sally, Girl Detective
That's right. Tomorrow,
we'll finally have it out.

And so the next day...

Miss Annie
It is now 7PM.

Star Lily, Bandit Girl
Ha ha ha ha ha! I hope you
have not waited long, Sally
and Miss Annie!



Episode 19

Previously:
At last, Star Lily, Bandit
Girl, has shown herself!


Sally, Girl Detective
At last you show yourself,
Star Lily, Bandit Girl!

Miss Annie
Though that should be,
"Kimberly," properly
speaking.

Sally, Girl Detective
Huh? You don't mean the same
Kimberly who's in class with
me, do you?

Star Lily, Bandit Girl
No! How could you know who I
really am?

Sally, Girl Detective
Is it really Kimberly, Miss
Annie? How did you figure
out that Star Lily, Bandit
Girl, was really Kimberly?



Episode 20

Previously:
Star Lily, Bandit Girl, is
actually Kimberly?


Miss Annie
I knew it as soon as I heard
voice! And that mask can't
hide that hair. No one else
in school is both so short
and dyes her hair orange. It
had to be you, Kimberly.

Kimberly
Ha ha ha ha ha! Well done,
Miss Annie. I congratulate
you on seeing through my
disguise. I am still going
to take that leftover school
lunch roll, however.

Sally, Girl Detective
You may find that easier
said than done. There's a
trap for Star Lily, Bandit
Girl, in this desk.

Miss Annie
When did you have a chance
to do that?



Episode 21

Previously
Sally, Girl Detective, has
set a trap for Star Lily,
Bandit Girl.


Kimberly
Ha ha ha ha ha! Were you
referring to this, by any
chance?

Miss Annie
A bag with school lunch
roll in it...?

Sally, Girl Detective
No way... When did you...?

Kimberly
I found it on the chair when
I came to check the scene
for this evening's theft,
and so gladly took it.

Sally, Girl Detective
I was so certain that if I
left another one out, you
wouldn't know which one was
mine...

Miss Annie
I don't think it would
matter, though, because
either one would be
"leftover school lunch
roll..." Wait, why do you
keep stealing leftover
school lunch roll, and only
Sally's, at that...?



Episode 22

Previously:
Why is Star Lily, Bandit
Girl, stealing only Sally's
roll?


Kimberly
Ha ha ha ha ha! You mean,
not even you understand,
Miss Annie? All right, I'll
tell you why, since you
figured out who I really am.
Come here, Doughboy.

Doughboy
Whine, whine!

Sally, Girl Detective
Oh, it's a puppy! How cute!

Miss Annie
I guess, though I'm not
really very fond of dogs...
So what's the dog got to do
with it?

Kimberly
You see, I found him
abandoned by the school
gates on B Day of D Month.
And I didn't have anything
to feed him that day, so I
thought of who might have
something, and I remembered
that Sally always leaves her
school lunch roll in her
desk, and...



Episode 23

Previously
Doughboy is such a cute
little puppy.


Kimberly
Lots of kids save their
school lunch rolls. Only
Sally leaves hers at school,
however. So...

Sally, Girl Detective
I get it now... So Star
Lily, Bandit Girl, was born
on that day...

Miss Annie
But why go to all the
trouble of stealing it? We'd
have helped you, if you'd
only asked.

Kimberly
Well, you know... there was
just something so cool about
playing the phantom thief...
But that's over now. I can't
very well go on being Star
Lily, Bandit Girl, now that
you know who I really am and
all that...



Episode 24

Previously:
Today marks the end of Star
Lily, Bandit Girl's wave of
crime.


Sally, Girl Detective
A-ha! Then this will be the
first and last showdown
between Star Lily, Bandit
Girl, and Sally, Girl
Detective, am I right?

Miss Annie
In that case, I'm most
likely going to get in the
way.

Sally, Girl Detective
Oh no, please, stay and
watch us!

Kimberly
Yes, I want you to see this
too!

Miss Annie
All right. Give it all
you've got, both of you.

Kimberly
Thank you. Now, shall we
begin, Sally?


Sally, Girl Detective
You bet!



Episode 25

Previously:
Sally, Girl Detective, and
Star Lily, Bandit Girl have
had their Showdown.


Miss Annie
So I spoke with the
principal, and he agrees
that we can keep Doughboy in
class with us. It's all been
settled.

Kimberly
All right!

Sally, Girl Detective
That's good!

Kimberly
Yeah. Thanks.

Classmates
Never mind that! What we
want to know is, how did the
showdown between Sally, Girl
Detective, and Star Lily,
Bandit Girl, turn out? Who
won?

Sally, Girl Detective
Well, you see...

Kimberly
It's a secret.

Sally, Girl Detective
Uh-huh.

############################
i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult)
############################

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Episode One: Back To School
 Time

 Don't miss it!
 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.

 Episode 1: Back To School

 Four classmates, named Red,
 Blue, Yellow and Green, are
 in the middle of homeroom
 class at school.
 (Of course, they're there
 with the rest of their
 class.)
 It's the day before their
 fall trip. The whole class
 is going to go hiking in the
 mountains.
 The teacher in charge of the
 trip has given everyone a
 handout listing all the
 stuff they'll need to take
 with them. The teacher is
 just about to give the class
 some important instructions
 for the trip.

 "Listen up, everyone!
 Here's what you need to know
 about our trip tomorrow".

 to be continued...

 Trailer:
 The teacher hasn't said
 what they'll do if it rains
 tomorrow.
 So, will they still go ahead
 if it's wet?


 Next episode

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines
 Bright

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.

 Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines
 Bright

 "OK, This is what you have
 to do tomorrow. At 8 a.m.,
 everyone assembles in front
 of the school.
 Whatever you do, just don't
 be late.
 The stuff you need to bring
 is all written down on the
 handout I gave you, so make
 sure you read it, and don't
 forget anything.
 And another thing, the
 snack budget per person is
 300 yen, so don't go over
 that limit on any account,
 OK?
 Before we set off, I'll come
 round and check everyone's
 pack individually, and
 anyone who went over budget
 will have their snack
 confiscated on the spot!"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The snack budget for the
 trip is 300 yen a head.
 However, the burning
 question is: does that
 include fruit?

 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 3: Showdown Time

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 3: Showdown Time

 "And another thing, the
 snack budget per person is
 300 yen, so don't go over
 that limit on any account,
 OK?
 By the way, if you bring
 fruit for dessert as part of
 your packed lunch, it isn't
 counted in your budget.
 But if you bring fruit for
 dessert, you have to eat it
 it with your lunch. If you
 eat it at any other time, it
 counts as part of your
 snack budget.  Of course, in
 that case, you'll go over
 budget and your snack will
 be confiscated.
 OK, those are all the
 instructions I have for you.
 Homeroom class is now
 dismissed!"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 On the way home, our four
 friends come up with some
 interesting ideas for making
 their snack budget go
 further. Find out what
 cunning plans they devise.

 Next time:


 Episode 4: Stretching A
 Point

 Don't miss it


 IMechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 4: Stretching A
 Point

 On the way home, Yellow
 turns to her three friends
 (Red, Blue and Green) and
 said "Hey, you guys!"
 "What?" they chorus.
 "About that snack budget
 for the trip. Think you can
 stay under 300 yen?"
 "Well, now that you mention
 it, I had an idea about
 that..."
 "Actually, so did I...."
 "Me too!"
 "Yeah? So what's everyone's
 idea?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:

 Find out how the four pals
 plan to secure significant
 snackage and yet stay within
 the stingy budget of 300
 yen.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 5: Secret Plans

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 5: Secret Plans

 "Huh? Everyone's thought of
 a way to get over?"
 "Well, I thought I'd..."
 "Stop right there!"
 Just as Red is about to
 reveal his idea, Yellow
 stops him short.
 "If we've all thought of an
 idea, how about we keep our
 ideas secret until the trip
 tomorrow?"
 "Well, yeah, I've kind of
 thought up a plan."
 "Yeah, I'm OK with keeping
 it secret for now."
 Me too!"
 "OK, that's what we'll
 do!"
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The morning of the trip.
 It's nearly time to
 assemble by the school gate,
 but Red is nowhere to be
 seen. Will he make it in
 time?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 6: The Fateful
 Morning

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 6: The Fateful
 Morning

 7 a.m. on the day of the
 trip.
 RRRRRRRRRINNGGG.............
 Snore, sigh.................
 zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz............
 Red sleeps on, blissfully
 undisturbed by the ringing
 of his alarm clock.
 Now the clock shows 7.30.
 RRRRRINGGG...silence.
 The bell stops ringing.
 Red, who has failed to wake
 up although the clock has
 been ringing all this time,
 slumbers on, and on....
 zzzzzzzzzzzzzzz.............
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 7.30 a.m. Yellow arrives at
 the school gate, and has her
 pack inspected. Has she
 stayed within the snack
 budget of 300 yen?


 Next time


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 7: Secret Plans
 Activated!

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.

 Episode 7: Secret Plans
 Activated!

 It's 7.30 a.m.
 Yellow arrives at the school
 gate, and greets the
 teacher.
 Good morning, Ma'am!
 Good morning Yellow! You're
 good and early!
 Did you stick to the 300 yen
 snack budget? Let's take a
 look at your pack. Dear me,
 It's bulging out all over!
 You've surely got to be over
 budget here!"
 "Hngh..How about these?"
 Asks a smirking Yellow,
 suppressing a snigger.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Yellow reaches into her
 snack pack and pulls out ...
 Well, the contents of
 Yellow's snack pack will be
 revealed next time.

 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 8: The Truth is
 Revealed

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 8: The Truth is
 Revealed

 When the smirking Yellow
 opens her snack pack, a huge
 pile of cookies is revealed.
 "I made them myself", she
 explains. "So they only
 cost me the price of the
 ingredients. And I got my
 Mom to buy them for me at
 the supermarket where she
 works, and she gets a 30%
 staff discount there, so I
 could make 30% more cookies
 for the same price."
 "Well, it never occurred to
 me that anyone would go to
 all that trouble.." replies
 teacher, flabbergasted. "I
 might have known that if
 anyone were to get round the
 rules, it would be you,
 Yellow.... Oh, look, here
 comes Blue.  Good morning!"
 to be continued...


 Trailer:
 Blue has also brought a
 bulging snack pack. Just how
 has he managed to work the
 system?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2
 is Activated

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2
 is Activated

 "Good morning, Ma'am! Hi,
 Yellow!"
 "Good morning, Blue. I see
 your snack pack is also
 bulging suspiciously! Are
 you sure you haven't gone
 over the 300 yen budget?"
 No, Ma'am."
 Blue opens his snack pack to
 reveal the contents...
 "Everything in here is a
 a free sample, so I haven't
 gone over budget. In fact I
 didn't pay a single yen"
 "Well! You've got round the
 rules this time.  Fancy
 doing that..."
 Sighs the stunned teacher.

 To be continued.


 Trailer:
 Meanwhile, Red is still in
 Dreamland. Will he manage to
 make it to the school gate
 on time after all?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 10: A Rude Awakening

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 10: A Rude
 Awakening

 7.42 a.m. at Red's house.
 "Mmmmm....nngg...Yaaawn"
 Red finally wakes up.
 "Hmmmn, I get the feeling
 I've slept longer than usual
 today", he mumbles. Then,
 glancing at the clock:
 Huh? Is it that time
 already? I'll be late!  Oh,
 No!"
 Even running at top speed,
 it takes 15 minutes to get
 from Red's house to the
 school gate, so unless he
 gets changed right now and
 sets off immediately, he'll
 definitely be late. And of
 course, breakfast is totally
 out of the question.
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 It's 7.45 a.m. Green shows
 up at the school gate. His
 showdown with the teacher is
 just about to begin.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3
 is Activated

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3
 is Activated

 It's 7.45 a.m, in front of
 of the school gate.  Green
 shows up.
 "Mornin', all!"
 "Good morning, Green! Well,
 there's no time to waste.
 Let's take a look..."
 So saying, the teacher makes
 to inspect Green's snack
 pack.
 "Well, surprise surprise.
 Your snack pack is full to
 bursting too.  What trick
 have you pulled, I wonder?"
 "Actually it's full of wild
 berries and mushrooms and
 stuff I picked yesterday in
 the mountains."
 "Oh, is that so?"
 What with all these
 surprises, the teacher is
 starting to look worn out
 before the trip has even
 begun.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Red dashes towards the
 assembly point. However,
 Lady Luck does not seem to
 be smiling on him today.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 12: Like A Bat Out
 Of Hell

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 12: Like A Bat Out
 Of Hell

 Red's house. It takes him
 3 minutes to get dressed
 and get out of the house,
 which means he leaves home
 at 7.45 a.m.. At this rate,
 he should just make it on
 time (although he won't have
 time to stop, except at
 traffic lights. As if to
 spite him, the traffic
 lights at the road he has to
 cross are now flashing.
 "Darn, it's no good
 crossing at street level",
 he thinks, and heads for the
 footbridge.  This means he
 loses 15 seconds.  If he
 carries on crossing roads
 this way, he's bound to be
 late!

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 8 a.m.. It's crunch time!
 But there's still no sign
 of Red at the school gate.
 It doesn't look as if he's
 going to make it...


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 13: Cutting It Fine

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.

 Episode 13: Cutting It Fine


 8 a.m., in front of the
 school gate.
 "Red's late. I wonder what
 the problem is?", says
 Yellow to Blue and Green,
 but at that very moment,
 Red runs up to the gate,
 sweating profusely, and
 yells, "Sorry about that,
 everyone!"
 "What happened?"
 "You're real late!"
 "I guess you woke up at
 7.43 and you were going to
 be late so you rushed out of
 the house without any
 breakfast, and you would
 have just made it, but the
 lights were against you so,
 you had to go over the
 footbridge and that's why
 you're 15 seconds late..."
 "How did you guess?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The next showdown with the
 teacher is the best yet.
 Find out what strategy Red
 employs to maximize his
 snacking.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 14: The Final
 Showdown

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 14: The Final
 Showdown

 8 a.m, and the teacher walks
 up to Red, who has just
 arrived slightly late at the
 school gate.
 "Red.  You're late."
 "Sorry, Ma'am.
 Actually..."
 "Don't bother to explain.
 Let's get your snack pack
 inspected. Let's hope you're
 not another of these jokers
 who brought way too much.
 No, that seems to be OK.
 Well, everything else seems
 to be in order, and we're
 all present and correct. OK,
 let's get going."
 "Yes, Ma'am", choruses the
 class.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Red has kept within the
 snack budget of 300 yen.
 So what happened to the
 secret plan he talked about
 yesterday?


 Next time:
 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE



 Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4
 is Activated

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4
 is Activated

 "Hey, Red!", says Yellow,
 as soon as they're on their
 way.
 "What?"
 What did you do about the
 snack thing? Didn't you say
 yesterday you had an idea?"
 "Oh, that?"
 "Tell me too!" "And me!"
 pipe up Green and Blue.
 "You want to know about
 that.  Well, OK, I'll tell
 you. Actually...."

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Red's secret plan is
 revealed in full -- and what
 happens when the teacher
 hears about it...


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 16: Foiled!

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 16: Foiled!

 "Actually...", says Red,
 and takes his purse out of
 his pocket. "You see this
 purse?"
 What about it?"
 I'm going to go into a store
 and use it to buy more
 snacks!"
 "Ahh!" chorus the other 3.
 "Oh no, you're not!" comes
 the teacher's voice from
 behind them.
 "Why not, Ma'am? When you
 gave us instructions
 yesterday, you didn't say
 anything about not bringing
 money with us."

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The careless conspirators
 have has been overheard
 by the teacher!
 Will Red's secret plan have
 to be aborted?"


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 17: Blue Skies, No
 Candy

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 17: Blue Skies,
 No Candy

 When Red asks the teacher
 Why not?", she replies:
 "I'm not saying it's wrong.
 There's nothing wrong with
 idea itself. But out in the
 mountains, you won't find a
 single shop selling anything
 like sweets or cakes, and
 they don't have any
 convenience stores out
 there. So I'm not saying you
 mustn't buy snacks when we
 get there, I'm saying you
 won't be able to."
 "Wow, I never thought..."
 "Ma'am, is that true?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Now that he can't buy any
 extra snacks, Red will have
 to stave off starvation with
 what he bought for under 300
 yen.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 18: Despair

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE

 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 18: Despair

 "Ma'am, is that true?"
 "Unfortunately, it is....
 Although, considering the
 ingenious ruses the other
 children thought up to bring
 more than their fair share
 of snacks, I don't think
 your idea was so bad in
 itself..."
 (Red makes no reply.)
 "But you'd better accept
 that you've been unlucky
 this time, and just make do
 with the 300 yen worth of
 snacks in your pack."
 "Darn!", mutters Red.
 "Not a single store from
 here on. Why didn't I think
 of that?"
 To be continued


 Trailer:
 Will Yellow and the others
 share their snacks with Red
 and save him from complete
 starvation?


 Next Time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 19: What Friends Are
 For

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 19: What Friends Are
 For

 "Don't worry, Red. We'll
 share our snacks with you.
 There's plenty to go
 round, after all", says
 Yellow.
 That's not what's bothering
 me", replies Red. "I just
 really hate it when the
 teacher gets the better of
 me."
 "All she did was tell you
 there wouldn't be a single
 store on the way. She didn't
 get the better of you, Red.
 "No, I think you were wrong
 to think of it as a showdown
 with the teacher in the
 first place", Green
 consoles him.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Following his defeat at the
 hands of the teacher, Red's
 3 friends eventually
 persuade him to let it go,
 and move on.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 20: A New Journey
 Begins.

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.

 Episode 20: A New Journey
 Begins

 "No, I think you were wrong
 to think of it as a showdown
 with the teacher" in the
 first place," Green
 consoles him.
 "Yeah, I guess that's
 true", adds Yellow.
 But Red doesn't seem to be
 listening.
 "It doesn't matter whether
 it was bad luck or bad
 planning. There won't be any
 stores, so I won't be able
 to buy extra snacks. So my
 plan failed. And you're
 telling me this wasn't a
 showdown?" "Sure! The plan
 was to get hold of plenty of
  chow, was all!

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Red gets over his annoyance
 and reverts to his cheerful
 self. As he devours the
 snacks his friends give him,
 little does he know about
 the fearsome enemy he will
 soon face.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 21: Where Fate
 Awaits

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 21: Where Fate
 Awaits

 "I guess you're right...
 I got too hung up on my
 secret plan. So now that we
 cleared that up, how about
 some chow?
 "Sure! Hmm, how about
 these. Here you go!", says
 Yellow. "Thanks!"
 (chomp...) "Hey, these are
 good.." "Of course they're
 good! I made them!"
 "Yeah, of course."
 At that moment, the teacher
 speaks up: "OK, everyone,
 this is where we get off!"
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The gang has finally arrived
 at the mountain where
 they'll be hiking. Little do
 they know about the ordeal
 that lies in store for them.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 22: An Army Marches
 on its Stomach

 Don't miss it!



 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 22: An Army Marches
 on its Stomach

 "OK, everyone", calls the
 teacher. "This is where we
 get off!"
 "This is where we get
 down to business!"
 "I guess we do."
 "It's what we've been
 waiting for."
 "Absolutely!"
 "Today we're going to climb
 all the way to the top of
 this mountain. So let's be
 on our way!", says the
 teacher, leading the way.
 "Is everybody ready?"
 "Uh-HUH!"
 Yes, Ma'am!"
 Yeah!"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Everyone follows the teacher
 towards the mountain top.
 However, before they get
 there, Red gets worn out.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 23: Hungry Hero

 Don't miss it!



 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 23: Hungry Hero

 "Gee, I'm totally
 exhausted!" sighs Red.
 "It's tough going, for
 sure.  Hey Red, could you
 use one of these?", says
 Blue, taking a snack from
 his pack and offering it
 to his friend.
 "Thanks!" (munch, munch)
 "Aaagh! It's hot! Much too
 hot! What is it, anyway?"
 "It's a super-hot chilli
 bun. They boost your energy.
 Can't you feel it working?"
 "Huh? If anything, it's
 making me feel even more
 exhausted, and my mouth
 feels like it's coated with
 chilli pepper. Have you got
 anything else?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Does the super-hot chilli
 bun have any effect on Red's
 flagging energy level?
 At any rate, his next snack
 certainly gets him going.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 24: Energy Rush

 Don't miss it!



 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 24: Energy Rush

 "OK, try this", says
 Green, taking a snack from
 his pack and passing it to
 Red. "Thanks!" (chew,
 chew) "Mmm! Hey! It's like
 my strength is flooding
 back! What IS this?"
 "I don't know what it's
 called, but it's a kind of
 mushroom that gives you a
 real energy hit. The only
 drawback is, it has a side-
 effect. It makes you kind of
 crazy and out of control."
 "Wow, I'm definitely
 starting to feel kind of
 wild...

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Eating the mystery mushrooms
 makes Red go berserk. Can
 anything be done to stop
 him?

 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 25: Running Wild

 Don't miss it!



 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 25: Running Wild

 "Yah! Take that!"
 After eating the mystery
 mushrooms, Red runs wild,
 kicking and punching rocks
 and trees at random.
 "He's been like this for
 10 minutes now. Is he going
 to do himself some damage?"
 "I'm sure he'll be OK. I
 tried one of those
 mushrooms myself yesterday
 when no-one was around,
 and I went crazy for about
 10 minutes, and then I went
 completely back to normal."
 Crrackk!
 "Oh man, he's snapped that
 tree-trunk over there! Is
 he REALLY going to be OK?"
 "Yeah, he'll be just fine..
 probably."

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Finally, Red's crazy spell
 seems to have ended, and he
 comes to a standstill. But
 when the other three get
 near him, events suddenly
 take a dramatic turn.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 26: Let Sleeping
 Gods Lie

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 26: Let Sleeping
 Gods Lie

 "Yeah, he'll be just
 fine... probably."
 As Green is speaking, Red
 falls still.
 "Hey, he seems to have
 stopped moving!"
 Behind a snapped-off tree-
 trunk, Red stands as still
 as a statue. His friends run
 up, calling out to him.
 Are you OK?"
 "I'm exhausted from all
 that craziness..", Red
 tries reply, but at that
 very instant, a terrible
 rumbling rends the air.
 "Waaah!"
 "Aaargh! What's
 happening?" "The ground's
 moving!" "Is it an
 earthquake?"
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The sudden earthquake takes
 the 4 friends by surprise.
 However, this is just the
 beginning of a new ordeal...


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 27: Groundswell

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 27: Groundswell

 Our 4 friends are reeling
 from the sudden tremor.
 However, this was no
 earthquake.
 "What`s that?" yells
 Yellow, pointing. Everyone
 looks round, to see the
 ground swelling up in front
 of them.
 "Is that something trying
 to push its way out of the
 ground?"
 "Or is the soil kind of
 clumping together to form
 some kind of something?
 Another mighty rumble fills
 the air, and the
 "something" reveals itself
 to be a giant figure, about
 12 meters tall.
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The earth giant suddenly
 turns on the 4 friends. The
 time has come for Ultror to
 re-awaken!


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 28: The Tough Get
 Going

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 28: The Tough Get
 Going

 "It looks like it's turned
 into a giant..."
 "Yeah...What the hell is
 it? Oh no! It's heading
 right at us!"
 The earth giant lunges at
 the 4 pals.
 "This is serious! We can't
 fight something that size
 without the Ultror robots."
 "You're right. OK,
 everybody, let's summon
 them! "Ultror Robots, come
 to our aid!", they shout in
 chorus.
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The Ultror Robots rush to
 the scene, and as soon as
 they are on the ground, the
 4 friends lose no time in
 taking up their stations.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 29: Help Flies In

 Don't miss it!



 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 close to the screen.
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 29: Help Flies In

 "Ultror Robots, come to our
 aid!"
 (The Ultror Robots theme
 tune plays)

 With a swooshing sound, the
 red, blue, yellow and green
 robots descend from the sky
 and land on the ground.
 In a trice, each of the 4
 kids mounts their own robot.
 "Here we go! And now it's
 time to merge!"
 "Go, go go!"
 chorus the other 3.
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The 4 heroes merge their
 robots to form Invincible
 Ultror!
 Now the battle with the
 earth giant begins.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 30: Megamerge!

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 30: Megamerge<bh:81>I

 "OK, everybody merge!"
 "Go!" chorus the other 3.
 Robots 1 to 3 start to
 divide and morph.
 Robot 1 forms the head and
 torso.
 Robot 2 forms the arms.
 Robot 3 forms the legs.
 "Megamerge! Ultror!"
 Robot 4 then divides and
 morphs to reinforce Ultror's
 head, legs and arms.
 Clank, clank, whirr, buzz.
 (A shorter version of the
 Invincible Ultror Merge
 theme tune plays.)
 "Megamerge!
 Invincible Ultror!"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Using the Invincible Ultror
 Blade, Ultror attacks the
 earth giant, completely
 bisecting him!.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 31: Mightier Than
 The Sword

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 31: Mightier Than
 The Sword

 "OK, we'll do this with one
 stroke!"
 Ultror's left arm is raised
 with the yell "Invincible
 Ultror Blade!"
 As if in reply, a nimbus of
 light gathers round the
 robot's raised left hand,
 which morphs into a sword.
 "En garde! Take that!
 Witness the Invincible
 Ultror Slash!"
 Thwock!"
 The robot slices the earth
 giant clean in two.
 "Got him!....
 Huh? What's this?"
 Despite the fact that he has
 just been neatly sliced,
 the earth giant reassembles
 himself into his previous
 form.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The 4 heroes are being
 chased by a huge earth
 giant! The Invincible Ultror
 Slash has no effect! How
 will they get out of this
 one?

 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 32: Soon To Be
 History?

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 32: Soon To Be
 History?

 "It's completely
 reformed!" "It's no use
 cutting it!" "So what do
 we do?"
 "I have no idea...Aaagh!"
 Whump! Clomp! Thump!
 The earth giant, now as good
 as new, starts punching the
 Invincible Ultror.
 "It's attacking too fast
 for us!"
 "We can't fight back, or
 even defend ourselves!"
 "At this rate, we'll soon
 be toast!"
 "Oh no! What can we do?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The Invincible Ultror is up
 against the earth giant, and
 there seems to be no way to
 counterattack.
 Does this spell defeat for
 our 4 friends?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 33: Overpowered

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 33: Overpowered

 Meanwhile, the earth giant
 keeps right on attacking.
 Thump! Clang! Pow!
 "We've got our work cut out
 just staying upright.
 Hasn't it got any weak
 points?"
 "It's made of earth,
 so how about pouring water
 over it?"
 "I don't know if that
 would work against an earth
 giant, but it's no good
 anyway."
 "Why not?"
 "There's no sign of a river
 or a lake round here, and
 even if there was one, I
 don't think we can get
 away from this thing."
 "And it's not likely to
 rain today -- they picked
 this day for the trip
 because the forecast was so
 good..."
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Does the earth giant really
 have no weaknesses? And is
 the Invincible Ultror really
 destined for defeat?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 34: Dire Straits

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 34: Dire Straits

 The attack continues
 relentlessly.
 Keranng! Thwock!
 The earth giant grabs the
 robot's neck, and lifts him
 off the ground
 "Guh!" groans Red.
 (Viewers please note: The
 4 heroes do not feel the
 sensations of the Invincible
 Ultror, so Red is not
 actually in pain. The robot
 does not suffer any serious
 damage: it just gets shaken
 about a bit. In case you
 were worried.)
 "I guess this is what you
 call being in dire
 straits..."
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The Invincible Ultror is
 certainly in dire straits.
 Just when things seem to be
 as bad as they can get, the
 gang hears a mysterious
 voice.



 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 35: The Giant Speaks

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 35: The Giant Speaks

 "I guess this is what you
 call being in dire
 straits."
 "What are we going to do?"
 "If we don't do something
 soon, we're totally
 history!"
 "Isn't there some way we
 can bring him down?"
 At that moment, an
 unfamiliar voice says:
  "...Tu-reee-z..."
 "Who said that?
 "You heard it too?" chorus
 the other 3.
 "So we all heard it?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The mysterious voice seems
 to belong to the earth
 giant. What can this mean?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 36: Dark Deity
 of Destruction

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 36: Dark Deity
 of Destruction

 "So, we all heard that?"
 "Uh-HUH"
 "But who said it?"
 "I think it came from the
 giant."
 "Wow...! Well, it didn't
 say 'I can't talk', so I
 guess I shouldn't be so
 suprised at its ability to
 speak." "It sounded kind
 of strange..."
 "Never mind all that! Did
 we all hear what it said?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Why has the earth giant
 appeared? And why did it
 attack the Invincible
 Ultror?
 Will these mysteries be
 demystified?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 37: Getting The
 Message

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 37: Getting The
 Message

 "Did we all hear what it
 was that the giant said?"
 "It sounded to me like it
 said 'Tur-eez'".
 "That's what it sounded
 like to me too."
 "And me."
 "So we all think it said
 'Tur-eez'?"
 "Hmm, I wonder what it
 means by that?"
 (....lost in thought....)
 (Viewers will note that
 during this interlude, the
 earth giant continues
 trying to strangle the
 Invincible Ultror.)
 "Eureka! I've got it!"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Has Red guessed correctly?
 And does he also work out
 How to attack the earth
 giant?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 38: Could This Be
 Love?
 Race

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 38: Could This be
 Love?

 "Eureka! I've got it!"
 Yells Red suddenly.
 "Maybe the earth giant
 is looking for someone
 called Teresa, who came
 to the mountain on a picnic
 or whatever, and the earth
 giant fell in love with her
 at first sight. Ever since
 then he's been pouncing on
 people who come here, to
 see if they're Teresa."
 "No, I think you're
 wrong, replies Yellow,
 promptly.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 So Red has guessed wrong!
 And he hasn't found a way to
 attack the earth giant!


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 39: Guess Again

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 39: Guess Again

 "Why do you think I'm
 wrong, Yellow?"
 "Well, for a start, if he
 fell in love at first
 sight, how would he know her
 name?"
 "He might have heard her
 friend call her by her
 name, or he might have
 found it out later or
 something..."
 "That's possible, I guess.
 But why does he attack
 people? If you love
 someone, you don't go round
 trying to attack them."
 "Ah! Right..."
 "And then, whichever way
 you look at it,
 Invincible Ultror isn't
 a person."
 "Well, maybe the giant's
 eyesight isn't so good..."
 "That's a possibility, but
 even so, Ultror is far too
 big to be mistaken for a
 human being."

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 So, just what is the earth
 giant trying to do? The
 mystery deepens....


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 40: Brainstorming

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 40: Brainstorming

 "There's another thing",
 Blue joins in.
 (Viewers will note that,
 as we've mentioned before,
 the earth giant meanwhile
 continues his attempt to
 strangle the Invincible
 Ultror.)
 "If he keeps attacking
 people who come to this
 mountain, we should have
 seen it on the news, and
 stuff. I've never seen any
 reports like that, so he
 probably hasn't done this
 before." "Mmmn, I've never
 heard anything either. Well,
  what on earth is he trying
 to do?"
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 At that moment, the giant
 speaks again. Is the mystery
 finally about to be solved?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 41: Making Sense

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 41: Making Sense

 At that moment, the strange
 voice is heard again!
 "..TUR-EEEZ-A-LOOHHHN..."
 "There it is again!"
 "Ah! Her full name must be
 'Teresa Long'!"
 "Didn't I just tell you
 it couldn't be a person's
 name?"
 "Oh, yes, sorry..."
 "I've got it!"
 "Huh? What?"
 "I've worked out what the
 earth giant is trying to
 tell us!"
 "Huh? You have?"
 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Has Yellow's answer to the
 riddle got anything to do
 with someone called
 Teresa Long?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 42: Truth Dawns
 at Last

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 42: Truth Dawns at
 Last

 "OK, Yellow, spill the
 beans".
 "OK. The earth giant is
 probably trying to punish
 Red."
 "Huh? Why?"
 "A while ago, Red had that
 crazy spell and started
 snapping off tree-trunks...
 so maybe the voice was
 saying 'Leave the trees
 alone'?"
 "Ah, yes!"
 "So it was my fault the
 earth giant appeared?",
 wonders Red.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 If Yellow is right, Red is
 the guilty party. In that
 case, should they even try
 to defeat the earth giant?
 (assuming they could...)


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 43: Doing the Right
 Thing

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 43: Doing the Right
 Thing
 "So I guess I was in the
 wrong", says Red,
 sheepishly.
 "I wish I'd never given you
 those mystery mushrooms in
 the first place..."
 "I wish I'd given you
 something to boost your
 energy, instead of that
 super-hot chilli bun."
 "I wish I'd given you more
 cookies..."
 When everyone has done with
 the self-reproach, someone
 makes a constructive
 suggestion.
 "Why don't we apologise to
 the earth giant, and then
 maybe he'll forgive us?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The 4 friends decide to
 apologize to the earth giant
 anyway. But will he really
 forgive them?


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 44: A Wind Of Change

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 44: A Wind Of Change

 "Let's all apologize!"
 "OK!" chorus the other 3.
 "All together now"
 "We're sorry we knocked
 down those trees!", they
 shout in unison.
 As they do so, the earth
 giant slowly relaxes his
 grip on Ultror's neck,
 and his earthen body starts
 to crumble and collapse
 back into the ground. In
 a few moments, everything
 looks just the way it did
 before the earth giant
 appeared.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The earth giant has turned
 back into ordinary earth.
 But the problem isn't
 completely solved yet!


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 45: Atonement

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 45: Atonement

 "He's gone...isn't he?"
 When the earth giant merges
 back into the ground, the
 4 heroes breathe a sigh of
 relief.
 The giant's gone, but what
 am I going to do about
 the trees I knocked down
 while I was in crazy
 mode?", asks Red.
 "Mmm. How about repairing
 them?"
 "But how?"
 "Well, how about putting
 the broken trunks back on
 the stumps, and bandaging
 them up with splints, like
 broken bones?"

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 Red tries to repair the
 broken trees single-handed.
 However, his friends are
 determined not to be left
 out.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 46: True Friends

 Don't miss it!


 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 46: True Friends

 "But I haven't got any
 bandages or splints."
 "I've got some with me."
 "How come you brought
 splints and bandages?"
 "That's a secret..."
 "It is? Well, anyway, can
 I borrow them?"
 "No! This is a job for all
 of us, not just you, Red!"
 "I guess so... Well, you
 guys, will you give me a
 hand?"
 "Of course we will!" they
 all reply.

 To be continued...


 Trailer:
 The 4 heroes apologize to
 each of the trees Red broke.
 They all resolve never to do
 anything like that again.


 Next time:

 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again

 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Episode 47: The Heroes Take
 A Break

 Don't miss it!
 Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
 THE AUTUMN BREEZE


 Reminder: When you're
 watching TV, keep the room
 well lit, and don't sit too
 close to the screen.


 Episode 47: The Heroes Take
 a Break

 "There, that should do
 The last of the broken trees
 is firmly bandaged up.
 "We're really, really
 sorry", they bow to the
 trees.
 "It's a shame we never got
 to do anything with
 Invincible Ultror this time.
 "Well, it's only fair. We
 were in the wrong...
 "That's true."
 "But we apologized
 properly, right?"
 "We did. And we can still
 enjoy the rest of this
 day out."
 "OK, let's be on our way."
 "Yes, let's go" chorus the
 others.

 After that, Red, Blue,
 Yellow and Green scarf the
 rest of the snacks, and
 arrive at the mountain top
 feeling refreshed and
 cheerful. At lunchtime, they
 happily devour their packed
 lunches, and enjoy the
 rest of the day to the full.


Thanks for watching!

#################################
j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy)
#################################

File 3
The Girl Who Reads Books


She always stands in the
same car of the same train,
at the same time of day,
with her back against the
doors. When the train starts
up, she puts her briefcase
down, between her feet, and
takes out a pocket book,
with its cover neatly in
place. She seems to use
dead leaves for bookmarks,
for she turns to a page
where just such a left is
pressed, and goes on
reading.

When we get to the next
station, the train stops,
and she totters slightly as
the doors against which she
was leaning open, causing
the leaf to fall gently from
her book. She hurries to try
to catch it, but misses, and
and it falls to the floor.
So she picks it up, dusts it
off, puts it back in the
back of her book, and
continues reading.

We were approaching her
station. She took the leaf
from the back of her book,
stuck it at the point where
she was leaving off, and
closed the book. Then she
put it in her briefcase,
which she slung over her
shoulder as she turned to
face the doors. When the
train stopped and the doors
opened, she got off.




File 15
The Two Girls


She always stands in the
same car of the same train,
at the same time of day, in
the same spot, waiting for
the next stop, her eyes
squeezed shut, because the
next stop is the one where
her friend gets on.

When the train stops, she
slowly opens her eyes and
turns to look at the doors.
She smiles, because she can
see her friend standing on
the other side. The doors
open, and her friend runs
over to where she is
standing. They give each
other a great big hug, then
promptly start talking. They
seem to be talking about the
final exams that are coming
up, starting next week.

The station where they get
off is coming up. Now they
suddenly seem to have
switched from talking about
tests to badmouthing a
certain teacher they don't
like. The train has stopped,
however, and as the doors
open, they get off, holding
hands.




File 26
The Girl Who Looks Outside


She always sits alone in the
same place, on the same
train, at the same time. She
keeps her face turned to the
window, looking at nothing
but the passing view. I
don't know what her face
looks like, as a result.
Though when the train goes
through a tunnel, I can see
the reflection of her face
in the glass, I still don't
really know just what she
looks like...

When the train stops at the
next station, it shakes her
up, just a little. A new
passenger is sitting down
next to her. She turns to
this person for just an
instant before promptly
looking back out the window.

Aside from that, she keeps
staring out the window, just
as she always does.

As we approach her station,
she gets up before we reach
the platform and walks to
the doors, again, as she
always does. Once there, she
again stares out the window,
of course, not moving at
all, until the train stops
and the doors open, she gets
off.




File 30
The Sleeping Girl


She always sits alone,
asleep, in the same place on
the same train, everyday.
She moves in time to the
shaking of the train. When
it moves side to side, her
body moves side to side as
well, and her head hits the
window, good and hard,
enough to wake even her.
She rubs the bump on her
head, cowering. It must
really have hurt, for she is
shaking all over, and her
eyes are welling with tears.
After a bit, the pain seems
to be easing, for she shifts
in place, closes her eyes,
and tries to go back to
sleep.

The train stops at the next
station, whereupon she opens
her eyes slightly, only to
close them and go back to
sleep once she sees it isn't
her stop.

A bit further on, the train
approached her stop. She
showed no sign of waking up
yet, however.




File 31
The Girl Awakens


She always sits alone,
asleep, in the same place on
the same train, everyday.
The train stopped at her
station, but she still shows
no sign of waking up.

Even after the doors closed
and the train left the
station, she slept on...

A little later, she woke up.
After a bit, she realized
where she was, and looked
around in a panic. Then she
struck her forehead with the
palm, as if to say, oh no, I
did it again. Then she got
up and walked over to the
doors, where she waited for
the train to reach the next
station.

Once there, she promptly got
off and ran to the opposite<bh:82><bh:c9>
platform, there to wait for
the train. It did not look
as though there would be a
train anytime soon, however.




File 47
The Girl Who Eats on the
Train


She always sits alone, in
the same place, on the same
train, everyday. And she is
always eating something
while on the train, too.
Maybe she's always waking up
without enough time to enjoy
a leisurely breakfast at
home. Whatever the case,
today she's having an egg
salad sandwich and 100%
apple juice. She puts the
sandwich container on her
lap, holding the sandwich in
her left hand, and the apple
juice in her right. She eats
one piece of her sandwich at
a time, taking a swallow of
her apple juice after each
piece. Then she picks up the
next piece of the sandwich,
and starts on that.

When she has finished it
all, she crushes the juice
box, and sticks it in the
sandwich pack. Then she
picks up these packages and
her briefcase, and stands
up. Just then, the train
reaches her stop, and the
doors open. As soon as she
gets off, she puts her trash
in the nearby trash can, and
heads down the stairs.




File 51
The Girl Who Stumbles


We stop at the station for
about a minute. The train
will be pulling out any time
now. She'll be coming to the
platform right then, too. I
wonder if she'll make it
this time.

There's the signal. The
train is about to leave the
station. Just then, I hear
the sound of feet running up
the stairs. Is it her? Yes,
it is: just as she reaches
the top of the stairs, she
trips and falls, apparently
banging her knee on the
platform. She rubs it and
tries to get up, just in
time to see the doors close.
The apparent shock of seeing
the doors close right before
her eyes seems to have made
her pain, as she stands up
again. The train is already
underway, however, and she
won't be catching it. I
wonder whether she'll be
like this every day, just
like today: stuck there,
waiting for the next train.




File 67
The Girl Who Bumps Into
Things


She always sits alone, in
the same place, on the same
train, everyday. Her
briefcase is at her feet,
and she holds tightly to
what looks like a racquet
case, maybe for tennis or
something.

We stop at a station and
people get on. One of these
people jostles the carrying
case that she is holding. It
is pretty big, and sticks
out into the aisle. She
promptly gets to her feet
and apologizes, bowing her
head, though the person she
bumped doesn't appear to
take much notice. While all
of this is going on, the
doors close and the train
takes off. Her awkward pose,
head bowed, causes her to
pitch forward, bumping into
the very person to whom she
was apologizing, causing her
to turn bright red and
apologize even more
fiercely. He did not seem to
be overly concerned by this
either, however, and simply
sat down next to her.




File 68
The Girl Who Apologizes


She always sits alone, in
the same place, on the same
train, everyday. Her
briefcase is at her feet,
and she holds tightly to
what looks like a racquet
case, maybe for tennis or
something.

Her stop is approaching, and
she gets up to get ready to
get off the train. As she
does so, her carrying case
hits the man sitting next to
her, in the face. She
promptly apologizes, bowing
her head, though he does not
appear terribly concerned.
Meanwhile, the train stops.
Her unnatural stance causes
her to stumble and bump into
the very man to whom she is
already apologizing. She
turns a bright red and
apologizes even more
fiercely. The man says
something to her, which I
imagine must be along the
lines of, hurry up and go
before the doors close. She
keeps on apologizing, even
as she gets off the train.
She stops outside and
apologizes some more. She
continues apologizing even
as the doors close, and the
train takes off.




File 80
The Girl Who Stares


She always sits alone, in
the same place, on the same
train, everyday. And she
always stares at a single
point: a certain person,
sitting in the next car...

She doesn't say anything or
approach this person. She
just stares.

Sometimes, the person in the
next car turns to look her
way, whereupon she promptly
turns her gaze the other
way. As soon as that person
looks away, however, she
starts staring again. Why?
And why isn't she watching
from inside the same car,
for that matter?

In time, we get to her
station. She gets off, not
without some sense of
regret, still staring at
that same person. Even after
she gets off the train, and
the doors have closed, and
the train pulls away, she
still keeps staring

###############
ii) Town House
###############

You can get gotz to build you this fine house if you get 100,000,000!!!! and
999 lumber, might take you a while :)
But when you do build it you get a whole new selection of TV programs!!!

The channel layout for this TV is a bit different:
Up: Still weather
Right: Harvest Moon Programing as follows:
 From the 1st of Spring until the 7th of Summer: 'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME'
 From Summer 9th to Summer 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME'
 From the 1st of Fall until the 7th of Winter:'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME'
 From Winter 9th until the 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME'
Down: Magical F3.14 Racing
Left: Variety programs
The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows:
 *Sunday: Mine Research Group
 *Monday: Fairy and Me: His Story
 *Tuesday: Fairy and Me: Her Story
 *Wednesday: Mineral Town Friends!
 *Thursday: CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO
 *Friday: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
 *Saturday: Rock, Paper, Sissors

Here are the town programs in full

###############################
a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r)
###############################

Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Futaba
Using Spirit Magic


Her magic is well-balanced
between offense and defense,
and she always races well.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
first match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Leatrice
On Sana
Using Voodoo


She can always be seen
going around before the race
with dolls and needles. She
doesn't do much at all
during the race proper.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
first match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


From the start, the race was
between Sylvia and Lupinus.
Sylvia's Wind Magic gave her
an early lead over Lupinus,
but Lupinus stuck to Sylvia
like glue for the rest of
the race!
In the final lap, Lupinus
cast an illusionary turn on
Sylvia, who was 0.2 seconds
ahead, but Sylvia's Earth
Magic blocked it easily, and
she held on to her lead and
won the race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia
2nd Place: Lupinus
3rd Place: Miltonia


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia   +10
2nd Place: Lupinus   +6
3rd Place: Miltonia+4
4th Place: Daisy   +3
5th Place: Cosmos   +2
6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Leatrice
9th Place: Lavender
10th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st Place: Sylvia   10
2nd Place: Lupinus   6
3rd Place: Miltonia4
4th Place: Daisy    3
5th Place: Cosmos   2
6th Place: Amaryllis   1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell, which ought
to be interesting.


That's all for today. The
second match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
second match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Sylvia continues to perform
very well, while Lupinus had
trouble with her machine and
couldn't use much magic,
giving her a hard time. The
Light-Dark Sisters, Daisy
and Cosmos, nearly gained on
Sylvia with their Light and
Dark Wing spells, but
couldn't quite make it, and
Sylvia stayed in the lead to
win her second consecutive
race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia   +10
2nd Place: Daisy   +6
3rd Place: Cosmos   +4
4th Place: Miltonia   +3
5th Place: Lupinus   +2
6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lavender
9th Place: Leatrice
10th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia  20
2nd (up): Daisy  9
3rd (up): Lupinus  8
4th (down): Miltonia  7
5th (unch.): Cosmos  6
6th (unch.): Amaryllis  2


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
third match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Futaba
Using Spirit Magic


Her magic is well-balanced
between offense and defense,
and she always races well.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
third match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Sylvia hit Leatrice, who was
lagging behind, taking them
both out of the race! That
led to Lupinus taking the
lead, and comfortably
winning the race.

Miltonia, Daisy, and Cosmos
fought it out for 2nd Place,
with Miltonia using her
restorative magic in the
final lap, easily holding on
to 2nd Place.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus
2nd Place: Miltonia
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus   +10
2nd Place: Miltonia   +6
3rd Place: Cosmos   +4
4th Place: Daisy   +3
5th Place: Moraea   +2
6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
7th Place (tie): Lavender
7th Place (tie): Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia  20
2nd (up): Lupinus 18
3rd (up): Miltonia 13
4th (down): Daisy 12
5th (unch.): Cosmos 10
6th (unch.) Amaryllis 3
7th (up): Moraea 2


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Leatrice
On Sana
Using Voodoo


She can always be seen
going around before the race
with dolls and needles. She
doesn't do much at all
during the race proper.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
fourth match will be the day
after tomorrow.



Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell.


That's all for today. The
fourth match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the fourth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


This race belonged to Daisy
and Cosmos. In the first lap
they suddenly combined their
magics into a Shining Dark
Wing, and promptly pulled
ahead of the pack to take
the lead!
They then held off all
comers together, to take
first and second place.
Sylvia came in third in
this race, with Daisy two
points behind her current
1st Place ranking in the
overall standings.
Leatrice hit Amaryllis, thus
wiping out again, following
her collision with Sylvia in
the previous race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Sylvia


The results of the fourth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy   +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Sylvia   +4
4th Place: Miltonia  +3
5th Place: Lupinus   +2
6th Place: Moraea   +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia   24
2nd (up): Daisy  22
3rd (down): Lupinus  20
3rd (down): Miltonia  16
5th (unch.): Cosmos  16
6th (unch.): Amaryllis  3
6th (up, tie): Moraea  3


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
fifth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
fifth match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Prior to the start of the
race, Lavender advised Daisy
against entering, telling
her that her divination
foretold that they would
collide and be out of the
race. Naturally, Daisy paid
no heed to this advice, and
entered the race as
scheduled. Then, in the
twelfth lap, Daisy and
Cosmos were using their
combined magic, when they
came upon Lavender, who was
already being lapped. Daisy
tried to force her way past
Lavender, only to run into
her instead. Given that the
collision happened while
Daisy was using her magic,
there is greater concern for
the state of her mind than
that of her body.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Miltonia
2nd Place: Sylvia
3rd Place: Lupinus


The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Miltonia  +10
2nd Place: Sylvia  +6
3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Moraea  +2
6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
7th Place: Leatrice
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia   30
2nd (up): Miltonia  26
3rd (unch.): Lupinus  24
4th (down): Daisy  22
5th (unch.): Cosmos  19
6th (unch.): Moraea  5
7th (down): Amaryllis  4


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Futaba
Using Spirit Magic


Her magic is well-balanced
between offense and defense,
and she always races well.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
sixth match will be the day
after tomorrow.

Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Leatrice
On Sana
Using Voodoo


She can always be seen
going around before the race
with dolls and needles. She
doesn't do much at all
during the race proper.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
sixth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Owing to the serious
injuries they sustained when
they collided in the last
race, Daisy and Lavender
were scratched this time.
With Daisy out of the race,
Cosmos had a hard time of
it, because she couldn't use
their combination magic. The
battle for first place was
thus between Lupinus,
Sylvia, and Miltonia, who
has been in good form as of
late. In the end, Lupinus
used her mirror images to
break away from the pack and
win the race. Her total
point standing is now equal
to that of Sylvia.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus
2nd Place: Miltonia
3rd Place: Sylvia


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus  +10
2nd Place: Miltonia  +6
3rd Place: Sylvia  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Amaryllis  +2
6th Place: Moraea  +1
7th Place: Leatrice
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia   34
2nd (up): Lupinus  34
3rd (down): Miltonia  32
4th (unch.): Daisy  22
4th (up): Cosmos  22
6th (unch.): Moraea  6
6th (up): Amaryllis  6


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell.


That's all for today. The
seventh match will be the
day after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
seventh match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the seventh
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Everybody's favorite racer,
Daisy, is back at last! And
as expected, she and Cosmos
led the way right from the
start with their combination
magic. And from the looks of
things, it seems fair to say
that Daisy is completely
recovered from her accident.
A fierce battle for third
place broke out between
Sylvia and Miltonia, which
ended in the final lap, when
Miltonia, having exhausted
her magic power, was
helpless to stop Sylvia from
using her wind magic to pass
her by.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Sylvia


The results of the seventh
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy  +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Sylvia  +4
4th Place: Miltonia  +3
5th Place: Moraea  +2
6th Place: Leatrice  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Sylvia   38
2nd (up): Miltonia  35
3rd (down): Lupinus  34
4th (unch.): Daisy  32
5th (down): Cosmos  28
6th (unch.): Moraea  8
7th (down): Amaryllis  6
8th (up): Leatrice  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Yotsuba
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine,
Yotsuba, can apparently
change into any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. We'll just have
to see what this is all
about.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Lupinus, who was first in
the qualifying round, made
effective use of her mirror
image and other magics to
keep anyone else from
getting past her, holding on
to the lead all the way to
the final lap. As a result,
she also took top place in
the overall standings away
from Sylvia. Speaking of
whom, she staked the race on
her new machine, Yotsuba.
Due to it not being properly
tuned yet, however, she only
came in sixth. Oh, and while
it isn't that big a deal, we
feel we should mention that
Lavender earned her first
points ever, as per her
divination prior to the
start of the race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Lavender  +3
5th Place: Miltonia  +2
6th Place: Sylvia  +1
7th Place: Leatrice
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Lupinus  44
2nd (down): Sylvia  39
3rd (up): Daisy  39
4th (down): Miltonia  37
5th (unch.): Cosmos  32
6th (unch.): Moraea  8
7th (unch.): Amaryllis  6
8th (up): Lavender  3
9th (down): Leatrice  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Leatrice
On Sana
Using Voodoo


She can always be seen
going around before the race
with dolls and needles. She
doesn't do much at all
during the race proper.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
ninth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell.


That's all for today. The
ninth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:

The weather was bad for
today's race, meaning that
it was raining so hard
during the race that you
couldn't see anything beyond
a few meters. So, while
everyone else took it slow
and easy, Miltonia charged
ahead, unconcerned about
getting hurt, thanks to
liberal use of her
restorative magics. In this
reckless manner, she managed
to take first place, though
she also ended up overdoing
it in the process, hurting
herself pretty badly. It
now looks as though she
won't make it to the final
race, which is a real shame,
seeing as how she finally
took top place in the
overall standings, too.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Miltonia
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Miltonia  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Sylvia  +3
5th Place: Lupinus  +2
6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
7th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Miltonia  47
2nd (down): Lupinus 46
3rd (unch.): Daisy  44
4th (down): Sylvia  42
5th (unch.): Cosmos  36
6th (unch.): Moraea  8
7th (unch.): Amaryllis  7
8th (unch.): Lavender  3
9th: Leatrice: 1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
final match will be the
day after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
final match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Sadly, Miltonia had to be
scratched, and thus, the
championship came down to
the top three point holders.
Yotsuba, Sylvia's new
machine, finally showed us
what it can do. This machine
has four modes that are
capable of handling any
terrain, including a wind
mode that not even the
combination magic used by
Daisy and Cosmos could beat.
This victory put Sylvia back
on top in total points. Our
congratulations to her.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Sylvia  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Lupinus  +3
5th Place: Lavender  +2
6th Place: Moraea  +1
7th Place: Amaryllis
8th Place: Leatrice
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Sylvia  52
2nd (up): Daisy  50
3rd (down): Lupinus  49
4th (down): Miltonia  47
5th (unch.): Cosmos  40
6th (unch.): Moraea  9
7th (unch.): Amaryllis  7
8th (unch.): Lavender  5
9th (unch.): Leatrice  1


And there you have it.



Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Yotsuba
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine,
Yotsuba, can apparently
change into any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. We'll just have
to see what this is all
about.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
first match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Licorice
On Makoto
Using Spatial Magic


Licorice's spatial
interchange magic, which
enables her to change places
with anyone else, may well
be the most powerful magic
of all.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
first match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


In her first race ever,
Licorice came in first. What
happened was that in the
final lap, she sneakily used
her spatial interchange
magic to switch places with
Sylvia, who had been in the
lead up to that point. There
are calls now, however, for
this type of magic to be
banned as too dangerous for
use in certain spellcasting
situations. Further
information will be reported
as it becomes available.
Sylvia ended up dead last,
by the way.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st: Licorice  +10
2nd: Daisy  +6
3rd: Cosmos  +4
4th: Lupinus  +3
5th: Miltonia  +2
6th: Moraea  +1
7th: Amaryllis
8th: Lavender
9th: Lilac
10th: Sylvia

Point Standings:
1st: Licorice  10
2nd: Daisy  6
3rd: Cosmos  4
4th: Lupinus  3
5th: Miltonia  2
6th: Moraea  1

And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell.


That's all for today. The
second match will be the
day after tomorrow.


The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Licorice, who had just won
her first race, is on the
injured list. It seems that
her spatial interchange
magic burns a fair amount of
magic power, and thus, can't
be used all that often. As
for Sylvia, she was still
apparently pretty burned by
having ended up dead last in
the previous race, and just
didn't run a very good race
at all this time around. In
the event, this race came
down to Daisy and Cosmos on
the one hand, and Lupinus on
the other. By skillfully
interposing her mirror
images between Daisy and
Cosmos, Lupinus was able to
keep them from using their
combination magic, and thus
win the race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Miltonia  +3
5th Place: Moraea  +2
6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
7th Place: Sylvia
8th Place: Lavender
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Lupinus  13
2nd (unch.): Daisy  12
3rd (down): Licorice  10
4th (down): Cosmos  8
5th (unch.): Miltonia  5
6th (unch.): Moraea  3
7th (up): Amaryllis  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
third match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Yotsuba
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine,
Yotsuba, can apparently
change into any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. We'll just have
to see what this is all
about.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
third match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


As with the previous race,
Licorice sat out this one
too. The difference is that
she didn't enter this one,
she says, because she didn't
very much feel like it,
adding that she would be in
the next one, however. It
thus appeared that this race
would be down to Daisy and
Cosmos versus Lupinus again,
just like the previous one,
except that Miltonia also
joined in this time, to make
it a three-sided contest.
The outcome was decided when
Daisy and Cosmos used a
momentary advantage to cast
their combination magic,
thus taking first and second
place, followed by Miltonia
and Lupinus, in that order.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Miltonia


The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy  +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Miltonia  +4
4th Place: Lupinus  +3
5th Place: Amaryllis  +2
6th Place: Moraea  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Sylvia
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Daisy  22
2nd (down): Lupinus  16
3rd (up): Cosmos  14
4th (down): Licorice  10
5th (unch.): Miltonia  9
6th (unch.): Moraea  4
7th (up): Amaryllis  3


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Licorice
On Makoto
Using Spatial Magic


Licorice's spatial
interchange magic, which
enables her to change places
with anyone else, may well
be the most powerful magic
of all.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
fourth match will be the day
after tomorrow.

The results of the fourth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Licorice, who had been
on the injured list ever
since winning her very first
race ever, got back on the
track for the first time
today. Sylvia wasted no time
in complaining to Licorice
about the magic that
Licorice used in that first
race, however. People around
them stopped the conflict at
the time, but words don't
appear to have been enough
for Sylvia, whose anger came
out in a bad way during the
race, when she collided with
Lupinus, taking them both
out of the running. Licorice
went on to win the race,
without using her spatial
interchange magic.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the fourth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Miltonia  +3
5th Place: Moraea  +2
6th Place: Lavender  +1
7th Place: Amaryllis
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Daisy  28
2nd (up): Licorice  20
3rd (unch.): Cosmos  18
4th (down): Lupinus  16
5th (unch.): Miltonia  12
6th (unch.): Moraea  6
7th (unch.): Amaryllis  3
8th (up)  Lavender  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
fifth match will be the
day after tomorrow.


The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


This time around, Lavender's
divination foretold that she
and Daisy were going to
collide. Naturally, Daisy
wasn't going to take news
like that lying down. She
did her level best to stay
away from Lavender during
the race, only to suddenly
find herself being lapped.
And wouldn't you know it?
Just then, Lavender's
machine breaks down,
decelerates, and slides over
to hit Daisy, who at this
point is behind her at an
angle, taking them both out
of the race. It appears
there really is no escape
from Lavender's divinations,
after all. As a result of
her crash, Daisy was passed
up in the overall standings
by Licorice.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Lupinus


The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
4th Place: Sylvia  +3
5th Place: Miltonia  +2
6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Licorice  30
2nd (down): Daisy  28
3rd (unch.): Cosmos  24
4th (unch.): Lupinus  20
5th (unch.): Miltonia  14
6th (unch.): Moraea  6
7th (unch.): Amaryllis  4
8th (up): Sylvia  3
9th (down): Lavender  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Yotsuba
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine,
Yotsuba, can change into any
of four different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's a good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
sixth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Licorice
On Makoto
Using Spatial Magic


Licorice's spatial
interchange magic, which
enables her to change places
with anyone else, may well
be the most powerful magic
of all.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
sixth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


This time around, it was
Daisy's turn to get nailed
by Licorice's spatial
interchange magic. She ended
up right smack behind
Amaryllis and Moraea, and,
unable to effectively dodge
either of them, instead
plowed into them both, thus
taking all three of them out
of the race. Daisy thus fell
to third place in the
overall standings, being
passed up in the process by
her sister, Cosmos. The
question now is, having used
her spatial interchange
magic, will Licorice sit out
the next race, as happened
last time?

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Lupinus


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
4th Place: Sylvia  +3
5th Place: Miltonia  +2
6th Place: Lavender  +1
7th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  40
2nd (up): Cosmos  30
3rd (down): Daisy  28
4th (unch.): Lupinus  24
5th (unch.): Miltonia  16
6th (unch.): Moraea  6
6th (up): Sylvia  6
8th (down): Amaryllis  4
9th (unch.): Lavender  2


And there you have it.


The results of the seventh
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


To no one's surprise,
Licorice did indeed sit out
this race Instead, the
winner of this race turned
out to be Lupinus, on her
brand new machine, Maho. By
skillfully blocking Daisy
and Cosmos from using their
magic, she kept the field
running at her own pace,
from start to finish, taking
the win without a struggle.
As a result, Lupinus, Daisy,
and Cosmos are now in a
three-way tie for second
place in the overall
standings.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the seventh
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Lupinus  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Sylvia  +3
5th Place: Lavender  +2
6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  40
2nd (unch.): Cosmos  34
2nd (up): Daisy  34
2nd (up): Lupinus  34
5th (unch.): Miltonia  16
6th (unch.): Sylvia  9
7th (down): Moraea  6
8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
9th (unch.): Lavender  4


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Maho
Using Illusion Magic


Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
sure seems more powerful
than its predecessor, though
you can't necessarily tell
for sure from just a single
glance.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be the
day after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Yotsuba
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine,
Yotsuba, can change into any
of four different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's a good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Licorice made a rapid return
to the field. The big
interest in this race was
how she would fare against
Lupinus, with her new
machine. As it turned out,
however, not even this new
and improved Lupinus could
stop Licorice. In the middle
of the race, Licorice found
herself caught between
Lavender and Amaryllis, who
had been lapped, and it
looked as though she was in
trouble for a while. She
escaped through teleporting
ahead in the last turn,
however, to take the win,
handily. With two races left
to go, Licorice may just
have a lock on the
championship title already.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Lupinus
3rd Place: Daisy


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Lupinus  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +6
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  50
2nd (unch.): Lupinus  40
3rd (down): Daisy  38
4th (down): Cosmos  37
5th (unch.): Miltonia  17
6th (unch.): Sylvia  11
7th (unch.): Moraea  6
8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
9th (unch.): Lavender  4


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Licorice
On Makoto
Using Spatial Magic


Licorice's spatial
interchange magic, which
enables her to change places
with anyone else, may well
be the most powerful magic
of all.





*Lavender
On Starlight
Using Divination


She always divines who will
win before a race starts.
Rumor has it her predictions
are 100% accurate.


That's all for today. The
ninth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


It may or may not come as a
surprise, but Licorice won
this race too, and by a
margin of 52 seconds over
second place finisher
Miltonia. This victory means
that Licorice has already
won the championship,
regardless of the outcome of
the final race. That doesn't
mean the competition is all
over, though. We hope that
all the competitors will
give their all in the next
race, even though the
championship has already
been decided, and they're
not likely to feel all that
motivated, as a result...

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Miltonia
3rd Place: Daisy


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Miltonia  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Lupinus  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Moraea
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  60
2nd (up): Daisy  42
3rd (down): Lupinus  41
4th (unch.): Cosmos  40
5th (unch.): Miltonia  23
6th (unch.): Sylvia  13
7th (unch.): Moraea  6
8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
9th (unch.): Lavender  4


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Amaryllis
On Sakuya
Using Flower Magic


All her magic does is create
flowers, which really isn't
that useful in racing...





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
final match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Maho
Using Illusion Magic


Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
sure seems more powerful
than its predecessor, though
you can't necessarily tell
for sure from just a single
glance.


That's all for today. The
final match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


This last race was pretty
lackluster, probably owing
to the fact that Licorice
already had the championship
all sewn up for this season.
Only Licorice and Sylvia
made a real race of it, in
fact. And even though she
was no match for Licorice,
Sylvia still managed to take
second place with a two
minute edge over third-place
finisher Lupinus.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Sylvia
3rd Place: Lupinus


The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Sylvia  +6
3rd Place Lupinus  +4
4th Place: Daisy  +3
5th Place: Cosmos  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Liliac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  70
2nd (unch.): Daisy  45
2nd (up): Lupinus  45
4th (unch.): Cosmos  42
5th (unch.): Miltonia  24
6th (unch.): Sylvia  19
7th (unch.): Moraea  6
8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
9th (unch.): Lavender  4


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Mayo
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
is an upgraded model of her
Yotsuba machine. It, too,
can take on any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's another
good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
first match will be the day
after tomorrow.


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


It's only the first race of
the season, but things are
off to a riotous start. If
you can imagine, Eucomyth,
running in her first race
ever, found herself in a
showdown against Daisy and
Cosmos, the Children of
Light and Darkness
themselves, who were using
new models of their Peony
machines. Licorice, who won
the previous championship by
an overwhelming margin, was
handicapped this time around
by a malfunctioning machine.
She attempted to recover
midway through the race by
means of her spatial
interchange magic. Eucomyth,
however, avoided it, amazing
as that sounds, and coasted
to a win. Licorice ended up
coming in sixth.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the first
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Lupinus  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Licorice  +1
7th Place: Miltonia
8th Place: Lavender
9th Place: Moraea
10th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st: Eucomyth  10
2nd: Daisy  6
3rd: Cosmos  4
4th: Lupinus  3
5th: Sylvia  2
6th: Licorice  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Daisy
On Peony
Using Light Magic


Can anyone catch her when
she uses her Shining Wing
spell?





*Cosmos
On Peony
Using Darkness Magic


Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
has magic opposite but
almost as powerful in her
Dark Wing spell.


That's all for today. The
second match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Eucomyth
On Kyoko
Using Temporal Magic


She may be new to the game,
but she's got powerful
magic. How do you stop
someone who can stop time
itself?





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
second match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Licorice, who struggled in
the last race with machine
troubles, was in top form
this time around. In the
final lap, however, Eucomyth
apparently used her ultimate
magic, personal time, and
took first place while all
the rest of us were frozen
in time. That time stop
affected everyone, myself
included, which means that
even I don't rightly know
just what happened. The
point is, Eucomyth suddenly
popped in front of Licorice,
and was thus first across
the line.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth
2nd Place: Licorice
3rd Place: Daisy


The results of the second
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
2nd Place: Licorice  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Lupinus  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Eucomyth  20
2nd (unch.): Daisy  10
3rd (unch.): Cosmos  7
3rd (up): Licorice  7
5th (down): Lupinus  5
6th (down): Sylvia  2
7th (up): Miltonia  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Mayo
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
is an upgraded model of her
Yotsuba machine. It, too,
can take on any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's another
good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
third match will be
tomorrow.   The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Eucomyth must still have
been feeling the
aftereffects of using her
ultimate temporal magic in
the last race. Whatever the
reason, she was unable to
dodge the Blue Dragon that
Moraea summoned this time,
and it blew her off the
track. Moraea was herself
caught up in the collateral
effects, however, which
wiped her out as well, thus
leaving the field clear for
Licorice. Lupinus fought
back with all she had, but
to no avail, as Licorice
sailed to her first victory
of the season.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Lupinus
3rd Place: Daisy


The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Lupinus  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Miltonia  +2
6th Place: Sylvia  +1
7th Place: Lavender
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Eucomyth  20
2nd (up): Licorice  17
3rd (down): Daisy  14
4th (up): Lupinus  11
5th (down): Cosmos  10
6th (unch.): Sylvia  3
6th (up): Miltonia  3


And there you have it.


The results of the fourth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Even before this race
started, there already was a
major upset in the works.
Lavender's divination
foretold that she would
collide with Eucomyth in the
race, taking them both out.
Eucomyth paid attention to
the warning, and stayed out
of the race, as did
Lavender, possibly out of
respect for Eucomyth's
decision. Licorice was also
out of today's race. The
word is she had an upset
stomach.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy
2nd Place: Cosmos
3rd Place: Miltonia


The results of the third
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy  +10
2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
3rd Place: Miltonia  +4
4th Place: Lupinus  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Moraea  +1
7th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Daisy  24
2nd (down): Eucomyth  20
3rd (down): Licorice  17
4th (up): Cosmos  16
5th (down): Lupinus  14
6th (unch.): Miltonia  7
7th (down): Sylvia  5
8th (up): Moraea  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Eucomyth
On Kyoko
Using Temporal Magic


She may be new to the game,
but she's got powerful
magic. How do you stop
someone who can stop time
itself?





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
fifth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Maho
Using Illusion Magic


Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
sure seems more powerful
than its predecessor, though
you can't necessarily tell
for sure from just a single
glance.


That's all for today. The
fifth match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


This race had the first
showdown between Eucomyth
and  Licorice in three runs.
Eucomyth ran the field at
her own pace, and Licorice
couldn't get past her. She
appeared to hesitate to use
her spatial interchange
magic, however, perhaps out
of fear that Eucomyth might
dodge it altogether, as she
did the last time they met.
Instead, she burned her
magic power in teleporting,
but it wasn't quite good
enough. Licorice came in
second behind Eucomyth, who
now once again holds first
place in the overall
standings.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth
2nd Place: Licorice
3rd Place: Lupinus


The results of the fifth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
2nd Place: Licorice  +6
3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
4th Place: Daisy  +3
5th Place: Cosmos  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Sylvia
8th Place: Moraea
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Eucomyth  30
2nd (down): Daisy  27
3rd (unch.): Licorice  23
4th (unch.): Cosmos  18
5th (unch.): Lupinus  18
6th (unch.): Miltonia  8
7th (unch.): Sylvia  5
8th (unch.): Moraea  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Mayo
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
is an upgraded model of her
Yotsuba machine. It, too,
can take on any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's another
good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
sixth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Lavender's divination
foretold that she and Cosmos
would collide during today's
race, taking them both out.
There was no way that Cosmos
would simply take such news
lying down, however. And
wouldn't you know it,
Lavender was right. Just
before being taken out,
though, Cosmos transferred
all of her remaining magic
power to Daisy, thus giving
her what she needed to win
the race, by putting all of
the magic power she'd been
given into her Shining Wing
throughout all the remaining
laps.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy
2nd Place: Eucomyth
3rd Place: Licorice


The results of the sixth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Daisy  +10
2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
3rd Place: Licorice  +4
4th Place: Lupinus  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Daisy  37
2nd (down): Eucomyth  36
3rd (unch.): Licorice  27
4th (up): Lupinus  21
5th (down): Cosmos  18
6th (unch.): Miltonia  9
7th (unch.): Sylvia  7
8th (unch.): Moraea  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Eucomyth
On Kyoko
Using Temporal Magic


She may be new to the game,
but she's got powerful
magic. How do you stop
someone who can stop time
itself?





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
seventh match will be
tomorrow.


The results of the seventh
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


As before, this race came
down to Eucomyth and
Licorice, the latter using
her teleport power with
timing so exquisite that it
seemed certain that she
would pass up Eucomyth. Only
thing was, Eucomyth used
foresight with the exact
same timing to know what
Licorice was going to do
before she did it, thus
blocking her completely.
Both Daisy and Cosmos were
out of today's race, the
latter because she used up
an excessive amount of magic
power on her sister in the
previous race.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Eucomyth
2nd Place: Licorice
3rd Place: Lupinus


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Misuzu
Using Illusion Magic


All she does is illusion, so
if you figure that out,
she's totally powerless.


That's all for today. The
8th match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:



*Moraea
On Natsuki
Using Summoning Magic


I've never seen her summon
anything, though, so I don't
rightly know just what this
means.





*Lupinus
On Maho
Using Illusion Magic


Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
sure seems more powerful
than its predecessor, though
you can't necessarily tell
for sure from just a single
glance.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Sylvia
On Mayo
Using Spirit Magic


Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
is an upgraded model of her
Yotsuba machine. It, too,
can take on any of four
different forms, in
accordance with whichever
magic she is using at a
given time. It's another
good one.





*Miltonia
On Sprite
Using White Magic


She uses restorative magic,
so she prefers to race
pretty hard, and then heal
herself afterwards.


That's all for today. The
eighth match will be the day
after tomorrow.


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Sylvia plowed smack into a
wall toward the end of the
race, wiping herself out in
spectacular fashion. Pieces
of her machine Yotsuba flew
everywhere, with several of
them connecting with
Eucomyth, who was right
behind her at the time.
Eucomyth's machine Kyoko
started to fail on her, such
that she ended up coming in
second, having been passed
up by Licorice. Eucomyth is
still tops in the overall
rankings, however, with a
nine-point lead over
Licorice. Can Licorice make
up the deficit in the two
races remaining this season?

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Eucomyth
3rd Place: Daisy


The results of the eighth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Lupinus  +2
6th Place: Miltonia  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lavender
9th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Eucomyth  52
2nd (up): Licorice  43
3rd (down): Daisy  41
4th (unch.): Lupinus  27
5th (unch.): Cosmos  21
6th (unch.): Miltonia  13
7th (unch.): Sylvia  8
8th (unch.): Moraea 2


And there you have it.


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


As Lupinus and Miltonia were
fighting it out for fifth
place, they found themselves
lapped by Eucomyth. The
sheer intensity of their
battle, however, snagged
Eucomyth, giving her no way
to get safely past. And just
then, Licorice came up from
behind. In desperation,
Eucomyth tried using her
ultimate personal time
magic, leaving herself with
no concentration or defense,
when ripples from the magic
being thrown off by Lupinus
and Miltonia ahead of her
caused her to lose her
balance and pitch forward,
taking both of them out of
the race with her. As a
consequence, only one point
now separates first and
second place in the overall
rankings.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Daisy
3rd Place: Cosmos


The results of the ninth
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Daisy  +6
3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
4th Place: Moraea  +3
5th Place: Sylvia  +2
6th Place: Lavender  +1
7th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (up): Licorice  53
2nd (down): Eucomyth  52
3rd (unch.): Daisy  47
4th (unch.): Lupinus  27
5th (unch.): Cosmos  25
6th (unch.): Miltonia  13
7th (unch.): Sylvia  10
8th (unch.): Moraea  5
9th (up): Lavender  1


And there you have it.


Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
are as follows:


*Eucomyth
On Kyoko
Using Temporal Magic


She may be new to the game,
but she's got powerful
magic. How do you stop
someone who can stop time
itself?





*Liliac
On Karin
Trainee in Magic


As a trainee, Lilac has no
magic yet. Let's hope she
eventually makes good.


That's all for today. The
final match will be the day
after tomorrow.

The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Even if Daisy had managed to
win this race, she could not
have won the championship if
either Eucomyth or Licorice
came in second. Thus, this
final race, as with so many
others this season, came
down to a contest between
Eucomyth and Licorice. And
Eucomyth ran the field at
her own pace, up until the
final stretch, whereupon
Licorice used her spatial
inversion magic. Eucomyth,
who had been expecting that
move with ease. Licorice,
however, wasted no time in
doing it again, something
that Eucomyth apparently
hadn't expected, because she
got nailed by it, a direct
hit, with the net result
being that Licorice won the
race, and her second
championship title in a row.
Our go congratulations go
out to her.

For now, we have the top
three racers. We'll post the
full results tomorrow.

Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice
2nd Place: Eucomyth
3rd Place: Daisy
The results of the final
F-3.14 MGP Race are:


Yesterday's Race Results:
1st Place: Licorice  +10
2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
3rd Place: Daisy  +4
4th Place: Cosmos  +3
5th Place: Miltonia  +2
6th Place: Lupinus  +1
7th Place: Moraea
8th Place: Lilac

Point Standings:
1st (unch.): Licorice  63
2nd (unch.): Eucomyth  58
3rd (unch.): Daisy  51
4th (unch.): Lupinus  28
4th (up): Cosmos  28
6th (unch.): Miltonia  15
7th (unch.): Sylvia  10
8th (unch.): Moraea  5
9th (unch.): Lavender  1


And there you have it

###############################
b) Mine Research Group (miregr)
###############################

"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher.
Today, I will tell you some
of the facts and rumors that
I have learned regarding
mines.

Up to now, it had been
assumed that digging up the
ground at the Mine by the
Spring would only unearth
Gold or Black Grass.
Recently, however, the idea
that other things may be
found there has found favor
with many. One such find is
is the "Power Berry"about
which the presence of I may
claim with 100% certainty,
based on my own
investigations. It may be
found 100 levels
underground.

Another is the "Mystery
Slab." While it is true,
however, that it is there to
be found, we do not know
exactly where it is located,
perhaps due to it being
buried very deep indeed. We
will inform you as soon as
we have more information
regarding this object.
That's all for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

It is known that the
following things are
comparatively common finds
when one breaks rocks at the
Mine of the Spring:
Junk Ore, Copper,
Silver, Gold, MYstrile,
Orichalch, and Adamantite.
Two more unusual objects
known to be found there,
however, are the "Teleport
Stone" and the "Goddess
Jewel." As to where
in the mine they can be
found, however, well... It
appears that our time is up
for today, so I will talk
more on this subject next
time. That's all for this
week."*Mine Research Group


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

We have learned that among
the things to be found by
breaking rocks at the Mine
of the Spring are the
Teleport Stone and the
Goddess Jewel. We believe
that the former is probably
found on the lowest level of
the mine, while the latter
is scattered here and there,
and thus, we do not know all
the places where it may be
found. We only know of two
such places at this time,
the 102nd and 202nd levels
of the mine. I will inform
you of any more information
on this subject. That's all
for this week."


"Good day. My name is Karin
and I am a mine researcher.
Today, I will tell you some
of the facts and rumors that
I have learned regarding
mines.

As with the Mine of the
Spring, we have found that
Power Berries can also be
found in digging at the Mine
of the Lake. My
investigations show that
they can be found on the
19th level of the Mine.

Also, there have been rumors
in some quarters about
"Cursed Tools." Word now
reaches us that such tools
have been found at the Mine
of the Lake, specifically,
the Cursed Hoe, which, we
are told, was found on the
39th level of the mine. More
on this story as we get
more information. That's all
for this week."


"Good day. My name is Karin
and I am a mine researcher.
Today, I will tell you some
of the facts and rumors that
I have learned regarding
mines.

The following ores are known
to be found by breaking
rocks at the Mine of the
Lake: Amethyst, Agate,
Fluorite, Peridot, Topaz,
Ruby, Sand Rose,
Moonstone, Emerald, and
Diamond. Of these, the last
two are comparatively
unusual, while the others
can be found more easily.
There are, however, other
unusual things being found
in this mine... It seems,
however, that we have run
out of time, so we will
continue this discussion on
our next show, at our
leisure. Until then, that's
all for this week."


"Good day. My name is Karin
and I am a mine researcher.
Today, I will tell you some
of the facts and rumors that
I have learned regarding
mines.

Unusual ores that can be
found by breaking rocks at
the Mine by the Lake are
Alexandrite and Pink
Diamond. We have reports
that Alexandrite has been
found on the 50th, 100th,
150th levels of the mine,
though it may also be found
on other levels as well.
As for Pink Diamonds, we
have reports that they have
been found on the 30th,
110th, and 190th levels of
the mine, though they may
also be found on other
levels as well. We will
report further on this
subject as information
becomes available. That's
all for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

There have been rumors in
some quarters of Cursed
Tools. We have received word
that another such item has
been discovered at the Mine
by the Lake. The item in
question is a Cursed
Watering Can, and it was
found on the 69th level of
the mine. We also have
further information on
unusual things that can be
found by breaking rocks at
the Mine by the Lake. This
time, it is the Kappa Jewel,
and it appears to have been
found on the 120th level of
the mine. We do not have any
more details at this time,
though we will let you know
just as soon as we do. And
that's all for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

Lately, the rumor has been
circulating that if you
charge when using your
hoe or hammer at
the mines, you will find
more items. This is an
absolute lie, however, so do
not waste your energies in
this futile undertaking.

Next, we have a report of
Alexandrite having been
found on the 210th level of
the Mine of the Lake. If
anyone else out there has
news in this regard, please
let us know. And that is all
for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

Lately, a rumor has been
spreading about the mines
extending as far as 255
levels. While we are doing
our best to find an answer
to this claim, we have only
been down as far as the
255th level a very few
times, and while we cannot
say for certain, we have not
found a stairway down to the
255th level. It would not
surprise us to learn that
that was the lowest level
after all.

We also have additional
information about the
finding of the Kappa Jewel
in the Mine by the Lake,
this time on the 60th level.
If you have any other such
information, please let us
know. And that's all for
this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

Lately, we have heard rumors
that it is possible to go to
the Mine by the Lake in
seasons other than Winter.
The short answer is that it
is indeed possible, and easy
to do. All you have to do is
ready a Teleport, and
set the Mine by the Lake as
your destination. While this
may sound simple, actually
acquiring a Teleport
is considered quite
difficult. I have used it
myself to go to the Mine by
the Lake in seasons other
than Winter, and did not see
any particular difference. I
will report again on this
subject as further
information becomes
available. That's all for
this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

First of all, word comes to
us today of the discovery of
the Goddess Jewel,
on the 152nd level of the
Mine of the Spring.

We have another report of
the Goddess Jewel
being found in that Mine,
this time on the 190th
level.

Next, we have word of a
Cursed Sickle being found in
the Mine by the Lake, on the
79th level. And that
concludes today's report.
Please let us know if you
have any other information
in this regard. And that's
all for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

Lately, we have been hearing
rumors that sowing seeds in
mine land after it has been
dug up will cause even
seasonal plants to grow.
This is completely untrue,
however, so do not waste
your seeds in this fruitless
pursuit.

Next, we have news of Pink
Diamond being found, on the
90th level of the Mine of
the Lake. And that concludes
today's report. If you have
any other information,
please let us know. And
that's all for this week."


"Good day. My name is
Karin, and I am a mine
researcher. Today, I will
tell you some of the facts
and rumors that I have
learned regarding mines.

The other day, I apparently
discovered something
amazing. On the 222nd level
of the Mine by the Spring, I
found a Mythic Stone, an ore
that I had never before
found, when I was breaking
rocks. As this was my first
such discovery, I am not
sure just how I found it. If
any of you have any
information about the Mythic
Stone, or anything else, for
that matter, please let us
know. Thank you. And that's
all for this week."

####################################
c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss)
####################################

The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be.

But this book is
only visible to those
pure of heart.

This book is in the
possession of a
certain girl.


This is the story of
how a book brought
two people together.
"Fairy and Me: His
Story"

See it on this
channel every Monday.



Part 1

(Sound of panting)
Why am I having to
run from the police?
I can't let myself
get caught for
something I didn't do.

(Sound of siren)
The police siren is
getting closer.

I'd better find
somewhere to hide
right away.

There's a small house
over there.

Maybe I'll ask to hide
there for the time
being.
But I'd hate for the
owner to suspect me
and turn me over to
the police...I'd
better see if
someone's home first
and worry about that
later.

KNOCK, KNOCK
KNOCK, KNOCK, KNOCK
Maybe no one's home.
What am I going to do?

As I was thinking
what to do...

(Sound of door being
unlocked)
...the porch door
opened and a girl
appeared.

"Hello, who are you?"





The police are after
me. A girl came out
out of the house
where I was hoping to
hide.


Part 2

"Hello, who are you?"

Oh! Someone's home.
What should I do?
She may not even be
willing to hide a
stranger like me who
suddenly barges in
on her<bh:81>cI guess I
won't know unless I
ask. If she won't
hide me, I'll try
explaining my
situation from the
beginning.

"Well...um, actually,
I'd like to hide here
for a while. Plea...
Uh oh!"
There's a policeman
on the opposite side
of the street!
I quickly grabbed
the girl, took her
into the house and
closed the porch
door.

The girl must have
been startled to have
been grabbed by me
so suddenly...
She dropped the book
she was holding.

"Sorry. I must<bh:81>fve
startled you. Here
you go,"
I said as I picked up
her book. The girl
looked at me even
more surprised but
took the book
from me right away
and smiled.

"Please come in."
She beckoned me to
come into the house.





The girl who appeared
from the house where
I was hoping to hide
wasn't alarmed by me
and let me into the
house...


Part 3

"Please come in."
She shouldn't really
be letting a stranger
into her house, even
if I say so myself.

...Anyway, I'm
grateful to her for
letting me in. I'll
gladly take her
up on her offer.

"Thank you."

The girl took me to
her room on the second
floor.

"Please wait while I
go and make you a cup
of tea," the girl said
and put the book she
she was holding on
on the desk and left
the room.

Hmm...
Wonder why this girl
is letting me hide
here?
Surely she's not
thinking of trapping
me here while she
calls the police.
Anyway, I'll wait it
out for the time
being. If something
suspicious happens,
I'll make a move then.





The girl took me to
her room and then
left again to make
some tea.


Part 4

The girl put the book
she was holding on
the desk and left the
room.

......................
I feel uneasy though.
No doubt partly
because I'm running
away from the police,
but more because I'm
in this girl's bedroom
(a complete stranger
at that).
As my eyes were
wandering around the
room, I spotted a
book on the desk.
That's the book the
the girl was carrying
a little while ago. I
was kind of curious
about it, so I picked
it up and took a look
at it.
Fairy and Me...?
Seems like any other
book, but there's
something intriguing
about it...But what?
Just as I was thinking
about it, the bedroom
door opened.

"Sorry for the wait."
The girl walked in
holding a tray in her
left hand with a pot,
two teacups, sugar
and some cake.





The girl took me to
her room and then
left again to make
some tea.


Part 5

I put the book I was
holding back down in
a panic and sat down
again.

"Oh, sorry. I
shouldn't have been
looking at your book,"
I said to the girl as
she put the tray down
on the desk.

"That's okay,"
she said as she sat
facing me and poured
a cup of tea.

"Um, how many sugars
would you like?"
"Uh, well..."
As I was about to
to answer when...

KNOCK, KNOCK
"Is anyone home?"

"Who could it be this
time? There sure seem
to be a lot of
visitors today.
Excuse me,"
the girl said and left
the room. Meanwhile,
I helped myself to
two sugars, and
stirred them with a
spoon.

(Sound of door
opening)
"Hello, who is  it?"

"It's the police."
What?!





Just as I was about
to drink the tea the
girl brought, the
police showed up.


Part 6

What?! The police?!

(Sound of cup hitting
saucer)
Darn!...I was so
startled that I almost
almost spilt my tea.
Don't tell me the
police have found out
I'm here already?!
What am I going to do?

"Actually, some
jewelry was stolen
from the nearby
department store
yesterday and we're
searching the area
for the criminal.
Have you seen this
person?"
the man asked in a
typical policeman's
voice. He must be
showing her a photo
or sketch, which means
that they don't know
I'm here yet. Good.
But if the girl tells
them I'm here...

"Umm, no I haven't."
Huh? She's keeping
quiet about me?

"I see. If you see
someone who looks
like this man, please
contact the police."

"Sure. I will. Thank
you."
(Sound of door
closing)
Looks like the girl
didn't tell the cops
I was here. I should
be safe for the time
being. Phew!





Looks like the girl
didn't tell the cops
I was here.


Part 7

Looks like I'm safe
for the time being.

(Sound of door
opening)
"Sorry for the
interruption. Oh,
aren't you drinking
your tea? It'll get
cold. Or don't you
like tea?"
The girl looked a
little sad. Oh, I
guess I was anxious
about the police
being here and forgot
to drink my tea.

"Oh no, I do like
tea. Thanks."
As I was about to
take a sip, my
stomach grumbled.
No wonder...I haven't
eaten since yesterday
because of being on
the run from the
police.
"Ha, ha, ha. You must
be hungry. Um, it's a
little early for
dinner, but never
mind. I'll make you
something, so please
wait a while."
With that, the girl
left the room.
No sooner had she
entered the room than
she was gone again.
That's one busy girl!





I was hungry, so the
girl left the room
again to make me
some dinner.


Part 8

No sooner had she
entered the room than
she was gone again.
That's one busy girl.
(Mostly because of
me, mind you.)
Anyhow, she's going
to the trouble of
making me something,
so I should just wait.
Maybe I'll drink some
tea while I'm waiting.
I took a sip...Mmm,
it was delicious. No
doubt partly because
my stomach was empty,
but there was
something else.
I can't describe it
but it gave me a warm
feeling. It wasn't so
much because the tea
tea itself was warm...
Anyway, it'll take
the girl a while to
make something.
Wonder if it'd be
okay to watch TV
while I'm drink tea?
I switched on the TV
and flipped to the
news thinking maybe
there would be
something about
yesterday's theft.
...Hmm. Doesn't look
like it. I wonder if
there's anything on
the other channels?
I checked the other
channels but there
were no news programs
on.





I decided to watch TV
while the girl was
making dinner and
switched on the TV
that was in the room.


Part 9

(Incidentally, I
couldn't find the
remote control, so I
used the controls on
the TV set itself.)
Oh well. Guess I'll
just leave it on the
news program I was
watching before...
As I was about to sit
down, I spotted the
book on top of the
desk. It was the
book Fairy and Me that
the girl put there a
while ago.
I'd been intrigued by
it from the beginning.
Maybe I'll just have
a peek at it. I
flipped open the
cover.

The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be.

Whatever you wish for?
If I was granted
whatever you wished
for just by reading
this book, life would
be easy...All the
same, if I could have
one wish granted I'd
want my false charge
to be dropped...
I flipped through the
pages as these
thoughts went through
my head.
...I'd been reading
Fairy and Me for a
while when I heard
the girl.

"Excuse me. Would you
mind opening the
door?"





I was flipping through
<bh:81>hFairy and Me<bh:81>h when
the girl returned.


Part 10

"Excuse me. Would you
mind opening the
door?"
I heard the girl call
from the door. I
hurriedly closed the
book and put it back
where I'd found it,
then opened the
bedroom door. The girl
was standing there
holding a tray. There
was a big pot and
rice dish on the tray.
There was also a
kettle, a cup, a
plate and a spoon.

"Thank you."
Ahh, it smelt good.

"Is it curry?"
"Yes it is,"
she replied as she
placed the tray by
the desk and served
some curry and rice
on the plate.

"Here you go. I hope
you like it..."
She passed the plate
to me.

"Thank you."
I chomped down a
big mouthful.





She served the curry
and rice that she'd
made for me.


Part 11

"Thank you."
I chomped down on a
big mouthful.

"Delicious!"
Mmm, it really was
delicious. I could
probably polish all
of it off (partly
because I'm so
hungry).

"Really? I'm glad.
There's lots left, so
please don't be shy,"
she replied smiling
as she served herself
some food too.
Well then, I won't
hesitate to have some
more I thought while
wolfing down the rest
of the food on my
plate.
When I finished eating
all of the food on my
plate, the girl asked
smiling,

"Would you like
seconds?"
It's so tasty I really
feel like having a
bit more, but maybe
that'd be rude.
...But, she did offer
so I guess it's okay.
I'll take her up on
her offer and have
one more plateful.

"Uh, yes please.
Thanks a lot."





The curry and rice
the girl made was so
delicious that I
think I'll have
seconds.


Part 12

"Uh, yes please.
Thanks a lot," I said
holding out my empty
plate. The girl took
it, put some more
curry and rice on it
and passed it back
to me.

"Here you go."
"Thanks."
I took the food from
the girl and started
eating right away.
Munch, munch, munch.
It was just as tasty
as the first plateful.

...

"Phew, I'm stuffed.
That was great."
I'm full. I can't eat
any more, no matter
how delicious it is.
I probably shouldn't
have eaten so much.

"You certainly ate a
lot. You must have
been starving!"
The girl looked at the
empty pot and rice
dish. It was obvious
from her face and
tone of voice that
she was amazed by how
much I'd eaten.





I was totally full
after eating the
curry and rice that
the girl made.


Part 13

The girl looked at the
empty pot and rice
dish. It was obvious
from her face that
she was amazed by how
much I'd eaten.
"I know I was hungry,
but your cooking was
so tasty that I
couldn't help
myself...Sorry. Looks
like I ate your
portion too..."
"That's okay. I made
the food for you in
the first place, so
don't worry.
One plateful was
enough for me," she
said laughing.

"It really was
delicious though.
You're a great cook."
As I said that, the
girl suddenly looked
a little melancholy.
Huh? Did I say
something wrong?

"...That's because I'm
always alone. There's
no one else to cook,
so I<bh:81>fve naturally
become good at
cooking and other
chores."





I was totally full
after eating the
curry and rice that
the girl made.


Part 14

Huh? Always alone?
She lives in this
house alone? What on
earth happened to her
parents?

"My mother and I used
to live here together,
but she died in a car
accident three years
ago."
"Oh, really? I'm
sorry to hear that."
I see. Her mother's
dead. That's awful.
But what about her
father?

"That's alright. It
happened a long time
ago. And my father
works abroad. He's
not interested in
anything but work...
When my mother died,
he didn't even come
back here. He's hasn't
written or phoned
once. But he sends me
just enough money to
live on every month
so I guess he's still
alive."
Wow. She really does
live alone in this
house...But, then...





Looks like this girl
lives alone in this
house. Wonder if she's
okay with me being
here?


Part 15

This girl really does
live alone in this
house.

"When your mother
died, didn't you
think about living
with your father? Or
if not your father,
then at least with
your relatives?"
"Even if I went to
live with my father,
it'd be the same as
now...I think I
already told you that
my father's only
interested in work,
so he always returns
home very late.
Even on his days off,
he just stays home
and sleeps. So even
if I went to live with
him, it wouldn't be
any different than
now. I'd be lying if I
said I didn't feel
lonely.
My relatives are the
kind of people that
try to get close to
me and pretend to be
nice so they can get
their hands on my
father's fortune. I
certainly don't want
to be with them. I'd
much rather live here
alone than be with
those kind of
people."
Get their hands on
his fortune? Her
father must be very
wealthy...A girl like
that shouldn't be on
her own.





Looks like this girl
lives alone in this
house. Wonder if she's
okay with me being
here?


Part 16

What if some weirdo
came to the house?
(Well, in fact, an
outsider might think
that a suspicious
character had gotten
into her room.)

"But you know what?
I don't feel lonely
right now,"
the girl said looking
at me.

"Huh?"
Does she mean because
I'm here? Would she
rather be with a
stranger than with
her relatives? Why?
After hearing a story
like that (about her
father being rich),
someone like me could
kidnap her and demand
a ransom.

"But we just met for
the first time today.
How do you know I
didn't come here to
get my hands on your
money just like
your relatives?"
As I said that, news
of the jewelry theft
appeared on the TV,
which had been on the
whole time.





Looks like the girl
lives here alone. But
she says she's not
lonely because I'm
here.


Part 17

News of the jewelry
theft appeared on the
TV, which had been on
the whole time.
"Some jewelry was
stolen at Gracies
department store
yesterday.
Fortunately, it seems
that the criminal was
seen before leaving
the store and no
damage was done to
the store. The
criminal escaped and
not yet been caught.
People living near
Gracies department
store are asked to be
careful. The criminal
is approximately..."
The girl was glued to
the TV. She'll know
that I'm the criminal
right away by the
description on the
news.
How will she react?

"I see...Is that why
you went to the
trouble of coming to
this house to ask to
hide here?"
What?! There's no
denying I asked her
to let me hide here
but I spotted this
house by chance. I
wasn't targeting it.
Why would she think
that I came here on
purpose?





The incident that I
was caught up in
appeared on a news
program. What will
the girl think?


Part 18

Why would she think
that I was targeting
this house? Well,
anyway, before dealing
with that, I'd better
let her know that I
didn't steal anything.
(I don't know if
she'll believe me. I
mean, most people
wouldn't.)

"You probably won't
believe me, but I
didn't steal
anything."
"Uh-huh, I don't
think you did it. I
believe you."
...What?! She seems
to have believed me
very easily. A little
too easily, if I say
so myself. Most people
would be suspicious.
Wonder why she
believe me right
away?

"Uh...do you really
believe me?"
"Yes. After all..."
she began to say while
holding out the book
Fairy and Me.
What's the book got
to do with it?





When I told the girl
I hadn't done the
robbery, she believed
me without hesitation.


Part 19

What's the book got
to do with it?

"I mean, after all,
you're able to see
this book, so..."
Huh? What does that...
I looked at her with
astonishment. She
smiled and flipped
open the cover of the
book she was holding.
The following words
appeared.

______________________
The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be.

But, this book is
only visible to those
pure of heart.
______________________

The girl pointed to
the last three lines.
"When you came to
this house, I was
startled and dropped
this book. You picked
it up for me, which
means that you are
pure-hearted because
you can see it.
A pure-hearted person
wouldn't steal
anything."





The reason the girl
believed what I said
was because of what
was written in Fairy
and Me.


Part 20

"A pure-hearted person
wouldn't steal
anything."
...I get it. She
trusts the book
completely."

"Do you think it's
wise to believe
someone so easily, or
believe what's
written in a book for
that matter? I mean,
admittedly you
helped me thanks to
that, but..."
"Of course I didn't
believe you only
because of that. I
think I'm a good judge
of character too."
At least she didn't
decide based only on
the book.
Anyway, from my point
of view, as long as
she believes me it
doesn't matter to me.
But I'd like to know
why on earth she
thinks I came to this
house on purpose.


"You know, a little
while ago you said
I came here on
purpose, like you
didn't think it was a
coincidence. Would
you mind telling me
what on earth you
meant by that?"





The girl didn't
believe what I said
only because of the
words written in
Fairy and Me.


Part 21

"What? You mean you
didn't come here
because you knew
who I was?
...Hmm, I see.
Well then, I'll tell
you the story from
the beginning.
As I told you just
before, my father's a
a workaholic. And
he's pretty
successful in
business. In fact, he
owns the department
store where the
incident you're
involved in happened."
Ahh, I see. This
girl isn't just rich,
her family owns that
department store.
It makes sense that
she'd think I came
here on purpose. If I
can get her on my
side, then I may be
able to find out what
happened at the
department store
yesterday...

"So I thought maybe
you found out where I
lived and came here.
But I was wrong...
What a huge
coincidence!"
A huge coincidence
indeed. And an
opportunity. It'd be
a waste to squander
such a good
opportunity. But
where do I start?





The girl is the
daughter of the
owner of the
department store.


Part 22

It'd be a waste to
squander such a good
opportunity.

"Anyway, I'd like to
do whatever I can to
help. The stolen
jewelry was in your
bag right? Then let's
find out how it got
there."
I'd be grateful for
that, but how on
earth would we find
out something like
that? I guess we'll
have to ask around to
the shop assistants...

"How are we going to
find out?"
"I'll ask the store
manager to show me
the security camera
tapes from yesterday.
We'll see if there's
anything suspicious
on the tapes."
I see. Good thinking!

"Well, I'll call the
store manager right
away and ask for
them to be delivered.
Please wait a while,"
the girl said and
left the room.





The girl left to ask
if she could borrow
the security camera
tape from the
department store.


Part 23

The girl left the
room.

...Maybe this will
prove my innocence
and I won't have to
keep running away.
As I was thinking
about this, the girl
returned.

"I called the store
manager. It looks
like  he's going to
have them sent over
so we'll have to wait
a while. Um, it'll
probably be tough to
just wait around. Why
don't you read this
book or something?"
She passed me
Fairy and Me which
was lying on  the
desk. I wonder why? I
mean, I'm definitely
interested in the
book, but there are
plenty of other ways
to kill time, like
watching TV or
something...

"Why this book?"
"You're interested in
this book right? When
you're talking to me
I notice you glancing
at the book now and
then..."
What? Do I really?
Oh well, I guess I
might as well kill the
time by reading the
book.





The girl called the
store manager and he
said he'd get the
tapes to her.


Part 24

Oh well, I guess I
might as well kill the
time by reading the
book.

I nodded and took the
book. As I began
reading, the girl
kept staring at me.

"Um, why are you
staring at me like
that?"
"Please just ignore
me and keep reading."
Ignore me, she says,
but I can't ignore
her the way she's
staring at me and
smiling! That doesn't
seem to bother her
though. Oh well, I'll
just keep reading.
Her gaze made me feel
uneasy at first, but
before long I was
completely absorbed
in the book.

...How long have I
been reading? Before
I knew it, it was
dark and the stars
were out.

"Can I interrupt you
for a second?"
Huh! She startled me.
She was sitting in
the same place as
before. Has she been
watching me read the
whole time? Jeez,
that's kind of
embarrassing!





I decided to read
Fairy and Me
until the store
manager came by with
the tapes.


Part 25

"Sure. What's up?"
"Would you like to see
the security camera
tapes that the store
manager dropped off a
just before?"
What? Has he already
been by?
I wish she'd told me
sooner...
But I was wrapped up
in Fairy and Me so
maybe she didn't want
to interrupt me.
Never mind. I'd like
to see the tapes
as soon as possible.

"I imagine there must
be a lot of video
shot by the security
cameras in a day at
that department store.
But for the time
being, there's not a
lot of point in
looking at video
shot outside the area
I was in, right?
I went in to the
department store at
about two o<bh:81>fclock
yesterday, and went
straight to the
jewelry shop on the
4th floor. I looked
around and bought a
broach. As I was about
to leave the shop,
there was a strange
noise - a security
alarm maybe - and a
shop assistant told
me to stop."
"I see. Let's take a
look at the video
shot around that
time."





While I was wrapped
in reading
Fairy and Me, the
tapes arrived.


Part 26

"I see. Let's take a
look at the video
shot around that
time," the girl said
standing up.
What? Ah, I get it.
We can't watch the
tapes here so we're
going somewhere else.
It didn't look like
there was anything to
play the tapes on
here, so I got up too
and followed her.

We went downstairs to
the porch, where
there was a cardboard
box.  ret>"This box contains
all the security
camera video shot at
the department store
yesterday. Let's find
the tapes shot around
the time you
mentioned just before.
It'd be too tiring to
carry the whole
thing," she said and
opened the box.

This looks like the
tape shot between 2
and 3 PM in the
jewelry shop.
"Please bring it to
this room over here."
The girl went into a
nearby room, so I
followed her.
"Here?"
"Yes, this is the only
room where we can
watch it. Let's not
waste any time."





We started watching
the security camera
video right away.


Part 27

"Well, let's look at
the tape right away."
We looked at the
section of tape from
when I entered the
jewelry shop to when
I left, but there was
nothing suspicious
from when the security
alarm sounded to when
I was told to stop by
the shop assistant.
(Of course, I wouldn't
expect anything
suspicious because I
didn't do anything.
But there were no
signs of anyone
approaching me or
anything, so when on
earth the jewelry was
put in my bag I have
no idea.)
When I looked at the
girl, she seemed to
bet thinking something
and was tapping her
face with her finger
while staring at the
screen.

"What's up? Is
something bothering
you?"
"...Yes. From what
I<bh:81>fve seen so far,
there's no evidence
of anyone putting the
the stolen jewelry
in your bag. And of
course, there's no
sign of you stealing
it either. But
it's odd that the
security alarm would
go off. We're missing
something..."
The girl rewound the
tape and was looking
at the spot where the
shop assistant
told me to stop. Her
words trailed off as
she seemed to notice
something.





The girl seemed to
notice something
while looking at the
security camera video.


Part 28

"What's going on? Do
you see something?"
"Please hang on a
second!"
The girl rewound the
tape again and looked
at the same spot.

"So that it explains
it. Please have a
look at this," she
said rewinding the
tape slightly and
pointing at a shop
assistant standing by
by the exit.
Ah! The shop assistant
standing next to me
stuck his hand out of
the shop just as I
was about to leave
the store. It looked
like he had something
in his hand.
...So did the security
alarm go off because
of him instead of me?

"That's right. This
shop assistant had the
jewelry in his hand
from the start, and
set the alarm off as
you passed by. Then,
he told you to stop
and while he was
pretending to search
your bag, he slipped
the jewelry into it.
Look , right here!"
No doubt about it!
The assistant
slipped whatever was
in his hand into my
bag.





Whatever happened in
store seemed to be
because of the shop
assistant.


Part 29

No doubt about it!
The assistant
slipped whatever was
in his hand into my
bag.

"You're right. But
why?"
"I have no idea...
But it's too late to
do anything today, so
we'll find out
tomorrow."
It was already past
midnight. Of course,
the department store
is already closed,
so it'd be impossible
to talk to the shop
assistant now. And if
I leave now I might
get caught by the
police before I even
have a chance to
speak to him.
There's nothing to
do but wait.

"Let's leave it at
that for the day.
Please wait while I
fill the tub for you
so you can take a
bath before going to
bed."
Before I could reply,
the girl left the
room. I hadn't
taken a bath since
being on the run
yesterday, so I'd
like to take one,
but...Never mind.
There's no point in
thinking too much. I
might as well do as
I'm told. While I'm
waiting I think I'll
read Fairy and Me
which I sneaked
downstairs with me
earlier.





It was already past
midnight when I
noticed the time.
We can continue
tomorrow.


Part 30

"The bath is ready.
You can go first."
"Oh, okay...But
where's the bathroom?"
She seemed to be
calling from the
bathroom, but I don't
know the layout of
the house, so I have
no idea where it is.

"I'll show you. Hang
on a second," she
said and returned to
the room a few
moments later.

"Sorry. Please follow
me."
She beckoned me to
follow her, so I put
down the book I was
reading and followed
her.

"This is the bathroom.
I'll wash your
clothes, so please put
them in this basket.
Oh, I forgot to get
you a change of
clothes. I'll be right
back. In the meantime,
please get in the
bath. And if you need
anything else, just
ask."
"Okay. Thanks."





The girl prepared a
bath for me, so I
gratefully accepted.


Part 31

"If you need
anything else, just
ask."
I made sure that the
girl was gone, then
took off my clothes
and got in the bath.

SPLASH

Ahh...This is great.
As I was relaxing,
the events of  the
past two days floated
through my head...
Being suspected of
stealing jewelry,
being chased by the
police and ending up
here by chance...And
the huge coincidence
of the girl living
here being the
daughter of the
department store's
owner...Thanks to her
it looks like we'll
be able to clear up
any suspicion that I
stole the jewelry.
As these thoughts
went through my mind
I heard the girl
calling from outside
the bathroom.

"Excuse me. I'll leave
the change of clothes
for you here. They're
my father's, so,
they may be a
little...well, quite
big."
"That's okay. Thanks."





As I washed myself
and soaked in the tub,
I recalled the events
of the past two days.


Part 32

"...Wow, these are
huge!"
When I got out of the
bath and looked at
the change of clothes
that the girl had
prepared, they were
huge. Oh well. There's
no point in making a
fuss. My clothes are
being washed right
now anyway (I can
hear the washing
machine churning
away) so there's
nothing else to wear.
Well, I guess I
should let the girl
know I'm finished.
Wonder where she is?
I'll see if she's in
the parlor where
we were before. Just
as I was thinking
that the girl came
out of the parlor and
spoke to me.

"Oh, are you finished
already?
...I guess the
pajamas are too big
eh? But that's all
there is, so please
make do with them for
tonight.
I prepared a futon
for you in this room,
so please sleep here
tonight."
"Wow, you even
prepared a bed for me?
Thanks."





The pajamas the girl
prepared for me were
huge.


Part 33

"Oh, you even
prepared a bed for
me. Thanks."
"I wouldn't expect
you to sleep on the
floor...
Well, I guess it's my
turn to take a bath."
The girl headed to
the bathroom. I was
thinking about
reading Fairy and Me
when the girl
suddenly came back.

"Huh? What's wrong?"
"Please don't peep at
me okay?"
"..................."
I thought she trusted
me! Does she really
think I'd peep at her?

"I'm just kidding. A
nice guy like you
wouldn't do that,
right? Well, I'm really
going this time."
"...I won't. Don't
worry."
"Okay."
Was she really
kidding? Or was she
making sure I wouldn't
peep at her?
Oh well. Whatever. I
think I'll get back to
reading Fairy and Me
again...





Before taking a bath
the girl came back to
warn me not to peep
at her.


Part 34

Well, I think I'll
get back to reading
Fairy and Me again.

...

(Sound of book
closing)
Phew. Finished!
I finally finished
the book...

"Um, have you
finished the book?"
Huh! The girl
startled me. I didn't
even notice that she
had finished taking
a bath. But I guess
it must<bh:81>fve taken me a
while to finish
reading Fairy and Me,
so there's no reason
to be surprised.

"Sorry. I didn't mean
to startle you...Did
you finish reading
the book?"
I nodded.

"How was it? Was it
interesting?"
I nodded again.

"So...What's your
wish?"
"Of course, I'd like
everyone to know that
I didn't steal
anything."





I finished reading
Fairy and Me while
the girl was taking
a bath.


Part 35

"Of course, I'd like
everyone to know that
I didn't steal
anything."
"That's good. I'm
sure your wish will
come true tomorrow."
I nodded again.
The girl looked kind
of lonely...Wonder
why?  Maybe I should
try talking about
something else.

"By the way, did you
read the book to the
end too? Do you have
a wish?"
"Yes. Before I tell
you...uh...can I ask
you something?"
she asked with a
very serious face.
If I can answer her
she can ask as many
questions as she
wants.

"Go ahead."
"The broach you
bought at the jewelry
shop yesterday was a
present for a girl
wasn't it? Who was
it for?"
Come to think of it,
I told the girl about
being suspected for
stealing, but I
didn't say explain
why I went to the
store in the first
place...


"Of course, my wish
is for everyone to
know that I didn't
steal anything."


Part 36

Come to think of it,
I didn't explain to
the girl why I went
to store in the first
place...

"Oh, for my sister.
Her birthday's coming
up soon. She gets
upset if I don't buy
her something every
year and if I don't
get something she
likes, she gets in a
bad mood...So this
this year we went to
the store together
beforehand so she
could choose something
she liked. That way I
know there won't be
a problem."
Then this happened.

"Then, it's not a
present for your
girlfriend?"
"Unfortunately, I
don't have a
girlfriend,"
I said and the girl
look relieved.

"My wish is...
to have a boyfriend...
A boyfriend with a
pure heart.
...Um, you mean you'd
like me to become
your boyfriend, right?
Of course, my answer
is...


           The End

Fairy and Me: Epilog

The shop assistant
owned up completely
to what he did.

Actually, that guy
came to the store
with his sister a
while ago (he was
letting her choose
an accessory for
herself). Seems that
that the shop
assistant was
mesmerized by her
and thought the guy
was her boyfriend.
To be honest, he was
totally jealous...
So when the assistant
saw the guy come to
the store again, he
put the jewelry in
his bag in spite of
himself.
When the shop
assistant heard that
the girl he was
obsessed with was the
guy's sister, he was
totally surprised.
In the end, the shop
assistant apologized
to the guy. I'm not
sure whether the guy
forgave him or not
but it doesn't really
matter because the
girl told the shop
assistant that she
already had a
boyfriend...

Anyway, I wonder why
she didn't ask her
boyfriend to buy her
a present instead of
her  brother...


          Finished

####################################
d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers)
####################################

Fairy and Me:

The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be.

But, this book is
only visible to those
pure of heart.

This book is now in
the possession of a
certain girl.


This is the story of
how a book brought
two people together.
"Fairy and Me: Her
Story"

See it on this
channel every Tuesday.



Part 1

(Sound of book
closing)
Phew. I finally
finished it.

"The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be."
Hmm...If I could be
granted one wish, I'd
want a boyfriend.
A boyfriend with a
pure heart Someone
who can see this
book Fairy and Me.
No way! Life
would be easy if all
I had to do was read
this book.

(Sound of police
siren)
Huh? Sounds like a
police car. I wonder
what happened?
Never mind. I think
I'll have a cup of
tea.
I left my room and
was about to go
downstairs when...

KNOCK, KNOCK
Wonder who that is?
Sounds urgent. Maybe
I should go right
away.
I ran downstairs and
opened the porch
door.

(Sound of  door
opening)
"Hello, who are you?"





I finally finished
reading Fairy and Me.
I think I'll have a
cup of tea.


Part 2

"Hello, who are you?"
Hmm...I haven't seen
him around before. He
isn't carrying
anything, so I don't
think he's a
salesman...
What's he doing here?

"Well...um...actually,
I'd like to hide here
for a while. Plea...
Uh oh!"
Oh my god! He must
have seen something
because he suddenly
grabbed me and forced
me into the house,
then shut the door. I
was so startled that
I dropped the book I
was holding.

"Sorry. I must<bh:81>fve
startled you. Here
you go."
The guy picked up the
book I dropped and
handed it to me. He
can see the book!
That must mean he
has a pure heart...
No, that's silly.
Anybody can see it.
There's no such thing
as a book that can
only be seen by
pure-hearted people.
heart. Well anyway,
he doesn't look like
a bad person, so it
should be alright to
let him hide here.
I have no idea who's
after him though<bh:81>c

"Please come in."
I beckoned him to
come into the house.





The guy who barged in
on me could see Fairy
and Me...


Part 3

"Please come in."
I'm usually too shy
to talk to guys,
especially for the
first time, but the
words came easily with
this guy. Maybe it's
the power of Fairy
and Me. Just kidding.
It's because I can't
ignore someone in
trouble.
But why did he come
here? Maybe he's
desperate for money.
If he knows about my
family, then maybe he
thinks there's some
money here.
Actually, there have
been a lot of
break-ins here and
people who have tried
to kidnap me...If
he's that kind of
person, I'll kick him
out right away at the
first sign of trouble.
He hesitated for a
moment, then said

"Thank you."
I didn't want him to
do any damage to the
main floor of the
house, so I took him
upstairs to my room.

"Please wait while I
go and make you a cup
of tea."
I decided to leave
the guy alone in my
room to see if he
does anything
suspicious.





I took the guy to my
room and then left
again to make some
tea...


Part 4

That reminds me. I
was going to have
some tea myself
before this guy came.

I went to the kitchen.
I think there's
plenty of tea.
...Yeah, there is.
I'll boil some water.
Umm...do I even have
an extra cup? I
hardly ever have
visitors, so I don't
have many dishes...
Ah, here's one. Good.
And here's a spoon.
Now, all I need is
some sugar and maybe
some sort of cake.
Oh, this'll do. While
I was getting
everything ready, the
kettle began
whistling away. I
turned the stove off,
poured some water in
a pot and put the lid
on. Is that
everything? Okay,
I'll take it all
upstairs.

I went upstairs
carrying a tray with
the tea and whatnot
in one hand, and
opened the bedroom
door with the other.

"Sorry to keep you
waiting."
Oh. Looks like he
guy was about to pick
up Fairy and Me. Hmm,
wonder if he's touched
anything else.
Doesn't look like it.
Maybe he didn't come
here to steal money.
Or maybe he thinks
there's nothing in my
room. It's impossible
to tell at the moment.





I came back from the
kitchen after making
some tea.


Part 5

The guy hurriedly put
the book he was
holding back down on
the desk and sat down
again.

"Oh, sorry. I
shouldn't have been
looking at your book,"
he apologized. If I
didn't want him to
see it, I wouldn't
have left it lying on
the desk, so it's no
big deal. Or maybe
he's trying to put me
off my guard.

"That's okay,"
I said as I put the
tray down on the desk
and sat in front of
the guy and poured
some tea.

"Um, how many sugars
would you like?"
"Uh, well..."
The guy was about
to answer when...

KNOCK, KNOCK
"Is anyone home?"
"Who could it be this
time? There sure seem
to be a lot of
visitors today.
Excuse me."
Who could it be?
Maybe the guy's
thinking this is his
chance to make a move.
Or maybe it's his
friend. Anyway, I'd
better get back to
the room right away.

"Hello, who is  it?"
"It's the police."
When I opened the
porch, a policeman
was standing there.





Just as I was about
to take a sip of tea,
the police showed up.


Part 6

"It's the police."
I guess it's not the
guy's friend after
all. But given the
timing, I wonder if
it's got something to
do with him?

"Actually, some
jewelry was stolen
from the nearby
department store
yesterday and we're
searching the area
for the criminal.
Have you seen this
person?"
It was a sketch of
the guy. I see.
That's why the guy
said he wanted to hide
here. Maybe he wants
to prove he's
innocent. Hmm, maybe
I should keep quiet
about him being here.

"Umm, no I haven't."
"I see. If you see
someone who looks
like this man, please
contact the police."
"Sure. I will. Thank
you."
(Sound of door
closing)
The policeman seemed
to believe me and
left. The police
wouldn't normally
expect me to be
hiding someone here.
I'd better go talk to
the guy at once and
find out what's going
on.





The policeman
believed what I said
and left.


Part 7

I'd better go talk to
the guy at once and
find out what's going
on. He probably heard
what the policeman
said, so I hope he
doesn't do anything
anything foolish...

(Sound of door
opening)
"Sorry for the
interruption. Oh,
aren't you drinking
your tea? It'll get
cold. Or don't you
like tea?"
He was probably
anxious about my chat
with the policeman
and couldn't drink
his tea.

"Oh no, I do like
tea. Thanks."
As he was about to
take a sip, his
stomach grumbled.
Maybe he hasn't eaten
anything  since
being on the run from
the police. Alright
then, I'll make him
something nice to eat.

"Ha, ha, ha. You must
be hungry. Um, it's a
little early for
dinner, but never
mind. I'll make you
something, so please
wait a while."





The guy was hungry,
so I decided to cook
something for him.


Part 8

"Please wait a while.
I left  him alone in
the bedroom and went
downstairs to the
kitchen again...I
have no idea what to
make him. Oh well,
I'll just look in the
fridge and think about
what to make. (Sound
of fridge opening.)
Is there anything in
here I can use...?
I'm pretty sure there
was some curry stock
in here somewhere.
Hmm, maybe curry and
rice would be good.
What else do I have?
Salad, apples, honey,
pineapple, cheese,
potatoes, carrots...
Umm, looks like
there's enough here to
make a tasty curry.
Alright then. Curry
it is! First I need to
cut the ingredients
into good-sized
pieces and put them
in a pot and boil
them.

That's good! I'll just
leave them for a while
until they're ready.
Oh, that's right.
Wonder if I have
enough dishes? (Sound
of looking for
something). Oh good.
There's enough for
the two of us.





I'm cooking curry and
rice for the guy
because he's hungry.


Part 9

Well, it'll be a while
before the curry's
ready. What should I
do in the meantime? I
wonder what the guy's
doing? Anyway, he
doesn't seem like the
kind of person who'd
wreck my room, so I
don't need to worry
about him in that
regard. He seemed
pretty interested in
Fairy and Me, so he can
always kill time by
reading it. When I
first brought the tea
to him, he was taking a
peek at the contents,
but as soon as I
entered the room, he
apologized for reading
the book without
asking...While these
thoughts ran through
my head, the curry
began bubbling away.
Wonder if it's ready?
I'll give it a little
try. (Sip) Mmm...
Delicious. Um,
looks like the rice
is ready too. Well,
I'll take this up to
my room right away
then...Looks like I
made too much. The
tray is super heavy.
Looks like I'll have
to use both hands.
Oh, I can't open the
bedroom door.

"Excuse me. Would you
mind opening the
door?"





I made so much curry
and rice that I had
to carry it with
both hands.


Part 10

"Excuse me. Would you
mind opening the
door?"
When I called the guy
from the other side
of the door, he opened
it right away. The
position of Fairy and
I had changed slightly
and the TV was on.
Other than that,
everything else
looked the same. Maybe
he decided to read
Fairy and Me because
there was nothing on
TV. (Or maybe the
other way around.)
Anyhow, it doesn't
look like he did
anything bad while he
was waiting. Oh yeah.
I forgot to thank him
for opening the door
for me.

"Thank you."
He didn't seem to
hear me, and was
smelling the aroma
drifting from the pot.

"Is it curry?"
"Yes it is,"
I replied as I placed
the tray by the desk
and served some curry
and rice on the plate.

"Here you go. I hope
you like it..."
I passed the pate to
the guy.

"Thank you."
He took the plate and
had a big mouthful.





It looked like the
guy had been reading
Fairy and Me while I
was cooking.

Part 11

"Thank you ."
He took the plate and
had a big mouthful.

"Delicious!"
It really looks like
he's enjoying it. (At
this rate, it looks
like he'll finish it
all (mostly because
he's famished I
guess).

"Really? I'm glad.
There's lots left, so
please don't be shy."
I'm a little hungry
too, so I  think I'll
have some myself...
Wow! He's already
finished a plateful!
He must have been
really hungry. I made
tons so I  was hoping
he'd eat a lot.

"Would you like
seconds?" I asked.
He seemed a little
hesitant. Is he just
being polite or
doesn't he like it
very much?

"Uh, yes please.
Thanks a lot."
He held out his empty
plate with an
embarrassed look.
Ah, he was just being
polite after all.





The guy finished off
a plateful of food in
no time, so I offered
him seconds.


Part 12

He held out his empty
plate with an
embarrassed look.
So, he was just being
polite after all.

I took his plate and
served some curry and
rice and passed it
back to him.

"Here you go."
"Thanks."
The guy took the
food from me and
started munching on
it right away. He
really does seem to
like it.

...

"Phew, I'm stuffed.
That was great," he
said while patting
his stomach.

"You certainly ate a
lot. You must have
been starving!"
I looked at the
empty pot and rice
dish. I couldn't hide
my amazement. Anyway,
it was worth making
it because he ate
such a lot. It's much
better than having
leftovers.





The guy was full
after eating a couple
of platefuls of the
curry I cooked him.


Part 13

It was worth making
it because he ate
such a lot. It's much
better than having
leftovers.

"I know I was hungry,
but your cooking was
so tasty that I
couldn't help
myself...Sorry. Looks
like I ate your
portion too..." he
said apologetically.
"That's okay. I made
the food for you in
the first place, so
don't worry.
One plateful was
enough for me," I
reassured him. I
wasn't that hungry
and even if I was, one
plateful was enough
anyway.

"It really was
delicious though.
You're a great cook."
"...That's because I'm
always alone. There's
no one else to cook,
so I<bh:81>fve naturally
become good at
cooking and other
chores."
After I said that, the
guy looked like he
regretted what he
said, but it was no
big deal.





The guy was full
after eating a couple
of platefuls of the
curry I cooked him.


Part 14

I guess I looked
unhappy to hear what
he said...I guess
my loneliness shows.
after all.
The guy looks like
he's going to ask why
I'm alone, so I might
as well tell him.

"My mother and I used
to live here together,
but she died in a car
accident three years
ago."
"Oh, really? I'm
sorry to hear that."
His expression
changed from regret
to confusion. He's
probably going to ask
what happened to
my father...

"That's alright. It
happened a long time
ago. And my father
works abroad. He's
not interested in
anything but work...
When my mother died,
he didn't even come
back here. He's hasn't
written or phoned
once. But he sends me
just enough money to
live on every month
so I guess he's still
alive."
Whenever I talk about
my father, I can't
help saying harsh
things about him.





I told him about
living alone in this
house.


Part 15

Whenever I talk about
my father, I can't
help saying harsh
things about him.

"When your mother
died, didn't you
think about living
with your father? Or
with your father? Or
if not your father,
then at least with
your relatives?"
Huh? If he came here
because he knows a
bit about my family,
I would<bh:81>fve expected
him to know at least
that...Oh well. Never
mind.

"Even if I went to
live with my father,
it'd be the same as
now...I think I
already told you that
my father's only
interested in work,
so he always returns
home very late.
Even on his days off,
he just stays home
and sleeps. So even
if I went to live with
him, it wouldn't be
any different than
now. I'd be lying if I
said I didn't feel
lonely.
My relatives are the
kind of people that
try to get close to
me and pretend to be
nice so they can get
their hands on my
father's fortune. I
certainly don't want
to be with them. I'd
much rather live here
alone than be with
those kind of
people."





I told him about
living alone in this
house.


Part 16

"But you know what?
I don't feel lonely
right now," I said
looking at him. He
hasn't been specially
kind to me, nor has
he harmed me....
He may have stolen
the jewelry for all I
know, but I feel more
at ease with this
stranger than with my
own relatives. It
sounds absurd even
to me. But that's
honestly how I feel.

"Huh?"
The guy looked at me
with surprise. I'm
surprised myself, so
I can only imagine
how weird that must
sound to him.

"But we just met for
the first time today.
How do you know I
didn't come here to
get my hands on your
money just like
your relatives?"
The way he said that
convinced me that he
was not a bad person.

At that moment, news
of the jewelry theft
came on TV, which had
been on the whole
time.





I don't feel lonely
at the moment because
this guy's here.


Part 17

News of the jewelry
theft appeared on the
TV, which had been on
the whole time.
"Some jewelry was
stolen at Gracies
department store
yesterday.
Fortunately, it seems
that the criminal was
seen before leaving
the store and no
damage was done to
the store. The
criminal escaped and
not yet been caught.
People living near
Gracies department
store are asked to be
careful. The criminal
is approximately..."
Hmm, this news story
seems to be talking
about this guy. From
what I<bh:81>fve seen on TV
so far, he hasn't
told me the real
reason he's here.


"I see...Is that why
you went to the
trouble of coming to
this house to ask to
hide here?"
If you didn't do
anything wrong, then
I'll help you prove
it. Why don't you try
telling me the reason
you came here...
...But the guy just
had a blank look on
his face. What's
wrong? What a strange
reaction.





The incident that the
guy was caught up in
appeared on a news
program.


Part 18

The guy looks like
he's about to say
something. Come on,
say it. I'm listening.

"You probably won't
believe me, but I
didn't steal
anything."
"Uh-huh, I don't
think you did it. I
believe you."
He looked amazed that
I believed him so
easily. I guess
that's to be expected.
But I do believe him.

"Uh...do you really
believe me?"
"Yes. After all..."
I began to say while
holding out the book
Fairy and Me.
He doesn't seem to
have a clue what I
mean. Looks like I'll
have to explain to
him about how he must
be pure-hearted
because he was able
to see Fairy and Me
when we first met.
Just kidding.
Actually, I can tell
he's not a bad person
because of the time
we<bh:81>fve spent together.





The guy seems
surprised that I
believe he didn't steal
anything.


Part 19

He's looked at me
and the book as if to
say, "What has the
book got to do with
it?"

"I mean, after all,
you're able to see
this book, so..."
Hmm, he still doesn't
get it judging by the
look of astonishment.
Oh well. (Giggles)
I'll have to explain
it to him properly. I
flipped open the cover
and pointed to the
first page. The
following words
appeared.

______________________
The person who reads
this book to the
end shall be granted
one wish, whatever
it may be.

But, this book is
only visible to those
pure of heart.
______________________

"When you came to
this house, I was
startled and dropped
this book. You picked
it up for me, which
means that you are
pure-hearted because
you can see it.
A pure-hearted person
wouldn't steal
anything."





I believed what the
guy said because of
what was written in
Fairy and Me...Just
kidding.


Part 20

"A pure-hearted person
wouldn't steal
anything," I said
pointing at the last
three lines of the
first page. Of course
I don't believe what's
written in the book.
I just don't know how
to explain it, so
it's easier to explain
it this way...

"Do you think it's
wise to believe
someone so easily, or
believe what's
written in a book for
that matter? I mean,
admittedly you
helped me thanks to
that, but..."
"Of course I didn't
believe you only
because of that. I
think I'm a good judge
of character too."
I can't explain it
any better than this,
so give up. Ask me
something else if you
want.

"You know, a little
while ago you said
I came here on
purpose, like you
didn't think it was a
coincidence. Would
you mind telling me
what on earth you
meant by that?"
...Did this guy really
come here without
knowing anything
about me?





I didn't believe what
the guy said only
because of what was
written in Fairy and
I.


Part 21

...Did this guy really
come here without
knowing anything
about me?
Well then, I guess
I'll have to explain
things properly.

"What? You mean you
didn't come here
because you knew
who I was?
...Hmm, I see.
Well then, I'll tell
you the story from
the beginning.
As I told you just
before, my father's a
a workaholic. And
he's pretty
successful in
business. In fact, he
owns the department
store where the
incident you're
involved in happened."
The guy nodded as if
he believed me.

"So I thought maybe
you found out where I
lived and came here.
But I was wrong...
What a huge
coincidence!"
He nodded again in
agreement. But if he
really did come here
by chance without
knowing, maybe the
power of  Fairy and Me
is really working...
No, that<bh:81>f silly! But
I can't dismiss it
entirely as a mere
coincidence...





The guy really didn't
know anything. Is it
really a coincidence
that he came here
though? Or...


Part 22

"Anyway, I'd like to
do whatever I can to
help. The stolen
jewelry was in your
bag right? Then let's
find out how it got
there."
Chances are that
something was caught
on tape by the
security cameras in
the jewelry shop when
the guy was there
yesterday, so if we
can take a look at
them maybe we
can clear everything
up.

"How are we going to
find out?"
"I'll ask the store
manager to show me
the security camera
tapes from yesterday.
We'll see if there's
anything suspicious
on the tapes."
I hope the video from
yesterday is still
around.

"Well, I'll call the
store manager right
away and ask for
them to be delivered.
Please wait a while."
I left the room right
away and called the
jewelry shop.

"Hello, it's me. I
was wondering if I
could have a look at
the security camera
tapes from yesterday?"





I decided to ask if I
could see the store's
security camera tapes.


Part 23

"Hello, it's me. I
was wondering if I
could have a look at
the security camera
tapes from yesterday?"
...Yes, all of them.
As soon as possible...
Yes, please. Thanks."
Click
...Good. All we have
to do now is wait for
the tapes to arrive.
I'll let the guy know
right away.
When I returned to my
bedroom, the guy was
waiting in the same
place as when I left.
He seems really
anxious.

"I called the store
manager. It looks
like  he's going to
have them sent over
so we'll have to wait
a while. Um, it'll
probably be tough to
just wait around. Why
don't you read this
book or something?"
I passed him Fairy
and Me which was lying
on  the desk.

"Why this book?"
"You're interested in
this book right? When
you're talking to me
I notice you glancing
at the book now and
then..."
I'm just kidding. I
thought that if he
watched TV, he might
feel uncomfortable if
news of the theft
came on...





I called the store
manager and he said
he said he'd have
the tapes sent over.


Part 24

The guy nodded and
took the book Fairy
and Me. I stared at
him closely as he
began reading.

"Um, why are you
staring at me like
that?"
"Please just ignore
me and keep reading,"
I teased him. I guess
I'm distracting him.
He'll be fine once he
gets into the book.
Then he'll lose track
of time till the
tapes arrive.
In no time at all,
he seemed completely
completely wrapped
up in Fairy and Me.

...I wonder how much
time has passed? The
sun just went down.
PING, PONG
Ah. The tapes are
finally here. I went
to the porch and
opened the door.

"Hello. Oh, you
brought them
personally? Thank you
very much. Okay, good
night.
The store manager
left right away, and
I went to tell the
guy the tapes had
arrived.

I returned to my room
and said to him,
"Can I interrupt you
for a second?"





The store manager
dropped off the tapes
personally. I'd better
let the guy know
right away.


Part 25

"Can I interrupt you
for a second?"
He seemed startled by
my sudden appearance.

"Sure. What's up?"
"Would you like to see
the security camera
tapes that the store
manager dropped off a
just before?"
As soon as I said
that, he seemed eager
to see them.

"I imagine there must
be a lot of video
shot by the security
cameras in a day at
that department store.
But for the time
being, there's not a
lot of point in
looking at video
shot outside the area
I was in, right?
I went in to the
department store at
about two o<bh:81>fclock
yesterday, and went
straight to the
jewelry shop on the
4th floor. I looked
around and bought a
broach. As I was about
to leave the shop,
there was a strange
noise - a security
alarm maybe - and a
shop assistant told
me to stop."
"I see. Let's take a
look at the video
shot around that
time."
I nodded in agreement.
and stood up.





When I told the guy
that the tapes had
arrived, he seemed
eager to see them
right away.


Part 26

I nodded in agreement
with what he said and
stood up.

He didn't seem to
know why I had stood
up at first. But he
looked around the
room and seemed to
figure out that we
couldn't watch the
tapes here, so he
stood up and followed
me.
We left the room and
went to the cardboard
box in the porch.
"This box contains
all the security
camera video shot at
the department store
yesterday. Let's find
the tapes shot around
the time you
mentioned just before.
It'd be too tiring to
carry the whole
thing," I said and
opened the box. The
guy pulled out a tape
with the time he'd
he'd mentioned
written on it.

"Please bring it to
this room over here."
I showed him to a
room where we could
watch the tape.

"Here?"
"Yes, this is the only
room where we can
watch it. Let's not
waste any time."





We started watching
the security camera
video right away.


Part 27

"Well, let's look at
the tape right away."
We looked at the
section of tape from
when the guy entered
the jewelry shop to
when he left, but
no one came near him
from when the
security alarm went
off to when he was
told to stop by the
shop assistant. How
could that be? The
security alarm
shouldn't have gone
off unless somebody
put the stolen item
in his bag at some
point. There must be
something here, but
what? Anyway, I'll
rewind the tape and
have another look at
the spot where the
guy was told to stop
by the shop assistant.

"What's up? Is
something bothering
you?"
"...Yes. From what
I<bh:81>fve seen so far,
there's no evidence
of anyone putting the
the stolen jewelry
in your bag. And of
course, there's no
sign of you stealing
it either. But
it's odd that the
security alarm would
go off. We're missing
something..."
What's this? It looks
like the shop
assistant is up to
something. Hmm, but
he's a little ways
away from the guy...
The shop assistant
made a slight movement
at the exit but I'm
not sure if it's of
any significance. Hmm,
but no one else is
doing anything except
that shop assistant...
Oh, I wonder if...





I noticed something
while watching the
security camera video.


Part 28

"What's going on? Do
you see something?"
"Please hang on a
second!"
I rewound the tape
again and looked at
the same spot. No
doubt about it. The
shop assistant poked
his hand out of the
store just as the guy
was leaving. Looks
like the assistant
has something in his
hand...

"So that it explains
it. Please have a
look at this," I said
pointing at the shop
assistant standing at
the exit and rewound
the tape a little.
The guy seemed to see
the same thing.

"That's right. This
shop assistant had the
jewelry in his hand
from the start, and
set the alarm off as
you passed by. Then,
he told you to stop
and while he was
pretending to search
your bag, he slipped
the jewelry into it.
Look , right here!"
There's no doubt that
the security alarm
was set off by the
shop assistant.
The shop assistant
slipped whatever he
was holding in the
guy's bag while
pretending to search
it...





Whatever happened in
store seemed to be
because of the shop
assistant.


Part 29

The shop assistant
slipped whatever was
in his hand into the
guy's bag.

<bh:81>gYou're right. But
why?<bh:81>h
<bh:81>gI have no idea...
But it's too late to
do anything today, so
we'll find out
tomorrow.<bh:81>h
It was already past
midnight. Of course,
the department store
is already closed,
so there's no way
we'll be able to talk
to the shop assistant.
Anyway, we know that
it was the shop
assistant who did
something and not the
guy, so there's no
need to rush. We might
as well wind down for
the night.

<bh:81>gLet's leave it at
that for the day.
Please wait while I
fill the tub for you
so you can take a
bath before going to
bed.<bh:81>h
Before the guy could
reply, I left the room
and went to the
bathroom and started
filling the tub.
If I send the guy
home right now, the
police might find him,
so it's better if he
stays here tonight.
But I wonder if he'll
agree?





It was already past
midnight when I
noticed the time.
We can continue
tomorrow.


Part 30

"The bath is ready.
You can go first."
"Oh, okay...But
where's the bathroom?"
Oh, that's right. I
guess I never told
him where the
bathroom was in the
first place.

"I'll show you. Hang
on a second."
I walked back to the
room where the guy
was.

"Sorry. Please follow
me."
Oh, he was reading
Fairy and Me. Looks
like he'll finish
reading it today
(mind you, it's
already past
midnight).
Well, I'll show him
to the bathroom.

"This is the bathroom.
I'll wash your
clothes, so please put
them in this basket.
Oh, I forgot to get
you a change of
clothes. I'll be right
back. In the meantime,
please get in the
bath. And if you need
anything else, just
ask."
"Okay. Thanks."





I showed the guy to
the bathroom, and he's
going to take a bath.


Part 31

"If you need
anything else, just
ask."
The guy took his
clothes off when I
left the bathroom.
I'd better prepare
him a change of
clothes. But mine are
too small (besides,
he might not be too
happy wearing girl's
clothes). I guess
he'll have to wear
father's. But those
will be way too
big...Oh well. I
guess that's better
than too small.

...I hunted through
my father's drawers
and found some
pajamas. Hmm, they
really are huge...I'll
leave them outside
the bathroom anyway.

"Excuse me. I'll leave
the change of clothes
for you here. They're
my father's, so,
they may be a
little...well, quite
big."
"That's okay. Thanks."
Really? They're huge.
Never mind. I'll put
his clothes in the
washing machine and
add detergent and
water. Five minutes
should do it.
(Sound of washing
machine churning away)
Good! Now. I guess
I'll get a futon
ready for him.





The change of clothes
look pretty big on
the guy, but he
doesn't seem to mind.


Part 32

I wonder if he'd mind
using father's futon?
Maybe I should carry
his futon to the
parlor and lay it out
there. (If he's going
to use father's futon
he probably wouldn't
mind sleeping in
father's room but...)
Anyway, I'll put the
futon here. That
should do it.
SPLASH
Oh, sounds like the
guy's finished his
bath. I'll tell him
to come here in a
minute.

...Wonder if he's
finished changing?
The guy was coming
out of the bathroom
just as I came out of
the parlor.

"Oh, are you finished
already?
...I guess the
pajamas are too big
eh? But that's all
there is, so please
make do with them for
tonight.
I prepared a futon
for you in this room,
so please sleep here
tonight."
"Wow, you even
prepared a bed for me?
Thanks."





The pajamas I
prepared for the guy
were huge.


Part 33

"Oh, you even
prepared a bed for
me. Thanks."
"I wouldn't expect
you to sleep on the
floor...
Well, I guess it's my
turn to take a bath,"
I said and went to
the bathroom.
...Oh yeah. I better
warn the guy not to
peep at me.
Just kidding. I'll
just tease him a bit.
When I returned to
the parlor, the guy
was about to read
Fairy and Me.

"Huh? What's wrong?"
"Please don't peep at
me okay?"
"..................."
He seems to be at a
loss for words. Maybe
I shouldn't give him
such a hard time.

"I'm just kidding. A
nice guy like you
wouldn't do that,
right? Well, I'm really
going this time."
"...I won't. Don't
worry."
"Okay," I said and
really went to take
a bath this time.





Before taking a bath
I warned the guy not
to peep at me and he
seemed at a loss for
words.


Part 34

SPLASH
Ahh, that was nice.
I dried myself and
got changed.
Finished. Now then, I
might as well see how
the guy's getting on.
Wonder how far he's
got reading Fairy and
I?
...I went back to the
parlor, but  he was
so wrapped up in the
book that he didn't
notice me standing
behind him at all.

(Sound of book
closing)
He closed the book,
so I guess he's
finished it.

"Um, have you
finished the book?"
The guy turned around
with a startled look.

"Sorry. I didn't mean
to startle you...Did
you finish reading
the book?"
He nodded.
Okay. Next question.

"How was it? Was it
interesting?"
He nodded again.
Okay. Next question.
I know what the
answer'll be though.

"So...What's your
wish?"
"Of course, I'd like
everyone to know that
I didn't steal
anything."





The guy finished
reading Fairy and Me
while I was taking a
bath.


Part 35

"Of course, I'd like
everyone to know that
I didn't steal
anything."
"That's good. I'm
sure your wish will
come true tomorrow."
I thought he'd say
that. He deserves
that but that means
we won't be together
after today. (Mind
you, we only spent
today together). I'll
go back to being alone
tomorrow. Too bad.
Hmm...Maybe the guy
will stay with me
forever. Oh, but...

"By the way, did you
read the book to the
end too? Do you have
a wish?"
"Yes. Before I tell
you...uh...can I ask
you something?"
If he went to the
jewelry store to buy
a present for his
girlfriend then
there's no point in
telling him my wish.
I'll ask him if he
has a girlfriend.

"Go ahead."
"The broach you
bought at the jewelry
shop yesterday was a
present for a girl
wasn't it? Who was
it for?"





"They guy's wish is
for everyone to know
know that he didn't
steal anything. My
wish..."
...


Part 36

"Oh, for my sister.
Her birthday's coming
up soon. She gets
upset if I don't buy
her something every
year and if I don't
get something she
likes, she gets in a
bad mood...So this
this year we went to
the store together
beforehand so she
could choose something
she liked. That way I
know there won't be
a problem."
His sister? Feels
like a new character
suddenly appearing on
the scene.

"Then, it's not a
present for your
girlfriend?"
"Unfortunately, I
don't have a
girlfriend."
What? Then that means
I have a chance.
Good! I'll tell him
my wish.

"My wish is...
to have a boyfriend...
A boyfriend with a
pure heart.
...Somehow it didn't
come out straight
but I think he
understood.

He thought about it
for a second and
nodded.
Great! I'm no longer
alone!


           The End
Epilog

The shop assistant
owned up completely
to what he did.

Actually, that guy
came to the store
with his sister a
while ago (he was
letting her choose
an accessory for
herself). Seems that
that the shop
assistant was
mesmerized by her
and thought the guy
was her boyfriend.
To be honest, he was
totally jealous...
So when the assistant
saw the guy come to
the store again, he
put the jewelry in
his bag in spite of
himself.
When the shop
assistant heard that
the girl he was
obsessed with was the
guy's sister, he was
totally surprised.
In the end, the shop
assistant apologized
to the guy. I'm not
sure whether the guy
forgave him or not
but it doesn't really
matter because the
girl told the shop
assistant that she
already had a
boyfriend...

Anyway, I wonder why
she didn't ask her
boyfriend to buy her
a present instead of
her  brother...


          Finished

###################################
e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri)
###################################

Today we'll introduce
someone new.
*His name is Rick.

His birthday is the 27th of
Summer.

He lives at the Poultry
Farm.

His family is:
*his sister Popuri,
*his mother Lillia,
*and his dad Rod.
*He loves his sister very
much, and is quite
protective of her.
He also has a fierce temper.



*Next time we'll introduce
Popuri. *Mineral Town Friends!


Today we'll introduce
someone new.
*This is Popuri.

Her birthday is the 10th of
Summer.

She lives at the Poultry
Farm.

Her family is:
*Her name is Popuri.

Her birthday is the 3rd of
Summer.

She lives at the Poultry
Farm.

Her family is:
*her brother Rick,
*her mother Lillia,
*and her dad Rod.
*She is still childish, and
can be moody too.
Her dream is to go live in
a big city, and she hates
it when Rick babies her.



*Next time we'll introduce
Lillia. *Her name is Lillia.

Her birthday is the 27th of
Fall.

She runs the Poultry Farm.

Her family is:
*her daughter Popuri,
*her son Rick,
*and her husband Rod.
*When Lillia took sick long
ago, Rod went off to find
medicine to heal her.
She's cheerful and
easygoing.



*Next time we'll introduce
Cliff. *His name is Cliff.

His birthday is the
6th of Summer.

He likes to hang out at the
Church so much you'd think
he lives there.

He left his family before
arriving in Mineral Town.

*At first he spent all his
time in confessional, but
now he's beginning to make
more friends.


*Next time we'll introduce
Zack.
*His name is Zack.

His birthday is the 29th
of Summer.

He owns a house in Mineral
Beach.

There's someone else
staying there too...
*The wandering salesman
Won stays there as well.

*He comes and picks up
things from your Shipment
box everyday (except
holidays). He also delivers
what you buy on the TV
Shopping Network.


*Next time we'll introduce
the Doctor. *This is the Doctor.

His birthday is the 17th
of Fall.

He runs the Mineral Clinic.

At the Clinic,
*Elli works as a
nurse-in-training.

*He seems cool and aloof,
but is passionate about his
patients. He's tempted to
go study medicine in the
city, but doesn't want to
leave them behind.


*Next time we'll introduce
Staid.
*His name is Staid.

His birthday is the 15th
of Spring.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*Nappy
*Bold
*Chef
*Aqua
*Hoggy
*Timid
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Staid likes work the most
out of all of them.


*Next time we'll introduce
Nappy. *His name is Nappy.

His birthday is the 22nd
of Winter.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*Staid
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Nappy is the most happy and
cheerful of the bunch.


*Next time we'll introduce
Bold. *His name is Bold.

His birthday is the 4th
of Spring.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*Staid
*Nappy
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Bold is the most self-
confident of them all.


*Next time we'll introduce
Chef. *His name is Chef.

His birthday is the 14th
of Fall.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Chef is the most
conscientious of them all.


*Next time we'll introduce
Aqua.
*His name is Aqua.

His birthday is the 26th
of Spring.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*Nappy
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Of all of them, Aqua is the
most stylish and fashion-
conscious.


*Next time we'll introduce
Hoggy. *His name is Hoggy.

His birthday is the 10th
of Fall.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Hoggy enjoys eating more
than any of his brothers.


*Next time we'll introduce
Timid. *His name is Timid.

His birthday is the 16th
of Summer.

He's a Harvest Sprite who
lives behind the Church.

With him live:
*The 7 brothers (?) live here
together.

Timid is the most, well,
timid out of all of them.


*Next time we'll introduce
the Harvest Goddess.
*This is the Harvest
Goddess.

Her birthday is the 9th of
Spring.

She lives (?) in the spring
on Mother's Hill.

She'll appear if you throw
an offering into her spring.

*This is the Harvest
Goddess.

Her birthday is the 8th of
Spring.

She lives (?) in the spring
on Mother's Hill.

She'll appear if you throw
an offering into her spring.

*She's in charge of
communications, and hates
having to appear whenever
someone throws an offering
into her spring.


*Next time we'll introduce
the Gourmet. *This is the Gourmet.

His birthday is...unknown.

He's the judge of the
Cooking Festival.
*More than anything
else, he loves to eat. He
knows everything about food.


*Next time we'll introduce
Ellen. *This is Ellen.

Her birthday is the 13th of
Winter.

She lives in a house on the
north side of Mineral Town.

Her family is:
*her granddaughter Elli
*and her grandson Stu.
*She can't walk very well
because of sickness.
She used to be a midwife.
She worries about Elli.


*Next time we'll introduce
Elli. *This is Elli.

Her birthday is the 20th of
Spring.

She wants to become a Nurse,
and works at the Clinic.

Her family is:
*This is Elli.

Her birthday is the 16th of
Spring.

She wants to become a Nurse,
and works at the Clinic.

Her family is:
*her grandmother Ellen and
*her younger brother Stu.
*Elli believes in hard work,
maybe because she's had to
raise her brother after her
parents died. She can be
very strict.


*Next time we'll introduce
Stu. *This is Stu.

His birthday is the 5th of
Fall.

He lives in a house on the
north side of Mineral Town.

His family is:
*his sister Elli and
*his grandmother Ellen.
*Stu loves to play jokes
on people, but he's also a
cry-baby. Still, the
townspeople all like him.


*Next time we'll introduce
Jeff. *This is Jeff.

His birthday is the 29th
of Winter.

He runs the Supermarket.

His family is:
*his wife Sasha and
*his daughter Karen.
*He can never stand up to
people, so he always lets
everyone buy on credit.
So, he suffers from ulcers.
He's been picked on by Duke
from childhood.


*Next time we'll introduce
Karen. *This is Karen.

Her birthday is the 23rd
of Fall.

Her father runs the
Supermarket.

Her family is:
*This is Karen.

Her birthday is the 15th
of Fall.

Her father runs the
Supermarket.

Her family is:
*her father Jeff and
*her mother Sasha.
*She takes after her mother,
so she likes to help folks.
She likes to drink and
dance, but can't cook
at all.


*Next time we'll introduce
Sasha. *This is Sasha.

Her birthday is the 30th
of Spring.

She runs the Supermarket.

Her family is:
*her husband Jeff and
*her daughter Karen.
*Unlike her husband, she
is confident and assertive.
She loves her husband, but
has to look after him.


*This is Doug.

His birthday is the 11th
of Winter.

He runs a bar, restaurant
and inn called "Doug's
Inn."
His family is:
*He always worries about
Ann, whom he raised alone.
He still can't forget Ann's
mom, who died.


*Next time we'll introduce
Ann. *This is Ann.

Her birthday is the 22nd of
Summer.

She always helps out her
dad at Doug's Inn.

Her family is:
*This is Ann.

Her birthday is the 17th of
Summer.

She always helps out her
dad at Doug's Inn.

Her family is:
*her dad Doug.
*She has no confidence
in herself at all when it
comes to love.
Maybe because she's a
tom-boy.


*Next time we'll introduce
the Kappa. *This is the Kappa.

His (?) birthday is...
unknown.

He lives in the lake on
Mother's Hill.

He likes Cucumbers a lot.
He also gets upset when he
gets caught up in the hooks
when people fish in the
lake.


*Next time we'll introduce
Basil. *This is Basil.

His birthday is the 11th
of Summer.

He's a scientist, and books
written by him are at
Mary's Library.

His family is:
*his wife Anna and
*his daughter Mary.
*He came to Mineral Town
with his family to study
the flora there.


*Next time we'll introduce
Mary. *This is Mary.

Her birthday is the 25th of
Winter.

She works at the Library.

Her birthday is:
*This is Mary.

Her birthday is the 20th of
Winter.

She works at the Library.

Her birthday is:
*her dad Basil and
*her mother Anna.
*She loves books, and even
writes novels herself.
She's not very interested
in romance at all.


*Next time we'll introduce
Anna. *This is Anna.

Her birthday is the 23rd of
Fall.

She lives next to the
Library.

Her family is:
*her husband Basil and
*her daughter Mary.
*She is enjoying the country
living but a little bored
because Basil is always
busy studying.
Good at baking.


*Next time we'll introduce
Won. *This is Won.

His birthday is the 19th
of Winter.

He's a wandering salesman
who just appeared in
Mineral Town. For some
reason, he
*lives at Zack's house,
where he also runs his
shop.

*He comes to the farm once
in a while to sell his
wares.


*Next time we'll introduce
Thomas. *This is Thomas.

His birthday is the 25th
of Summer.

He is a Mayor, and lives in
a house on the north side.

His family is:
*his son Harris.
*A photographer named
Kano used to live with him,
but no more.


He believes in serving the
townspeople as well as he
can. He takes Ellen Apple
Pie every Sunday. He wants
everybody in his town to
be friendly to each other.



*Next time we'll introduce
Harris. *This is Harris.

His birthday is the 4th of
Summer.

He is a policeman, and
lives on the north side.

His family is:
*his father Thomas.
*He's in charge of keeping
the peace in town.
He's in love with Aja, who
lives in the city.


*Next time we'll introduce
Duke. *This is Duke

His birthday is the 15th
of Winter.

He runs Aja Winery.

His family is:
*his wife Manna and
*his daughter Aja.
*He liked drinking to begin
with, but ever since Aja
left he's been drinking
too much. He's a bully to
everyone (except Manna,
of course).


*Next time we'll introduce
Manna. *This is Manna.

Her birthday is the 11th of
Fall.

She runs Aja Winery.

Her family is:
*her husband Duke
*and her daughter Aja.
*She loves to talk and
gossip about others.
She always hopes that Aja
will come back home.


*Next time we'll introduce
Carter. *This is Carter.

His birthday is the 20th of
Fall.

He is a priest who lives
at the Church.
*He came to Mineral Town to
spread the gospel, but seems
not to preach very much
lately. He can lift curses
from Tools, but wants to
help people in other ways,
too.


*Next time we'll introduce
Kai. *This is Kai.

His birthday is the 22nd of
Summer.

He runs Kai's Beach House
during the Summer.
*He comes from the city to
spend Summers in Mineral
Beach. He's popular with
women and children, but men
don't like his attitude
much.


*Next time we'll introduce
Gray. *This is Gray.

His birthday is the 6th
of Winter.

He is a blacksmith's apprentice.

His family is:
*his uncle Saibara.
*He came to Mineral Town to
apprentice with his uncle.
He hated it at first, but
then began to like it.
He's very prideful, but
with a good heart.


*Next time we'll introduce
Saibara. *This is Saibara.

His birthday is the 11th of
Spring.

He's a blacksmith.

His family is:
*his grandson Gray.
*He's a stubborn old man,
but he takes great pride in
his work. He's training his
nephew Gray.



*Next time we'll introduce
Gotz. *This is Gotz.

His birthday is the 2nd of
Fall.

He's a woodcutter who lives
alone in the woods.

*Both his daughter and
wife died on the mountain
years ago.


*Next time we'll introduce
May. *This is May.

Her birthday is the 26th
of Winter.

She lives in Yodel Farm.

Her family is:
*her grandfather Barley
*and her mother Joanna.

*May is a very sweet little
girl, whom everybody loves.
She hopes everyday for her
mom to come back.


*Next time we'll introduce
Barley. *This is Barley.

His birthday is the 17th
of Spring.

He runs Yodel Farm.

His family is:
*his granddaughter May and
*his daughter Joanna.
*His daughter Joanna left to
the city, then returned
with her daughter, May.
However, she then left May
with Barley before leaving
again. Barley loves May
very much, so he worries
about her.


*Next time we'll introduce
someone who never appears. *Today we'll introduce
someone new.


This is Kano.
His birthday is the 2nd of
Winter.

He takes photographs of
Mineral Town to show people
living in harmony with
Nature.


This is Louis.
His birthday is the 2nd of
Spring.

He studies insects, and
came to Mineral Town to
write about Bees.


This is Greg.
His birthday is the 29th
of Spring.
He loves fishing, and
Fishing Rods in particular.
*Next time we'll introduce
Rick

##################################
f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch)
##################################

Part 1


"Hey, Chisato, have you
heard? Or rather, have you
seen?"

Oh, good morning, Mariya!
What are you talking about?

"Remember the rumor last
month that said Ranch Tales
trading cards were being
released? Well, it's
happened."

Huh? Really?

"Yeah, there's a big poster
for it hanging in the store.
And I really want that
poster so bad."

Then why don't we go down to
the shop together when they
go on sale?

"Sure, OK. Or should I say,
that's what I had in mind
all along.

Ranch Tales trading cards...
I'll get me a complete set
if it's the last thing I do!


This is a fictional story.
Any resemblance to any
actual persons or
organizations is completely
coincidental.


Part 2


Came the day that the
Ranch Tales trading cards
went on sale...

OK, let's go.

"Right, or should I say,
that goes without saying."

Arriving at the store...

Oh yeah, they've got 'em,
all right.

A pack of 10 for 400 yen. So
that's 6000 yen for a box,
at 15 packs per box.
start with two boxes.

How many are you buying,
Mariya...? Huh? All you've
got are bags. You don't buy
boxes?

"Right, or should I say,
I've never bought whole
boxes before."

Oh, is that so... Come to
think of it, we've never
actually gone shopping
together before, have we...
Well, whatever.

After the shopping was
done...

Now how should we do this?
Do you want to come over to
my place, and then compare
the cards we bought?

"Hmm, well, no, I think
I'll pass, and let it be a
surprise for tomorrow. That
is to say, tomorrow is when
we report on what cards we
got.

OK, I hear you. Until
tomorrow, then. 'Bye.

"'Bye. Or should I say,
could you see me home? It's
dark already."

So it was that I didn' t get
home until after I saw
Mariya home...

Now then, let's get these
puppies opened up.
RIP (opening the boxes)
SHRED (taking out the bags)
TEAR (opening the bags)

Now to see what the fi<bh:09>rst
card will be.
"Fodder... An Equipment
Card..." How dull. But I
guess that's par for the
course with the first draw.

So I opened all the bags...

I've got 186 card types in
all of the bags. I've got a
long way to go if I'm going
to get all 256 of them.

He needs 70 cards to get a
complete Ranch Tales trading
card set.


Part 3


"Hey, hey, Chisato? How did
it go? Or should I say, show
me what you've got."

OK, here it is. The two
boxes I bought yesterday had
a total of 156 different
card types in them, so it
looks like I need
70 more card types to
complete my set.

"Wow. Nice going. I've only
got 130 card types right
now? What did you get? Let
me start by showing you what
I got."

Right, and here's what I
got.

"Oh, lucky you. I still
haven't got any Fodder cards
yet. Actually, I haven't got
any item cards yet."

Oh, really?" OK, let's have
a look at yours now.
FLIP (the sound of pages
full of cards being turned
in a binder)

Hey, you've got some really
shiny ones in here. Those
must be rare cards. Oh, and
here's another one.

"I'm thinking we could swap
our duplicates. That is to
say, these are my duplicate
cards."

RUSTLE RUSTLE (the sound of
rummaging through a
briefcase) These are the
only duplicate cards I've
got.

"Let me see... All right!
You've already got a double
of the Fodder card. Not only
that, but also the Sheep's
Milk card as well."

And you've got several cards
that I don't have, either.

These seven cards are ones
that I don't have. How many
cards are you missing among
my duplicates, Chisato?

Seven. Hey, the same as you.
So we could just swap
straight across, I guess.

"Yeah, that works. Or should
I say, thanks."

Thank you too. Being able to
swap my duplicate cards has
given me some more types I
didn't have before.

Only 63 cards to go to
complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 4


Today I went to the store by
myself. You see, Mariya
wasn't at school today, and
didn't invite me to go
along. So I figured I'd just
get three bags this time.
Another reason is that my
allowance won't let me keep
buying boxes all the time,
either.

Now which ones should I
buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
moe!

And with that, my shopping
was done.

I headed straight home.

And once I got there...

Now, let's open these
babies up. SHRED (the sound
of bags being torn open)

GLEAM! Oh wow, this shining
card--it's the Super Sickle
equipment card! All right!
Score a rare card for me!

Once I had all the bags
opened, however...

Unfortunately, I've already
got all these other cards.
But hey, tomorrow I can at
least report that I got a
Super Sickle card. But then
again, Mariya was absent
from school today. What
about tomorrow?

Only 62 cards to go to
complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 5


The next day...
"Morning, long time no
see."
Oh, Mariya, you're looking
all better now.

"Yeah, I'm fine, or should
I say, I'm sorry if I made
you worry."

Well, you did stay home from
school all of a sudden. Now
what do you say we get back
in the swing of things (even
if after only a day's lapse)
and go buy some more Ranch
Tales trading cards
together?

"Yeah, or should I say,
let's go, definitely!

So we went to the store,
where I once again bought
three bags of cards...

Now which ones should I
buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
moe!

"Thanks and come again!"

Later...
Now, then, let's open these
babies up. SHRED (the sound
of bags being torn open)

The only one I don't already
have in this batch is this
Tomato Seeds card.

Only 61 cards to go to
complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 6


No school today! I'm going
to go buy trading cards.

I'll just buy three bags
as usual today...

Now which ones should I
buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
moe!

Now to head home... Wait,
that's Mariya over there.
And he's got Ranch Tales
trading cards too, if I'm
not mistaken. Maybe I can
get him to swap me for some
cards that I don't have.

Yo!

"Oh, good morning, Chisato,
or should I say, you've got
Ranch Tales trading cards
there. So how many have you
got?

This many.

"Hmm, not bad, or should I
say, I don't have this one,
or this one either... Hey,
you've got the Super Sickle!
Lucky. Or should I say,
here, have a look at what
I've got."

You're doing pretty good for
yourself. Say, I don't have
this one.

And so it went, as we looked
at one another's cards...

So what do you think? I'm
missing this one and this
one here...

"Well, I've got doubles of
that and that, so I could
swap them to you, which is
to say, I don't have this
one... or this one...

I've only got the one Super
Sickle, but I have doubles
of the other ones you want.
You want to swap?

"Yeah, or should I say, all
right!"

Later...
I really lucked out today. I
was able to swap my
doubles... But wait. What
happens if it turns out that
the cards I swapped for are
duplicated by the ones I
bought today...? Well, I'll
live with it. Let's open
these babies up. SHRED (the
sound of bags being torn
open)

Hey, I got another rare
card. This time it's a
character card, the 'Goddess
of the Wellspring.' I wonder
what else is in here...

Oh, good, there weren't all
that many doubles, and I
also got a bunch of cards
that I didn't already have!
Life is good.

Now he only needs 25 cards
to complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 7


It's my day to clean the
classroom, so I told Mariya
to go on to the store
without me.

I'm finished cleaning the
classroom. Now it's off to
the store, where I'll buy
another three bags of cards.

Now which ones should I
buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
moe!

"Thank you and come
again!"
Now, let's see, where could
Mariya be? Hey, wait,
there's a Ranch Tales
trading card lying on the
floor here! And it's a rare
card too, the 'Goat's Milk'
food card! Oh, wow! What a
find!

(Glancing around furtively)
There's no one around.

The Angel on Chisato's
Shoulder: "The person who
dropped it will be missing
it right about now. You
should turn it in, as lost
and found, perhaps to the
police...
The Devil on Chisato's
Shoulder: "Whoever dropped
this card isn't likely to
know where it was dropped.
Besides, there's no one
around, so no one will know
that you picked it up."

As I was thinking this thing
through...

"Oh, Chisato, good timing!
Or should I say, did you see
a card lying around here? It
was a 'Goat's Milk' food
card, and...

Oh I see, then this must
belong to you, Mariya. Here
you go.

"Oh good, or should I say,
I knew it was here. I'm glad
it was you who found it, or
should I say, I need to pay
you back somehow."

Oh, forget it.

"No way, or should I say, I
can't leave it at that.
Here, have this one, by way
of saying thanks." And with
that, he gave me a Tomato
food card.

Are you sure about this?

"The last time we did a
swap, you said you didn't
have this card. Or should I
say, I got a double when I
when shopping today."

Thanks.

Later...
Well, now, I really lucked
out today. I got a card I
didn't already have. But
even so, I still envy him
for having that Goat's Milk
food card, though... But,
well, whatever. Let's open
these babies up, and see
what I bought today. SHRED
(the sound of bags being
torn open)

No sooner do I do that, then
I find I've actually bought
the Goat's Milk food card...
Only now, I've also got a
double of the card that
Mariya gave me today as
well...

Now he only needs 12 cards
to complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.\<et>

Part 8


Today I went to the store by
myself. Mariya couldn't come
with me because he was asked
to run some errand or other.

Now I'm at the store, where
I pick out my usual three
bags, and...

"Thank you."

Now I'm back home, so let's
open these babies up and see
what I bought today. SHRED
(the sound of bags being
torn open)

Oh no! I've already got all
of these cards. I didn't get
any new card types today!

He still needs 12 cards to
complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 9


Today, Mariya and I went to
the store together,
whereupon I bought my usual
three bags of cards...

"Thank you."

"See you tomorrow. Let me
know if you get anything."

Sure. 'Bye.

Now let's open these babies
up, and see what I bought
today. SHRED (the sound of
bags being torn open)

Oh no! Not again! This is
two days in a row that I
haven't gotten any new
cards!

He still needs 12 cards to
complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 10


"Morning, Chisato, or should
I say, what did you get in
the cards you bought
yesterday?"

No cards I didn't already
have, unfortunately. And it
was the same thing the day
before yesterday, too...

"Well, you've already got a
lot of cards in the set. Or
should I say, you're just
naturally going to get some
doubles at this point."

How about you, Mariya?

"I added a fair number of
cards myself. To put it
another way, I only have
five cards to go."

Huh? When did that happen?

"Well, I got a bunch of
cards I didn't already have
in the ones I bought
yesterday. Or to put it
another way, I got hardly
any doubles at all.

Hmm, lucky you. Now I'm
jealous...

"But there were a few
doubles after all, so let's
swap. Or should I say, these
are the doubles that I got."

Sure. And here's the doubles
that I've got. (FLUMPH!)

"Wow! You've got a lot of
doubles. Or to put it
another way, I'm missing
this one, this one, and this
one."

And you've got a bunch of
the ones that I don't have,
either! I need this one and
this one and this one and
this one and this one and...
Hey! You've got the Golden
Chicken, one of the Rare
Animal cards! And you
managed to get a double of
this one?

"Yeah, or should I say, are
these eight card types the
ones I have that you need?"

Yeah...

"In that case, you can have
them all for these three
that you have and I don't.
Or to put it another way,
I'll trade you these for
those.

Huh? Are you sure?

"Yeah, or should I say,
having more than one of a
given card doesn't do either
of us any good at this
point."

All right! Thanks. I don't
think I'll go to the store
today after all.


Now he only needs four cards
to complete his Ranch Tales
trading card set.


Part 11


"Good morning, Chisato, or
should I say, didn't you buy
any cards yesterday?"

No. I was too upset from
not getting any new cards
for three days in a row, and
I figured that getting eight
new cards yesterday was
enough, so I just went home.

"OK. I see your point. So
what do you want to do
today? Or to put it another
way, I'm going to the store
today. What about you?"

OK then, I'll join you.

And with that, we were off
to the store, where I once
again bought my usual three
bags of cards.

"I'm going to take this one
and this one. Or to put it
another way, which ones are
you are going to get,
Chisato?"

Hmm, well, I don't rightly
know which ones to get.

"To put it another way, how
about these over here?"

Hmm... Yes, you're right.
I'll take those.

"Thank you."

"Well, so long. Or should I
say, let me know tomorrow if
you got anything new
today."
Sure. 'Bye.

Later...
OK, let's open these babies
up and see what we bought
today. SHRED (the sound of
bags being torn open)

Oh wow! I got three cards
that I didn't already have!


Now he's only one card away
from completing his Ranch
Tales trading card set.


Part 12


"Good morning, Chisato, or
should I say, how did your
purchases yesterday turn
out?"

Oh, Mariya, thanks a lot.
The bags you picked out for
me yesterday turned out to
have some of the cards I was
missing, and now I only need
one card to complete my set.

"That wouldn't, by any
chance, be this one, would
it? Or to put it another
way, it could only be this
one, am I right?"

Huh? Oh, the Wedding Event
Card! Yes, that's the one!
But how did you know that
was the one I needed? Oh,
wait, you don't mean...

"That's right, or to put it
another way, I've got two of
this one, so you can have
it."

You mean it?

All right! Now I've got a
complete set!

Congratulations on
completing your Ranch Tales
trading card set!

##################################################
g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze)
##################################################

Episode 1: Christmas Day

Today is December 25,
Christmas Day.   But it's
also special for another
reason.  Red, Blue, Yellow
and Green all have their
birthdays today as well.
They always spend the day
the same way.  Their
families all get together
for a big combined
Christmas and joint
birthday party.
They're right in the middle
of party preparations.
"Hey, you guys...",
says Yellow to the other
three.
"Mmmm? What?", they reply.
(Incidentally, Red, Blue
and green are working on
the party decorations,
while Yellow is in charge
of the food.  They're taking
a few minutes' break, which
why Yellow is has started
this conversation.)
"Er, well..."

To be continued...


Trailer:
A year ago this very day,
a white Christmas marked
the beginning of the
the whole adventure.


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 2: White Christmas

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 2: White Christmas

 "Er, well...
I was just thinking, it's
exactly a year now since we
got the Mechabots..."
"Uh-huh?  Yeah, that's
so." As he answers, Red
happens to glance out of the
window.The forecast had said
it would be sunny all
morning, but all of a sudden
it's snowing heavily.  Just
like last Christmas...

"That's right, we got the
Ultrors a year ago today.
It was a white Christmas,
just like today...."

To be continued...


Trailer:
Thanks to their special
powers, the foursome
are not like ordinary kids.
Will they accept that
Destiny has special plans
for them?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 3: Last Christmas

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 3: Last Christmas

"A year ago today.
And it happened while our
families were together,
getting ready for the
combined Christmas_and_
joint_birthday_party,
just like we're doing
right now."
[Cue flashback]

"You know what?  This
really gets to me every
year."
"Huh? What does?"
"Well, the four of us
were all born on Christmas
day.  So our birthday party
is combined with the
Christmas party.  And
the presents we get: are
they Christmas presents
or birthday presents?
All I know is, we don't get
as many gifts as people who
have their birthdays on
other days."

To be continued...


Trailer:
History repeats itself.
That's something nobody
can prevent.  Still,
something has to start
the ball rolling...


Next time:
Mechabot Genesis
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 4: Presents

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 4: Presents

It would be nice to get
given two presents today
of all days.  I'm not
complaining, though..."
"I know.  I wouldn't say
we should get two gifts,
but I wish my present
could be something major,
you know?  Something out
of the ordinary."
"Exactly."
"I guess we all feel the
same way."
The four friends have this
conversation every December
25th, while everyone's
getting ready for the party.
But this year, things are
a little different.
Unbeknownst to the foursome
they're all going to get a
really big Christmas
present.
To be continued...


Trailer:
Their wish is granted sooner
than they expected.  But as
the old saying goes, you
should be careful what you
wish for...


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 5: Unearthly Light

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 5: Unearthly Light

"OK. We're ready.."
"That was quick.  We do
this every year, so maybe
we're getting it nailed."
"So what do we do now?
We still have some time
before the grown-ups get
back."
The clock is pointing to
just after three.  There
are at least three hours
left before the parents
get back.
"True.  How about we go and
do something outside?"
"It looks like it's still
snowing kind of heavily,
though."
"True."
As the four look out of the
window, a mysterious burst
of bright light appears
outside!

To be continued...


Trailer:
The four friends stand at
the threshold of a dazzling
future.  But what lies
behind the door?  Will it
be hope or despair?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 6: Hurry!

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 6: Hurry!

As the four look out of the
window, they see a strange
burst of bright light.
"What WAS that?  What just
happened?"
"Whatever it was, it wasn't
the sun..."
"So what on earth WAS it?"
"Shall we go outside and
take a look?"
"OK!" chorus the others.
As they rush out of the
house, they see a strange
glow coming from the
direction of the
school.
"The school...is it on
fire?"
"No, it's further away...
It looks like its somewhere
in the mountains."
"Right, let's head over
there and check it out!"
With that, the four friends
run off towards the
mountains.

To be continued...


Trailer:
The foursome are still on
their way.  Little do they
know that a formidable foe
is waiting for them...


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 7: Arrival

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 7: Arrival

The four friends make for
the mountains where the
strange light seems to be
coming from.
"You know, I don't think
that light is a building
on fire..."
"I think you're right.
But what on earth can it
be?"
"Well, let's up the pace!"
"OK!" comes the unanimous
reply.
The four jog on, panting,
through the thickening
snow.
After a while, they arrive
at the school gate.
"Hmm, the light's coming
from somewhere further back.
We don't know what might
jump out at us, so let's
be real careful from here
on in."

To be continued...


Trailer:
Curiosity leads the foursome
towards a new encounter.
Will they find the source
of the unearthly light?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 8: Discovery

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 8: Discovery

The four friends make
their way cautiously along
the road behind the school.
Agog with curiosity and
suspense, they tramp up the
mountain, the strange
brilliance growing stronger
and stronger.
It looks as if the source
of the light is somewhere
fairly close by.
Just then...
"Ah! Is that it?"
Yellow, leading the way,
seems to have found the
light source.

To be continued...


Trailer:
Curiosity gets the better
of our four friends, and
caution is forgotten.
From this point on, they
can only follow where
instinct leads...


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 9: The Visitor

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 9: The Visitor

Yellow, who has gone on
ahead, finds the source of
the light.  When the others
catch up, they are baffled
by what they see.
"What IS that?"
"Is it...a person?"
Sure enough, the light
source appears to be
humanoid.
Could it be...some sort of
extra-terrestrial?"
"If it is, has it come to
invade Earth?"
"If it has, whoever gets
rid of it would be doing
humanity a favor, I guess."
"So shall we get rid of
it, then?"
For the sake of peace on
Earth, the four friends
decide to get rid of the
glowing alien.
But their decision has
unexpected consequences..."
"WAIT!", comes a shout.
The four are stunned into
silence...

To be continued...


Trailer:
The four friends leap to
the defense of planet Earth.
But events take an
unexpected turn..


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 10: The Voice

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 10: The Voice

As soon as the foursome
decide to get rid of the
light-emitting alien, a
voice is heard.
"WAIT!  CHILDREN BORN ON
THIS PLANET!"
"Huh? Who said that...?
I guess it was the alien?
"I guess so...."
"But it told us to wait,
right?"
"It must have something
it wants to tell us."
"Let's hear it out,
shall we?"
"Sure, we'll give it a
chance to speak its last
words."
"....................TH...
THANK YOU"

To be continued...


Trailer:
The truth is still shrouded
in darkness.  However,
moment by moment, the hour
of reckoning is
approaching...

Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 11: Revelations

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 11: Revelations

The shining being speaks
to the four friends.
"IN TRUTH, THIS PLANET IS
IN GREAT DANGER."
"It is?"
"THE MYSTERIOUS SPACE
CREATURE PHLOGISTON IS
APPROACHING THIS PLANET.
IF IT COMES HERE, ALL
WILL BE BURNED AWAY TO
NOTHING IN LESS THAN ONE
MONTH.
"Oh, man...is this true?"
"UNFORTUNATELY, YES.
"Can anything be done to
stop it?"
"YES. I CAME HERE TO GIVE
YOU SOMETHING YOU WILL
NEED IN ORDER TO RESIST
PHLOGISTON."
"To give US something?"
"YES. BEHOLD!"

To be continued...


Trailer:
If they did but know it,
the four friends are about
to embark on a never-ending
struggle against the forces
of evil.  However, help is
at hand.


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 12: Power

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 12: Power

"What are you going to give
us?"
"BEHOLD, THE FOUR MECHABOT
ULTRORS!Four enormous robots
appear before the friends.
One is red, one yellow,
one blue and the other
green.
"Wow! Look at the size
of those things!  We'll
make short work of that
mysterious space
creature, right?"
"I DO NOT KNOW."
"What do you mean?"
"PHLOGISTON IS GROWING
STRONGER AND STRONGER.
IN ITS FORMER STATE,
YOU WOULD CERTAINLY HAVE
BEEN ABLE TO DEFEAT IT,
BUT NOW..."
The four are silent,
unable to conceal their
misgivings at the alien's
words.

To be continued...


Trailer:
The foursome have been
given new powers.  But will
this mean the end of a
beautiful friendship?

Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 13: Extra Strength

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 13: Extra Strength

The four are silent,
unable to conceal their
misgivings at the alien's
words.
BUT IT IS LIKELY THAT YOU
WILL PREVAIL. PHLOGISTON'S
STRENGTH CONTINUES TO GROW,
BUT I HAVE INCREASED THE
POWER OF THE MECHABOTS TO
HELP YOU RESIST IT. THAT
IS WHY I ADDED A 4TH
MECHABOT...
"You mean, there were only
3 of them to start with?
"YES. ORIGiNALLY THE 3
MECHABOTS COULD MERGE TO
FORM MECHABOT ULTROR,
BUT NOW THIS NEW 4TH ROBOT
CAN MERGE WITH MECHABOT
ULTROR TO FORM INVINCIBLE
MECHABOT ULTROR. THIS
VERSION HAS GREATER
ATTACKING AND DEFENSIVE
POWER, AND IS CAPABLE OF
USING NEW WEAPONS...
BUT SINCE YOU NEVER KNEW
THE ORIGINAL MECHABOT
ULTROR, THE COMPARISON
WILL MEAN LITTLE TO YOU."

To be continued...


Trailer:
Right from the outset, the
four friends have felt a
sense of unease. As soon as
they put it into words,
their former peaceful life
is shattered forever.


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 14: The Question

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 14: The Question

"ANYWAY, I BELIEVE THAT BY
USING INVINCIBLE MECHABOT
ULTROR, YOU WILL BE ABLE TO
DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. I CAME
TO EARTH EXPRESSLY TO GIVE
YOU THIS GIFT."
As the alien comes to a
pause in its story, Blue
decides to jump in and ask
the question that has been
on the tip of his tongue
for several minutes.
"But why us? There are lots
of people on this planet
--er, I mean in this town--
who are much stonger than
us, and people who know a
lot more about machines and
stuff.  So why did you
choose us four?"
"LET ME EXPLAIN...
To be continued...


Trailer:
The unearthly light has
succeeded in attracting four
brave and honest humans.
Will the light also prevail
against the encroaching
darkness that threatens the
Earth?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 15: The Secret

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 15: The Secret

"Why are you giving us
these mechabots?", Blue
asks the alien.
"LET ME EXPLAIN..." it
replies.  "IF STRENGTH AND
TECHNICAL EXPERTISE WERE
THE ONLY QUALITIES I WAS
SEARCHING FOR, THERE WOULD
HAVE BEEN OTHERS MORE
APPROPRIATE, AS YOU SAY."
"So, why DID you choose
us?"
"I NEEDED FOUR BEINGS WHO
ARE CLOSE FRIENDS.  IF THE
MECHABOTS ARE TO FUNCTION AT
THEIR FULL CAPABILITY,
THEIR OPERATORS MUST WORK
IN HARMONY AND COMBINE
THEIR POWER. I ALSO NEEDED
BEINGS WHO WOULD NOT USE
THIS POWER FOR EVIL
PURPOSES".
"But how do you know if
we're good beings or not?"
"THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT
REVEAL."

To be continued...


Trailer:
The future of planet Earth
lies in the hands of the
four friends. Will they
bow to fate and accept the
challenge? Or will they
refuse?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 16: Courage

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 16: Courage

"THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT
REVEAL", replies the alien.
The four friends can think
of no rejoinder.
"I ALSO HAD ANOTHER
REQUIREMENT", it continues.
I NEEDED BEINGS WITH THE
COURAGE TO OPPOSE EVIL.
YOU DID NOT KNOW WHAT I
WAS, YET YOU APPROACHED
ME WITHOUT FEAR. PERHAPS
YOU WILL THINK ME RECKLESS,
BUT I AM WILLING TO TAKE A
CHANCE AND TRUST YOU. WHAT
IS YOUR DECISION? WILL YOU
USE THIS INVINCIBLE
MECHABOT ULTROR TO SAVE
THE PLANET YOU LIVE ON?"
"So basically you're
giving us a weapon, but
we have to do all the
fighting ourselves?"
"... WELL, YES, THAT IS
CORRECT."

To be continued...


Trailer:
The four must give their
answer, and it has to be
unanimous.  It's decision
time!


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 17: Yes

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 17: Yes

"... WELL, YES, THAT IS
CORRECT.  SO, WHAT IS
YOUR DECISION?"
The four exchange glances,
then huddle together to
confer.
"What shall we do? I think
we should go for it."
"I'm OK with that."
"Me too..."
"Count me in as well,
naturally!"
All four are ready and
willing to take up the
challenge, so Red acts as
spokesman, addressing the
alien.
"Yes. We'll do it."
"VERY WELL.  IN THAT CASE,
THE MECHABOTS WILL BE YOURS.
AND THESE, TOO..."
So saying, the alien hands
each child what appears to
be a wristwatch.

To be continued...


Trailer:
The alien's strange words
have left the four friends
reeling.  Does everyone
understand the deal that
has just been done?"


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 18: Transformation

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 18: Transformation

The mysterious shining alien
hands each of the four what
appears to be a wristwatch.
"What's this?"
"YOU ATTACH IT TO YOUR
WRIST AND ASSUME THE
CORRECT POSE, THEN SHOUT
SHOUT 'ULTROR TRANSFORM!'.
YOUR ULTROR SUIT WILL THEN
APPEAR, COVERING YOUR WHOLE
BODY. YOU NEED THE SUIT TO
SHIELD YOU AGAINST THE
FREQUENT IMPACTS OCURRING
WHILE YOU OPERATE YOUR
MECHABOT. NEVER MOUNT YOUR
MECHABOT WITHOUT PUTTING
YOUR SUIT ON FIRST. DO
YOU UNDERSTAND?"
"Well, yes, we understood
those instructions, but that
stuff about assuming the
correct pose was kind of
weird. Why do we have to
a pose?"
assume "...ER, WELL, IT IS
MOST IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE
CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.."

To be continued...


Trailer:
Are the four friends
really ready to face the
menace described by the
alien?

Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 19: The Brink of
Doom?

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 19: The Brink of
Doom?

"...ER, WELL, IT IS MOST
IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE
CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.."
The four friends are at a
loss for words.
"WHAT IS WRONG? YOU FIND IT
DIFFICULT TO DEVISE A
SUITABLE POSE?
MAYBE THIS?  OR WHAT OF
THIS? OR THIS?"No, no it's fine.
We'll come up with something by
ourselves...."
"VERY WELL. THEN I WILL
GIVE YOU THE MECHABOT
ULTRORS AND THE SUITS.
AFTER THAT, YOU MUST
COMBINE YOUR POWERS TO
DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. THAT
SEEMS TO BE ALL..
"What exactly is this
space creature Phlogiston,
again?"
"AS I TOLD YOU BEFORE,
PHLOGISTON IS A GOD OF
DESTRUCTION BY FIRE.
EVERYTHING IT TOUCHES IS
BURNED AWAY."
"I've never heard of a
god of destruction by
fire."
THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN
IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL
SOON ARRIVE ON THIS
PLANET."
To be continued...


Trailer:
What will happen when
Phlogiston arrives?
Will planet Earth survive?


Next time:
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Episode 20: They're Back

The legend begins here...
MECHABOT GENESIS
MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 20: They're Back

THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN
IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL
SOON ARRIVE ON THIS PLANET.
WELL, I MUST LEAVE YOU..."
[The flashback ends, and
the scene returns to the
present.]
"When we first got the
Ultrors, we thought
Phlogiston would show up at
any second, right?"
"That's right, we did."
"But there was no sign of
it at all."
"It didn't actually get
here until four whole months
later, on the first day of
school."
"Right.  You'd think the
alien would have mentioned
the time lag, huh?"
The doorbell chimes.
"Oh, that'll be Mom and the
others.  I guess our break
kind of overran.  We'd
better get on with those
finishing touches..."
"OK" chorus the other 3.

The End

##################################
h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch)
##################################

MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME REPRISE


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 1: A Summer's Day


Thanks to the work of
Mechabot Ultror, the
mysterious space creature
Phlogiston has been
defeated, and peace has
returned to planet Earth.

However, this peace proves
somewhat short-lived..."


Things start one day when
the four members of the
Mechabot Ultror team --
Red, Blue, Yellow and
Green -- have come to the
pool to hang out and swim.
"Aaagh!"


To be continued...


Yellow lets out a sudden
scream.  Red rushes to her
aid, only to see... a sight
that will be revealed next
week!

Next Time:
Episode 2: A New Menace

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 2: A New Menace


"Aaagh!"
Yellow lets out a sudden
scream.  The others turn
round and see her
floundering and thrashing
about in the water.

What's the matter?" yells
Red as he rushes over to see
what is happening.

As he stares into the water,
he makes out what looks like
a sort of white mist around
Yellow's ankles.


To be continued...


Trying to help Yellow, Red
touches the white mist,
and gets an unpleasant
surprise...


Next Time:
Episode 3: White Terror

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 3: White Terror


"What IS this?" screeches
Yellow, feeling her her
feet apparently being
pulled by the white
mist-like substance.

Despite himself, Red
freezes for a moment, but
then, seeing Yellow's
struggles, he hurries to her
side. But as soon as he
touches the white mist, he
finds himself springing
toward the side of the pool
with a yelp of alarm.


To be continued...


Red's body is enveloped in
a strange light, and his
true strength is released!


Next Time:
Episode 4: Transformation

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 4: Transformation


As soon as he touches the
white mist, Red finds
himself flung back to the
side of the pool.
He examines his right
hand -- the one he used
to touch the white mist --
and lets out a gasp. It's
covered with cuts and
scratches.
"OK", he yells, "if we
can't fight this with our
bare hands, it's time to
put on the Ultror suits.
Ultror Transform!!!
A burst of sparkling light
envelops Red's whole body.
When he emerges, he's
encased in a full suit of
brilliant red armor.

"Red Ultror ready to go!"
he yells.


To be continued...


Now that Red has transformed
into Red Ultror, will he be
able to rescue Yellow?"


Next Time:
Episode 5: Beyond
Capability

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 5: Beyond
Capability


"Red Ultror ready to go!"
yells the just-transformed
Red, hurling himself at
the white mist once again.
Fizzzzzzzzzzz..........
"Ooof!"
The mist is mildly painful
to the touch, but this time
it doesn't look as if it's
going to fling him to the
side of the pool like last
time.
"OK, let's get this off.."
With a few grunts of
exertion, Ultror Red tugs
the white mist this way and
that, trying to free
Yellow's ankles.  Slowly but
surely, the mist starts to
peel away and Yellow is
almost free...


To be continued...


After a long struggle,
Red has manages to rescue
Yellow, but their troubles
aren't over yet...
<bh:81>c


Next Time:
Episode 6: Rescue

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 6: Rescue


Little by little, slowly but
surely, the white mist
starts to come away from
Yellow's legs.  Ultror Red
tugs even harder, grunting
with the strain.
At last, the mist comes
loose, and Yellow is free!
Ultror Red carries her to
the side of the pool.
"Yellow! Are you OK?"
Blue and Green also crowd
round and gaze at her with
concern...


To be continued...


Now that Yellow has been
rescued, the Ultror Team
breathe a sigh of relief.
However...


Next Time:
Episode 7: Rescued

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 7: Rescued


"Yellow! Are you OK?"
"I swallowed some water",
she splutters.
She looks shaken, but
since she can talk, she must
be more or less all right.
"Hey, Red", asks Blue.
"Why did you need to put
your Ultror "suit on just
to save Yellow from
drowning?"
"I was wondering the same
thing", adds Green.
"Well...I saw that white
mist stuff around Yellow's
feet.. and then as soon as I
touched it, my hand was all
cut up..."


To be continued...


Why did the white mist
attack Yellow? Find out in
the next episode.


Next Time:
Episode 8: Second Strike

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 8: Second Strike


"As soon as I touched it,
my hand was all cut up..."
 But there aren't any cuts
on Yellow's legs... "
"That's true.  What on
earth is going on here...?
Why did Yellow get attacked?
And what is that white
misty thing?"
"Aaagh!"
"Eeek!"
Some girls swimming in the
pool begin to shriek.
"Oh no!  Is it the mist
again?"


To be continued...


"Blue, Yellow, Green,
you'd better transform as
well, so we can save those
girls!"


Next Time:
Episode 9: A Little Help
From My Friends

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 9: A Little Help
From My Friends


The girls' shrieks become
increasingly desperate.
"OK, guys, we're going to
rescue those girls!"
commands Red.  The others
all nod.
"Yellow, you stay here and
rest!"
"No way! I'm fine, and I'm
a member of the Ultror
Team too!"
"...OK then.  Everybody,
here we go, transform!
"Go, go go! Ultror
Transform!" they yell in
unison.  There is a sudden
flash, and all three are
enveloped in bright light.


To be continued...


Now that they've donned
their Ultror suits, will the
four be able to save the
drowning girls?"


Next Time:
Episode 10: Light Warriors

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 10: Light Warriors


A sudden flash, and the four
are enveloped in bright
light.  Out of the light
emerge Blue, Yellow and
Green, each in battle
dress of the appropriate
color.
"OK, let's do it!", yells
Red, and the four
Ultror-suited friends jump
into the pool and rush to
the aid of the drowning
girls.

To be continued...


In the pool, there is
plenty of white mist waiting
for them....


Next Time:
Episode 11: Another White
Shock

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 11: More White
Terror


When the four leap into the
pool and rush towards the
struggling girls, they
see the dreaded white mist
around the girls' feet.
"Gnnh!  Ooooooof!"
Panting, they tug at the
mist until it comes away
from the victims' feet.
Then they carry each girl
to the side of the pool.
The rescue has only taken
a few seconds.


To be continued...


Thanks to the four Ultrors,
the girls have been
saved from drowning.
However...


Next Time:
Episode 12: Disaster

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 12: Disaster


"There...did we save them
all?"
"Yes, that's everyone.
They're all unconscious,
though."
"But... what IS that white
mist thing?"
"Well, what does it matter
what it is?  We saved
everyone who was drowning,
and whatever it is, I
think we got rid it."
But even as Yellow is
speaking<bh:81>Ca strange
gurgling noise fills the
air.  The water in the pool
starts spinning like a
whirlpool, and then, in
defiance of the law of
gravity, rises skywards...


To be continued...


Having tornadoed up into
the sky, the pool water
changes into white mist...


Next Time:
Episode 13: The Sky
Overshadowed

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 13: The Sky
Overshadowed


Gurgling and hissing, the
water from the pool
apparently evaporates to
form a white mist.
"You think the white mist
took over all the water
from the pool?"
"Or maybe the white mist
had turned itself into
pool water in the first
place?"
"Well, whichever it was,
hadn't we better defeat
it somehow?"
"Absolutely!"
During this conversation,
the white mist has
expanded steadily, until
it hangs over the entire
pool.


To be continued...


Confronting a powerful
enemy, the four friends
decide to call up the
Ultror Robots.


Next Time:
Episode 14: "Ultror Robots!
Come To Our Aid!""
Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 14:"Ultror Robots!
Come To Our Aid!""


Gurgling weirdly, the white
mist now extends over the
whole of the pool.
"If we're going to take on
something that size, we'd
better call up the Ultror
Robots."
"Agreed.  OK, everybody,
let's summon them!"
"Ultror Robots! Come to our
Aid", yell the four in
unison.


To be continued...


When the four are installed
in their robots, the real
battle begins...


Next Time:
Episode 15: Ultror Robots
In Action

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 15: Ultror Robots
In Action


"Ultror Robots! Come To Our
Aid!
(The Ultror Robot Launch
theme tune plays)

Whoosh!
The Red, Blue, Yellow and
Green robots swoop down from
the sky.
Flamp!
They land on the ground.
In a trice, each of the
four friends mounts their
own robot.
"Let's go!"


To be continued...


The battle begins.
However, the Ultror Robot
attack does not prove at all
effective...


Next Time:
Episode 16: The Start Of A
Fight To The Death

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 16: The Start Of A
Fight To The Death


"Let's go!"
PowPowPowPow! Bopp!
"Aargh!"
Ultror Robot 1 (Red's
robot), which had leapt
on the white mist, is
simply batted away.
"Ugh, so that's how it
is.." Even when it was
small, this thing covered my
hand with cuts and scratches
as soon as I touched it...so
now that it's got this big,
not even an Ultror Robot
can make an impression, I
guess."
"Well, then, there's only
one thing for it..."
"OK, let's merge!"
"Here we go!"


To be continued...


The Ultrors are about to
merge to form Invincible
Mechabot Ultror.  Will
this enable them to defeat
the white mist (new larger
(size)?


Next Time:
Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge!

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge!


"OK, everybody, merge!"
"Here we go!"
(The Megamerge theme
tune plays)
Robots 1, 2 and 3
disassemble and morph.
Robot 1 morphs into the
head and torso!
Robot 2 morphs into the
arms and hands!
Robot 3 morphs into the
legs and feet!
With a clunk, and a yell of
Mechamerge! Mechabot Ultror!
Robot 4 also disassembles
and morphs.
(The Invincible Mechabot
Ultror theme tune plays)
The morphing Robot 4 now
merges with the rest to
make Mechabot Ultror's
head and limbs even
more powerful.
Clank! Whirr!
"Mega-Mechamerge complete!
Invincible Mechabot
Ultror!"

To be continued...


The white mist (new larger
size) becomes a target for
the Invincible Ultror Slash!


Next Time:
Episode 18: Sword of Light

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 18: Sword of Light


"Mega-Mechamerge Complete!
Invincible Mechabot
Ultror!"

With that, the invincible
one raises its left hand
aloft, and a another yell
is heard:
Invincible Ultror Blade!"
As if in instant response,
Mechabot Ultror's raised
left hand is enveloped in
bright light, and morphs
into a sword.
"Take that! Here comes the
Invincible Ultror Slash!"
Thwick! Thwack!
.....Doynnngg!


To be continued...


If this enemy can withstand
the Invincible Ultror Slash,
how on earth can the Ultror
team defeat it?


Next Time:
Episode 19: The Brink of
Despair

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 19: The Brink Of
Despair


"Take that! Here comes the
Invincible Ultror Slash!"
Thwick! Thwack!
.....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing!
"What?"
Alas, even the Invincible
Ultror Blade has been
deflected!
"Oh no, not even that
works...what on earth are
we going to do?"
Sure enough, the team's
ultimate weapon proves
useless.  How can they
defeat the white mist
(new, large-size)?


To be continued...


Red, infuriated, tries to
slam the white mist, and
then....


Next Time:
Episode 20: A Way To Win?

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 20: A Way to Win?


"Let's try that again!
"Take that! Here comes the
Invincible Ultror Slash!"
Thwick! Thwack!
.....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing!
"Oh, no, it's done it
again! Well, let's do it as
many times as it takes!
Take that! Here comes-"
"Red, wait!"
"Blue? What is it?"
"Well, it's just an idea,
but there IS something
that might just work."
"There is?"


To be continued...


Blue has devised a cunning
plan to fight against the
white mist.  What can it
be?


Next Time:
Episode 21: Weak Point

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 21: Weak Point


"There IS something
that might just work."
"There is?"
"Yes. Remember when Yellow
got attacked, right in the
beginning. When you just
touched it, Red, your hand
got all scratched up. But
it didn't leave a single
mark on Yellow's ankles."
"So you're saying that if
we touch it from the
inside, we'll be OK?"
"Exactly. But there's a
problem.


To be continued...


What is the problem Blue
is talking about?  And
how will they overcome it


Next Time:
Episode 22: The Problem

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 22: The Problem


"But there's a problem..
first, we have to think
of a way to get inside."
"Mmmm..., yes, that's a
problem.."
"And then even if we
manage to get inside,
and do enough damage to
put it out of action,
how do we get out again?
That's another problem."
"Ohh..Kayy.. so we have
no shortage of problems."
"But right now, our focus
is on finding a way to get
inside that thing!
"You're right. OK,
everybody, let's think of
a way to get inside the
new, large-sized white
mist."
"Got it!"


To be continued...


Yellow seems to have
thought of something. What
is her bright idea...?


Next Time:
Episode 23: The Common
Denominator

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 23: The Commmon
Denominator


The four friends are
racking their brains to
find a way to get inside
the white mist.
"I have a suggestion."
"OK, Yellow, what is it?
"After me, all the others
who got attacked were
girls, right?
"..True! It looks like the
white mist is only
interested in girls. I was
in the pool, and there were
other guys in there too, but
it picked on girls every
time.  But that doesn't help
us get inside...
Ah! Of course!"



To be continued...


With Yellow acting as bait,
the four friends attempt
to get inside the family-
size white mist!


Next Time:
Episode 24: The Decision

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 24: The Decision


"Of course! Yellow acts
as bait, and we all get
inside that way.. right?
Yellow swallows hard,
then nods agreement.
"We shouldn't put Yellow
in such a dangerous
situation!"
"But what other way is
there?"
"But...
Ah, what's the use saying
anything.  And whatever
Yellow says, you won't even
listen to her. OK, let's
hear your alternative plan,
then."


To be continued...


It's a very risky plan.
But Yellow is raring to
get going....


Next Time:
Episode 25: Battle

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 25: The Battle

"OK, first we de-merge and
separate, and I (Robot 3)
wait around near the white
mist, and just when it
pounces on me, Robots 1,
2 and 4 slip from the
side.
Robot 2 is the slowest, so
maybe Robot 3 could pull
him in, and then we can
re-merge inside the mist.
Then we use Invincible
Mechabot Ultror from the
inside to get that thing
sliced and diced.

To be continued...


Red is in full agreement
with Yellow's plan, but
Blue disagrees.


Next Time:
Episode 26: Showdown

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 26: Showdown


"..OK, Great.
Let's do it!"
"Just a minute, Red! Are
we really going to let
Yellow put herself in that
much danger!"
"I don't like it any more
than you do! But if we're
going to defeat the white
mist, what else can we do?"
"Well, Red, I have to admit
that it was me who said
we might be able to
defeat the mist if we got
inside. But even if we do
get inside, there's no
guarantee that we WILL
defeat it!"
"But we will...for sure!"


To be continued...


Now begins the battle to
get inside the economy-
size white mist.


Next Time:
Episode 27: Battle Begins

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 27: Battle Begins


"We WILL defeat it, for
sure!"
"Well, OK, we're agreed,
then. Shall we de-merge?"
"OK. But take care, Yellow,
and don't be any braver than
you need to be."
"Right. Thanks."
With a few clanks and
whirrs, Invincible Mechabot
Ultror disassembles, and
Robot 3 edges gradually
closer to the white mist.
Just then, the white mist
starts to pounce on the
Yellow Robot.
"Everybody! Now!"


To be continued...


Will Robots 2 and 3
manage to get inside the
value-size white mist before
its mouth (or whatever)
closes?


Next Time:
Episode 28: Hurry!

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 28: Hurry!


"Everybody! Now!"
Robots 1, 2 and 4 appear
behind the Yellow Robot,
and hurl themselves into
(what they assume to be)
the mouth of the white
mist creature.
"Yellow, get inside as
well!"
Robot 2 grabs Robot 3.
Just then, the white
mist's mouth begins to
close.  Robots 1 and 4 are
already inside.
"You two! Hurry!"
"Get in before it closes!"
Even as he speaks, the
mist creature's mouth shuts.


To be continued...


Inside the closed mouth of
the white mist, Red checks
that everyone is OK...


Next Time:
Episode 29: Completely In
The Dark

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 29: Completely In
The Dark


"You two! Hurry!"
"Get in before it closes!"
Even as he speaks, the
mist creature's mouth shuts.
Inside the creature's mouth,
which is now firmly closed,
it's dark, and the team
can't see one another.
"Is everyone OK?"asks Red.
"Yeah, I'm OK.", replies
Green.
"And me", says Blue.
"I..er...I think it ate
my foot..." says Yellow,
uncertainly.


To be continued...


Part of Robot 3's foot has
been devoured!
The Ultror team are
literally risking life and
limb..."


Next Time:
Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge!

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge!


"I ...er...I think it ate
my foot", says Yellow.
"Wh.. Well, you don't sound
like you're in agony...
"Yeah, it's just the right
foot part of my robot. The
bits that were airborne
seem perfectly OK, though."
Well then, let's merge
right away and defeat this
thing, so we can get out of
this darn darkness."
"Here we go!"
(The short version of the
Invincible Mechabot Ultror
theme tune plays.)
"Mega-Mechamerge!
Invincible 11Mechabot
Ultror!

To be continued...


Will an attack from inside
the white mist creature
prove any more effective?


Next Time:
Episode 31: Striking Home


Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 31: Striking
Home


The giant robot's left
arm is raised aloft with
a yell of "Invincible
Mechabot Ultror Blade!".
The hand is enveloped in
bright light.
"Here we go!"
Invincible Mechabot Ultror
swings the blade down
towards the inside of the
white mist creature.
Shhhhhhhhhhhh...thwock!!
Then an indescribable noise
fills the air, as the white
mist creature lets out a
howl of distress.
"Great! That struck home!"


To be continued...


But will it be equally
straighforward to find a
way out of the white mist
creature?


Next Time:
Episode 32: In Reach Of
Victory?

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 32: In Reach Of
Victory


"Great! That struck home!
It's gonna work, Blue!
I told you!"
"Right, now all we need to
do is to use the Invincible
Mechabot Ultror Slash to
cut this thing clean in two
from the inside."
"Hang on, never mind this
stuff about cutting it
clean in two. What I need
to know is, are we going to
be able to get out again?"
"Yeah, I think we'll be
fine. We seem to be
inflicting serious damage
on this thing. If we use
the Blade, we should be
able to cut our way out.
But there's one thing
worrying me...


To be continued...


What exactly is it that's
worrying Blue?


Next Time:
Episode 33: "It's All My
Fault"

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 33: "It's All My
Fault"


"And what is it that's
worrying you?"
"The foot issue."
"The foot issue?  Oh, yeah.
"The creature ate Yellow's
robot foot. When we merged,
there wasn't quite enough
for the foot."
"Because of the damaged
foot, the Invincible
Mechabot Ultror Slash won't
be at full power. That
might make it difficult for
us to get out of here."
"Oh! I'm sorry! It's all
my fault! sobs Yellow,
dissolving into tears.
"Because of me, we're all
stuck in here forever..!"


To be continued...


Red, Blue and Green all
try to reassure the sobbing
Yellow.


Next Time:
Episode 34: You've Got To
Have Faith!

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 34: You've Got To
Have Faith!


Yellow continues to sob.
"Don't cry, Yellow. I only
said it worried me. But
with Invincible Mechabot
Ultror's speed and power
we're bound to be OK."
"That's right, Yellow!
It would take more than a
missing foot to put
Invincible Mechabot Ultror
off its stroke!"
"Come on, Yellow! you've
got to have faith in
Invincible Mechabot Ultror.
 Does the word 'Invincible'
mean nothing to you?"
After a brief pause,
Yellow stops crying and
brightens up.
"You guys are right. We've
all got to have faith in
each other!"


To be continued...


The four friends pull
together to mount a second
attack on the white mist
creature.


Next Time:
Episode 35: One More Time

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 35: One More Time


"I believe in us all!",
smiles Yellow.
"OK everyone, get ready!"
urges Red.
"Take that! Here comes the
Invincible Ultror Slash!"
Thwick! Thwack!
A terrible roar rends the
air as the white mist
creature releases a cry
of agony.  However, the
wound is not big enough
to let the four friends
out into the light again.
"One more time!" grunts
Red.
"Invincible Ultror Slash!"
The blade zips through the
air, and rips through the
body of the white mist
creature.  It roars again.


To be continued...


Invincible Mechabot Ultror
finally slashes its way
out...


Next Time:
Episode 36: Once And For All

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 36: Once And For All


The white cloud creature
gives a deafening roar,
and suddenly, a chink of
light appears.
"We've done it! I can see
daylight! Mist creature,
take that! and that!"
With the Invincible Ultror
Blade in hand, the giant
robot sets about the white
mist creature with renewed
vigor.  More loud ripping,
rending and roaring takes
place, and then the
creature's body is slashed
clean in two, and Invincible
Mechabot Ultror leaps out.
There is a flash and a
fizzing noise, then the
white mist creature's body
explodes.


To be continued...


The battle over, the four
friends set off for
fresh fields and pastures
new...


Next Time:
Episode 37: Tomorrow Is
Another Day

Don't miss it!


MECHABOT ULTROR
SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)


Reminder: When you're
watching TV, keep the room
well lit, and don't sit too
close to the screen.


Episode 37: Tomorrow is
Another Day


The white mist creature
has exploded, leaving no
trace behind.

"I guess that's the end
of that."
"But what on earth WAS that
thing?"
"Yeah, we fought it and
killed it without knowing
anything about it."
"Whatever it was, it was
evil! Ruining our summer
vacation like that."
"I guess. Well, anyway,
we defeated the white mist
creature, and there's still
some summer vacation left,
so things turned out well
in the end, wouldn't you
say? How about we all come
back to the pool tomorrow?"
"Tragically, the pool's
out of the question..."
"Why?"
Looking in the direction
indicated, the others
notice that the pool is
wrecked and heaped with
rubble, having borne the
brunt of the recent
explosion.
They stare at it in silence
for a moment.
"Well then, let's all go
to the beach tomorrow!

The next day finds the four
friends having the time of
their lives beside the
ocean.


The End


Our program schedule
follows:


From the 1st of Spring
until the 7th of Summer:
'MECHABOT ULTROR:
SUMMERTIME'


From Summer 9th to Summer
30th:
'FAIRY AND ME'


From the 1st of Fall until
the 7th of Winter:
'MECHABOT ULTROR:
SUMMERTIME'


Winter 9th until the 30th:
'FAIRY AND ME'"


'FAIRY AND ME' starts
tomorrow. Don't miss it!


- FAIRY AND ME -
(Reprise)

Prolog


If you have read this book
to the end, you will be
granted one wish, whatever
that wish might be

However,
Only the pure of heart can
ever find this book.


And the book is now sleeping
on a shelf in the school
library...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (Reprise)


Chapter 1


Right now, I'm in the school
library...although -- even
though I do really like
reading books -- I haven't
come in here to study....
That's Ellen Garner.
She's the librarian. I come
in here everyday because I
want to meet her.

But that day, there was no
sign of her in the library.
Maybe the End-of-Day Meeting
had overrun, or something.

I hadn't anything much
to do, so I was browsing
the shelves in a fairly
random manner.
Then, as if drawn by some
mysterious force, I found
myself picking out a
a particular volume.
Its title was 'Fairy and
Me'.


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 1


Right now, I'm in the school
library. I'm a library
officer, so I handle
lending, and do various
other duties.  Of course, I
like reading, and I don't
hate studying that much
either.

But today, I've got the
whole library to myself.
I've got nothing much to
do, so I'm browsing the
shelves kind of randomly.
(Huh? I never knew we had
this book...?)
I pick it up to take a
look, and the title is
'Fairy and Me'.


To be continued...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID (REPRISE)


Chapter 2

As if drawn by some unknown
force, I found myself
taking out a particular
book.
'Fairy and Me' was the
title."Well, since I've
gone to the trouble of
taking it off the shelf',
I thought, "I might as
well take a look inside."

I was startled by what I
read.

('So I can have any wish
granted...? Just by reading
this book, I can have
anything I wish for, just
like that..?
Well, if I can really have
anything I wish for, I
wish I was going out with
Ellen.
"Er, can you see that
book?", said a voice right
beside me.
(I was too startled to say
anything.)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 2


I didn't remember seeing
this book before.
('Fairy and Me', eh?
Well, since I've
gone to the trouble of
taking it off the shelf',
I might as well take a
look" inside."
I read....and read....

(So I can have a wish
come true?
Just by reading this book,
I can wish for anything I
want, and have my wish
granted?"
Well, if that's the case,
I wish I had a nice kind
boyfriend...
Well, I'd better read to
the end of the book first.)

I read.... and I read....

And eventually I came to
the very end.


To be continued...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 3

Suddenly, I heard a voice
behind me. I turned round
with a start, and there
was Ellen...
"Oh, sorry...I didn't mean
to startle you...",
she said.
I was too flustered to
reply.
"Er, can you see that
book?"
Again, I was unable to
get any words out.
She repeated the question.
For a moment, I couldn't
think what she could mean.
then I remembered the
passage at the beginning
of the book:
'Only the pure of heart can
ever find this book.'
That must be what she meant!
"You mean that stuff about
the pure of heart?"
She giggled.
(At that moment, I noticed
for the first time that
Ellen was smiling..)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID (REPRISE)


Chapter 3


As soon as I finished the
last page, the chimes
sounded.  It was weird.
Almost as if the chimes
had been waiting until I'd
finished the book.

BING! BONG!
"SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
CLOSING....
(What? Is it that time
already? Well, I'd better
lock up and head home...)

As soon as I changed into
my outdoor shoes and
stepped out of the door
I saw it had started
snowing.
(Oh, it's been snowing. It's
going to be freezing cold on
the way back.)


To be continued...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 4

"Thank goodness you know
what I'm talking about..
So you've read that book
as well?"
She held her head slightly
to one side.
(I'd taken it from the shelf
absent-mindedly, and I'd
only read a bit... but
having started, I thought
I might as well go on
reading it.)
"Since you'd started it,
you thought you might as
well go ahead and finish it,
right?"
I looked at her in
surprise.
"You're wondering how I
knew, aren't you?  I can
see it in your face.
Well, I've been here
watching you ever since you
opened the book. You never
even noticed I was there,
you got so engrossed in it.
So I thought, if you had
never read the book, you
would probably want to
read it now."
(I see...)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 4


On my way home from school
that day, I heard a voice
coming from the direction
of the park. Wondering
what was going on, I
looked round, to see a
white puppy in a cardboard
box, apparently abandoned,
and a man crouching next
to the puppy, talking to
it.
"Poor thing", he was
saying. "But they don't
allow pets in my apartment
block, so I can't take you
home. Sorry. But I could
buy you some milk! Wait a
minute, I'll be back..."
With that, he hurried off
to the nearby convenience
store.
"What a nice guy..." I
thought to myself, and
before I knew it I was
standing in front of the
abandoned puppy.


To be continued...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 5


"So, what are you going to
do about it?
I wondered what she meant.
"What I mean is, you have
two options: borrow it and
read it at home, or come
here everyday to read it."
("Hang on a minute", I
thought to myself. "I never
actually said anything
about intending to read
 it.")
"But you are going to read
it, aren't you?
If you're going to borrow
the book, you just take out
the card that's in here
(here she showed me the
card pocket inside the
front cover) and write
your name and class on it,
and hand it to me

To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 5

Seeing that the puppy's
head was collecting a
dusting of snow, I started
to feel sorry for it
myself.
("You poor little thing.
it's cold out here.")
Absent-mindedly I picked
up the puppy and held it
close to me, brushing the
snow off its head...
I took off my scarf and
and wrapped it loosely
around the puppy. Then I
took it home with me.
When I got home, I
remembered the man who
had gone to buy it milk.
("Oh, dear, what's he going
to think...?
I'll be back in a minute,
puppy.  You stay here.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 6


I took the card out, wrote
my class and my name on it
and handed it to Ellen.
"OK, that's fine. You can
borrow it for up to 10
days.  Don't forget to
return it by then."

BING! BONG!
"SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
CLOSING....
"Oh", she said, "Is it
that time already? Sorry,
I have to lock up and
so on, so I'll have to ask
you to leave"
I nodded and turned towards
the door.  She spoke again.
"Goodbye.  I hope your wish
comes true..."


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 6

When I got back to the
park, that guy was just
coming out of it.
("Ah, it's him", I
thought. "I wonder if he's
on his way home.")
Before I knew it, I found
myself following him.

Eventually he arrived at
what was presumably his
apartment.
("So this is where he
lives, huh? Hmmm, I wish
I had a boyfriend as nice
as him...")
Then, despite my interest
in the man, I remembered
the puppy at home, and
set off back to my own
place. I found the puppy
asleep. No doubt the
warmth had made it drowsy. I
wondered what I should give
it to eat when it woke up.

..Two or three days later,
the puppy was looking very
fit and healthy.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 7

"Goodbye", she said.
"I hope your wish comes
true."
I remembered how the book
had said if I read it all
the way through, I could
have a wish granted.
But...
Still, Ellen  had
actually talked to me,
and she didn't seem to
dislike me, at least.
Regardless of whether
my wish was going to be
granted or not, I was
glad just to have had
the chance to talk to her.
I waved goodbye to
Ellen  and stepped
out of the library.


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 7


When the puppy was fully
fit and healthy...
Something new happened.
That guy turned up in the
library!
("Oh no...but then there's
no reason why he should
know who I am...unless..
unless he caught me
following him that time.
Aaggh! Oh no!" I thought,
secretly, as I went about
my work (I was replacing
returned books to the
appropriate places on the
shelves.

At a suitable juncture in
my work, I glanced at the
guy, and he seemed to be
studying some book. It
didn't look as if he was
going to ask me anything,
so I breathed a sigh of
relief.

However, from that day on,
the guy started coming to
the library everyday.
So, he was kind AND
studious....I found myself
liking him more and more.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 8

As I changed into my
outdoor shoes at the door,
I noticed it had been
snowing.  I thought to
myself that it had also
been a snowy day when I
first saw Ellen ...

[Flashback begins]
That day, when I was walking
home from school, I heard a
voice coming from the park.
I went to look, and found
a white puppy, apparently
abandoned, in a carboard
box.
I felt sorry for the poor
little thing, but since
pets aren't allowed in my
apartment block, I couldn't
take it home. Thinking that
I could at least give it
something to eat, I went off
to a nearby convenience
store to buy it some milk.
But when I got back, there
was a woman standing beside
the cardboard box. It was
Ellen .


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 8


It was all very well that
I had come to like this
guy, but a long time
passed before I had a
chance to talk to him...

One day, a meeting
overran and I was late
getting back to the library.
When I walked in, that guy
was standing alone by one
of the shelves, looking at
a book.
The book was 'Fairy and Me'.
He seemed engrossed in it,
so I walked a little bit
closer. I was right beside
him and he hadn't even
noticed.
("Aha", I thought,
"here's
my chance to talk to him.
I'll try a remark about
that book..")
And then...
Taking my courage in both
hands, I spoke to him.
"Er, can you see that
book?"

To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 9


The woman standing beside
the cardboard box looked
vaguely familiar (she had
her back to me, of course),
and I wondered if it was
someone from my school.
"You poor little thing",
she said. "It's cold out
here."
She picked up the puppy
held it close to her,
brushing the snow off its
head. Then she took off
her scarf and wrapped the
puppy in it.
And then she went home,
taking the puppy with her.
[Flashback ends]

From my hidden vantage
point behind a tree, I
had watched Ellen
walk all the way home
from the park.

"Er...I think you forgot
your umbrella.."
(I was lost for words.)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 9

He made no reply.
(He looked startled, so
I thought he might not
have heard properly.
"Come on", I told myself
just to say it again.")
"Er, can you see that
book?"
"You mean that stuff about
the pure of heart?", he
replied.
("Yesss!" I thought, "he
understands!")
Have you ever read the
book?", I asked.
He shook his head.
(So he hadn't read it
yet... but he had seemed to
be very engrossed a moment
ago, so I thought he must
be intending to read it.)
"Since you'd started it,
you thought you might as
well go ahead and finish
it," I ventured.
And basically I more or
less forced him to borrow
'Fairy and Me'.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME-
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 10


Suddenly I heard a voice
behind me, and when I
turned round, there was
Ellen.
Oh, sorry.  I didn't mean
to startle you."
I couldn't muster a reply.
"Er, I think you forgot
your umbrella..."
She repeated the sentence.
When I nodded, she said,
"Um, would you mind sharing
it with me as we walk along
this road?"
(Would I mind? I'd give my
right arm...Did she really
just ask me that? Yes, she
did.)
I nodded again, and said,
"It's just a small one, but
you're very welcome to
share it."
I opened the umbrella, and
Ellen and I walked along
side by side in the falling
snow.


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 10


And then, while I was
telling him how long he
could borrow the book for,
the chimes went.
BING! BONG!
"SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
CLOSING....

"Oh no!", I thought. "Is
it that time already? Just
when I'd plucked up the
courage to talk to him.."

"Oh", I said, "Is it
that time already? Sorry,
I have to lock up and
so on, so I'll have to ask
you to leave"
He nodded and headed for the
door.
"Goodbye", I said.
"I hope your wish comes
true."
He waved goodbye in reply.
(I congratulated myself on
having managed to speak to
him at last.)


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 11


As we walked along in the
snow, Ellen began to
talk.
"You know, this snowy day
reminds me ...
About a month ago, when it
was snowing like today, I
found an abandoned puppy
in that park, and took it
home with me. When I saw
the poor thing shivering
in its cardboard box, I
just couldn't leave it
there....
I found myself picking it
up and carrying it home.
It's got quite big now,
but for the first two or
three days it wouldn't
eat anything, and it
would hardly drink any
milk ... I was really
worried. Oh, here we are.
This is your place, right?
I'll say goodbye, then.
And I hope your wish comes
true."
She dashed off without even
giving me time to say
goodbye.
(Uh-oh.. That's weird.
How did she know where
I live?)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 11


When I went to the shoe
cabinet after locking up
the library, I saw that
it had started snowing.
Then I noticed that guy
standing in the doorway.
(His umbrella was still
in the stand. Had he
forgotten it? Good! This
was a second chance to
talk to him.)
""Er, I think you forgot
your umbrella...", I said.
He looked startled, but
made no reply.
(Oh no! I'd made him jump
again..)
" I think you forgot
your umbrella...", I
repeated.
He nodded.
(Good. This gave me a
chance to walk along with
him.)
"Um, would you mind sharing
it with me as we walk along
this road?"
He nodded again.
(Yay! I get to walk home
with him!)
"Sure. It's only a small
one, but you're very
welcome to share it."
He and I set off along the
road home, walking
companionably under his
umbrella.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 12


(Uh-oh.. That's weird.
How did she know where
I live?)
She had rushed away so
quickly, she was already
out of earshot.

I thought it over while I
was in the bath...
I thought about it while I
was eating dinner...
But I couldn't figure out
how Ellen knew where
I lived.
(Well, I guess it doesn't
matter. It's not like
I need to keep it a secret
from her. In fact, it's a
good thing she knows where
my apartment is...
Well, there's no point in
puzzling over it any more.
I'll put it to one side
and concentrate on
finishing that book.)
So I got on with reading
'Fairy and Me'.


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME-
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 12


He didn't say anything.
I didn't say anything.
We walked along in silence.
(Hmm, this isn't getting
us anywhere. I'd better
say something...
I know! I'll talk about
the puppy I took home that
day.)
So I said,
"You know, this reminds
me...
and started telling him
how I took the puppy home.

We walked along, talking
about that (although I
did most of the talking),
and then a short while
later, I saw the apartment
building where he lived.
(Oh no, we got here
already...)


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME-
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 13

RRRRRRRinngggggg...
RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRinnggg....
Rrp!
I switched off the alarm
clock.
(Oh,no....morning already.
Another day to get
through....
I'd only managed to read
about two-thirds of 'Fairy
and Me' before going to
bed last night. I would
finish the rest after
school today....)

The chimes went, followed
by the usual announcement
that classes were over for
the day. I decided to go
over to the library.

I was in the library, but
there was no sign of
Ellen.  Another late-
running End-of-Day Meeting?
Anyway, I had 'Fairy and
Me' to read, so I wouldn't
be bored.


To be continued...



 -FAIRY AND ME-
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 13



"Oh, here we are.
I'll say goodbye, then.
And I hope your wish comes
true."
And with that, I ran off
home.

That night, I felt so
happy and excited...
I couldn't sleep a wink.
(Which meant I was sleepy
next day in class, and
got kept back after class
by the teacher.)
So, after being chewed out
for about half an hour,
I got away to the library.
That guy was there, reading
a book.
(There he is again, today,
lost in a book.  I'll see
if I can get a bit nearer
to him...)
Just like the day before,
I walked up until I was
standing right beside
him.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME-
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 14

Blablabla...........
I read further and further
through 'Fairy and Me'....
(Finished!)
Absent mindedly, I had a
good stretch.
"Er...
have you finished it?"
Startled, I made no reply.
When I turned round
surprised to hear a voice
just behind me, who should
I see but Ellen..
I still couldn't muster
a reply.
"Have you finished reading
it?", she repeated.
When I nodded, she said,
"What did you think? Did
you find it interesting?"
I nodded again.
"So...what was your wish?"


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 14


After a while, he closed
the book and had a stretch.
(Aha, has he finished
reading 'Fairy and Me'?)
"Er, have you finished
reading it?", I asked.
Startled, he said nothing.
(Oh dear, I always seem
to make him jump...)
"Sorry.  I didn't mean to
make you jump. Er, have
you finished reading it?"
He nodded.
"What did you think? Did
you find it interesting?"
He nodded again.
(I wonder what he wished
for. If he says he wished
he could meet a cute girl,
I could say "Well how
about me?"...So I'd better
take the plunge and ask
him...)
"So...what was your wish?"


To be continued ...


 FAIRY AND ME
HE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 15


"So...what was your
wish?", she asked.
(What do I do now? Should
I go ahead and tell her?
now's my chance to ask
her for a date....but
what if she turns me down
...oh no....ah, what the
hell, I'll ask her and get
it over with.)
"I wished I was going out
with you!
"What?"
Ellen blushed scarlet.
"I want you to go out with
me!"
I was going to repeat it
once more just in case,
when she said,
"OK!
I'm glad your wish is
going to come true!"
(YESSSS!)


To be continued...



 - FAIRY AND ME -
SHE SAID... (REPRISE)


Chapter 15


"I wished I was going out
with you!"
"What?"
(WHAT? WHAT did he just
say? He wished he was going
out with me? Oh my god Oh
my god...)
"I want you to go out with
me!"
(He just said it again
take a deep breath...good
now just calm down...
Oh, we both liked each
other all along.
I needn't have
worried, oh, thank
goodness.
Oh, right.  I have to
answer now.)
"OK!
I'm glad your wish is going
to come true!"
(Yay!)


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME -
THE TWO OF THEM REPRISE


And then...

And then the two who had
read this book to the end
each had their wish come
true.



The End


 - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE


This is the book the
characters have been
reading all through this
story.  So, what's it
about?  Let's take a
look...


Chapter 1


A fairy girl meets a human
boy.
This happens when the boy
is walking in the park.
Having just finished a
can of juice, he throws
the can towards the trash
bin, but misses, instead
hitting a flower blooming
by the side of the bin.
Then, unable to believe
his eyes, he sees
something underneath the
flower.
It appears to be a tiny
girl, about 10 centimeters
tall, with wings, looking
just like a fairy.
The can thrown by the boy
broke the flower that had
been the fairy's home.
The fairy is now homeless
and bewildered. Feeling
responsible for her plight,
the boy tells her she can
stay with him until she
finds a new home. And that
is how the boy and the
fairy end up living
together.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE


Chapter 2


One day, when the fairy is
playing around outdoors,
it suddenly starts
raining heavily. She flies
home to the boy's house
right away, but ends up
soaked to the skin...
The fairy gives a weeny
sneeze.
She's now running a
temperature, and takes to
her bed, while the boy
does everything he can to
nurse her back to health.
Possibly due to his
assiduous care, the next
day finds the fairy's
fever gone, and soon she's
flying around again, in
the best of health.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE


Chapter 3


The fairy is touched by the
way the boy looked after
her so caringly. However,
she also reminds herself
that she can never form
a lasting relationship
with a human.
Soon after these events,
a girl at the boy's school
tells him that she wants
to go out with him.
By chance, the fairy
happens to see this
interaction, and resolves
to move out of the boy's
house.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE


Chapter 4


When the boy comes home
later that day, expecting
the fairy to rush out and
greet him noisily as
usual, he is disappointed
that she is not there.
Assuming she has gone out
somewhere to play, he
does nothing about it.
But when night falls and
there is still no sign of
her, he starts to worry,
and goes out to look for
her.


To be continued ...


 - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE


Chapter 5


The boy looks everywhere
he can think of, but fails
to find her. Racking his
brains for possibilities,
he wonders if she has
found a new house, but
then discounts the
idea, telling himself that
if she had found a new
home, she would have let
him know.
He realises that although
she can be a nuisance,
she has come to occupy
a special place in his
heart.
Setting off again to look
for her, he goes to the
park where he first met
her. And there, beside
the trash can, he sees
a familiar sight...


The End


Tomorrow sees the start
of a new series of
'MECHABOT ULTROR'
Don't miss it!


############
3) File Info
############

This file has been written by Vanhal, please don't spread it around with your
name, or edit in anyway with
out premission from me. Some words in the above have been changed slighly so I
can see if anyone has
tryed to steal it!!!

All stories are copyrighted to harvest moon, cause after all they wrote it!
BE WARNED!!

And enjoy :)


##########
4) Contact
##########

If you feel the need to contact me use the following forms:
E-mail: seeadoctor@eircom.net
ICQ: 64579156
WWW forums: http://www.efmods.com/~ksi
IRC: efnet, nick Vanhal


Thank you and good night!